Sie sind auf Seite 1von 774

John Deere

670A and 672A


Motor Grader
Repair

TM-1188 (Dee-87)
LITHO IN U.S.A.
TO JOHN DEERE DEALERS

IMPORTANT: Please remove this page and route through your


service department.

This is a complete revision for TM-1188, JD670-A and JD672-A


Motor Graders Repair.

Binder and tabs from old manual may be saved and used with
this bound manual.

The new pages are dated (Dee-87). Listed below is a brief


explanation of "WHAT" was changed and "WHY" it was changed.

This manual was revised:


To clarify assembly of clutch plate disks.
To update engine section and add engine CTM-4.
To add Weather PackTM electrical connectors information.
To update hydraulic section and add radial piston pump CTM-7.
To add serial number breaks and new art on pump drive assemblies.
To add information on cylinder piston cap seals.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Section and Group Contents
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) l-1

JD670-A AND JD672-A MOTOR GRADERS


Technical Manual
TM-1188 (Dee-87)

SECTION AND GROUP CONTENTS

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 5 - ENGINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS


Group I - Contents (not used) Group 0505 - Cold Weather Starting Aids
Group II - Introduction and Safety Information Group 0510 - Cooling Systems
Group III - General Specifications Group 0515 - Speed Controls
Group IV - Predelivery, Delivery and After-Sales Group 0520 - Intake System
Services Group 0540 - Mounting Frame
Group V - Lubrication Group 0560 - External Fuel Supply Systems
Group 0599 - Specifications and Special Tools
SECTION 1 - WHEELS
Group 0110 - Powered Wheels and Fastenings SECTION 8 - TRANSFER DRIVE
Group 0120 - Non-Powered Wheels and Group 0841 - Housings and Covers
Fastenings Group 0851 - Gears, Shafts, Bearings
Group 0199 - Specifications and Special Tools Group 0899 - Specifications and Special Tools

SECTION 2 - AXLES AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS SECTION 9 - STEERING SYSTEM


Group 0201 - Drive Axle Housing and Support Group 0920 - Power Steering
Group 0210 - Differential or Bevel Drive Group 0960 - Hydraulic System
Group 0250 - Axle Shafts, Bearing and Group 0999 - Specifications and Special Tools
Reduction Gears
Group 0260 - Hydraulic System SECTION 10 - SERVICE BRAKES
Group 0299 - Specifications and Special Tools Group 1011 - Active Elements
Group 1015 - Controls Linkage
SECTION 3 - TRANSMISSION Group 1060 - Hydraulic System
Group 0315 - Controls Group 1099 - Specifications and Special Tools
Group 0341 - Housings and Covers
Group 0350 - Gears, Shafts, Bearings and SECTION 11 - PARKING-EMERGENCY BRAKES
Power Shift Clutch Group 1111 - Active Elements
Group 0360 - Hydraulic System Group 1115 - Controls Linkage
Group 0370 - Clutch Disconnect and Controls Group 1199 - Specifications and Special Tools
Group 0399 - Specifications and Special Tools
SECTION 15 - EQUIPMENT ATTACHING
SECTION 4 - ENGINE Group 1511 - Drawbar
Group 0400 - Removal and Installation Group 1599 - Specifications and Special Tools
Group 0422 - Starting Motor and Fastenings
Group 0499 - Specifications and Special Tools Continued on next page

All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this technical manual


are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.

Copyright@ 1987
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All Rights Reserved

Previous Editions
Copyright@ 1983 Deere & Company
Copyright@ 1980 Deere & Company
Copyright@ 1979 Deere & Company
Litho in U.S.A. Copyright@ 1978 Deere & Company
Section and Group Contents JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
1-2 TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

SECTION 16 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 20 - SAFETY, CONVENIENCE AND


Group 1671 - Batteries, Support and Cables MISCELLANEOUS
Group 1672 - Alternator, Regulator and Group 2002 - Mirror
Charging System Wiring Group 2003 _ Fire Extinguisher
Group 1673 - Lighting System Group 2004 - Horn
Group 1674 - Wiring Harness and Switches Group 2006 - Cigar Lighter
Group 1675 - System Controls
Group 1676 - Instruments and Indicators SECTION 21 - MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 1699 - Specifications and Special Tools Group 2160 - Hydraulic System
Group 2199 - Specifications and Special Tools
SECTION 17 - FRAME, CHASSIS OR SUPPORTING
STRUCTURE SECTION 34 - GRADING DEVICE
Group 1740 - Frame Installation Group 3401 - Blade
Group 1746 - Frame Bottom Guards Group 3415 - Controls Linkage
Group 1747 - Bumpers, Vehicle Group 3440 - Frames
Group 1799 - Specifications and Special Tools Group 3450 - Circle Gear Box
Group 3460 - Hydraulic System
SECTION 18 - OPERATORS STATION Group 3499 - Specifications and Special Tools
Group 1810 - Operator Enclosure
Group 1821 - Seat and Seat Belt SECTION 42 - GROUND CONDITIONING TOOL
Group 1822 - Steps and Handholds Group 4201 - Blades, Teeth, Shanks, Etc.
Group 1830 - Heating and Air Conditioning Group 4215 - Controls Linkage
Group 1899 - Specifications and Special Tools Group 4240 - Frames
Group 4260 - Hydraulic System
SECTION 19 - SHEET METAL AND STYLING Group 4299 - Specifications and Special Tools
Group 1910 - Hood or Engine Enclosure
Group 1913 - Miscellaneous Shields
Group 1921 - Grille and Grille Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Introduction and Safetv Information H-1

Group II
INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION

Use FOS Manuals for Reference Use Technical Manuals for Aciual Service

This technical manual is part of a twin concept of


This technical manual was written for you - an
service:
experienced service technician. Keep it in a permanent
The two kinds of manuals work as a team to give you
binder in the shop where it is handy. Read it when you
both the general background and technical details of
need to know correct service procedures or specifica-
shop service.
tions.
lFOS Manuals - For Reference
Fundamentals of Service (FOS) Manuals cover Some features of this manual:
basic theory of operation, fundamentals of trouble-
shooting, general maintenance, and basic types of Inside front cover - “Table of Contents”.
failure and their causes. FOS Manuals are for training
new personnel and for reference by experienced ser- Section I - General specifications and services.
vice technicians.
When a service technician should refer to a Sections 1 through 46 - Removal, repair, testing
FOS Manual for more information, A FOS (components removed), installation, and adjust-
symbol like the one at the left is used in the ment.
El o technical manual.
Section 90 - Detailed explanation of system
lTechnical Manuals - For Actual Service operation, diagnosis, visual inspection, testing,
Technical manuals are concise service guides for and adjustments.
specific machines. Technical manuals are on-the-job
guides containing only the vital information needed by Specifications are listed and illustrated at the end
an experienced service technician. of each section.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
II-2 Introduction and Safety lnforma tion TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

MAINTENANCE WITHOUT ACCIDENT


WORK SAFELY

!?‘27999N

A This safety symbol is used for important safety


messages. When you see this symbol, follow
the safety message to avoid personal injury.

EVERY EMPLOYER HAS A l'27502N

SAFETY PROGRAM. KNOW


WHAT IT IS! BE ALERT!

Plan ahead-work safely-know


how to use a first-aid kit and a fire
extinguisher-and where to get
assistance.

Maintenance Area
Make sure the maintenance area has enough ven-
tilation.

Keep the maintenance area CLEAN AND DRY. Oily


and wet floors are slippery. Greasy rags are a fire
hazard. Wet spots are dangerous when working with
electrical equipment.
See your shop supervisor for specific instructions on
a job, and the safety equipment required.
Keep starting aids in a cool, well-ventilated place,
For instance, you may need: Hard hat, safety shoes, out of reach of unauthorized personnel.
safety goggles, heavy gloves, reflector vest, ear pro-
tectors, respirator.

Litho in U.S.A.
I..
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Introduction and Safety Information II-3

MAINTENANCE WITHOUT ACCIDENT


AVOID FIRE HAZARDS- UNDER ALL MAINTENANCE
CONDITIONS-
Fuel Is Dangerous!
Do not work on the equipment unless you are ap-
proved to do so. Then be sure you know the safe and

a
correct procedure.
Never work on equipment while it is being operated.

T38238N Q w

Do not smoke while putting fuel in the fuel tank.

Do not smoke while working with material that will


start on fire easily.

Stop the engine before filling the fuel tank.

If the engine is hot, use care when putting fuel in the When the engine is running, avoid working on
fuel tank. equipment.

Do not use gasoline or diesel fuel for cleaning parts. If you must work on the machine with the engine
Use solvents that will not start on fire. running, ALWAYS USE TWO service technicians. One
must be at the controls. The other must be within sight
Battery Gas Is Highly Flammable! of the operator.

When charging batteries, be sure there is enough


KEEP HANDS AWAY FROM
ventilation.
MOVING PARTS
Put a support under all raised equipment.

Never work under a raised blade, ripper, or scarifier.


Lower all equipment to the ground.
If the machine is on a slope, use blocks to hold it in
place.

Do not lift heavy parts by yourself. Use hoisting


equipment for this.

Do not check the battery charge by putting metal TAKE CARE! WATCH OUT FOR OTHER
objects across the posts. PEOPLE IN THE AREA
Do not let sparks or open flame near batteries. When drilling, grinding, or hammering metal, wear
safety glasses.
Do not smoke near battery.

Flame Is Not a Flashlight!


NEVER USE OPEN FLAME ARdUND THE MA-
CHINE.

KNOW WHERE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ARE


KEPT!

Litho in U.S.A.
I General lnforma tion JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
H-4 Introduction and Safety information TM- I 188 (Jul-79)

BE CAREFUL DURING SERVICE KNOW EQUIPMENT IS READY!


AND REPAIR
Check all guards, shields, and safety bars. Every
one must be in place and tight.

CHECK IT OUT!
GUARDS
SHIELDS
SAFETY BARS
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES
SEAT BELTS, ETC.

T38242N

Keep ALL equipment free of dirt and oil.

Clean oil, grease, mud, ice or snow from the opera-


tor’s station, steps and hand rails.

T38243N
When getting the engine ready for storage, re-
member that inhibitor changes easily into gas and is Carefully inspect all systems for leaks.
dangerous. After adding the inhibitor, seal and tape
openings. When you are not using the inhibitor, keep
the can tightly closed.
@@
Do not remove the radiator cap unless you can hold
your hand on the radiator tank. First, loosen the cap
slowly to the stop. Then release all pressure in the
cooling system before removing the cap.
T45794

Check the exhaust system regularly for leaks.


Use a piece of cardboard or wood, rather than
Release hydraulic pressure before working on the hands, to search for suspected leaks.
hydraulic system. Stop the engine. Lower all equip-
ment to the ground. Move the control levers until the Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the
equipment does not move. skin.

When checking hydraulic pressure, be sure to use If injured by escaping fluid, see a doctor at once.
the correct test gauge.

Before working on the fuel system, close the fuel


shutoff valve.

Before working on the electrical system, or making a


major overhaul, disconnect the batteries.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) General Specifications 111-l

Group III
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Specifications and design subject to change without notice. Wherever applicable, specifications are in accordance
with ICED and SAE Standards. Except where otherwise noted, these specifications are based on a unit equipped

q
with 13.00-24, 12 ply rating, tubeless tires, 12 ft. (3.66 m) moldboard, and standard equipment. Weights include
lubricants, coolants, full fuel tank and 175 lb. (79 kg) operator.)

Power Travel Speeds (2300 engine rpm, no tire slip):


(at 2300 engine rpm): SAE DIN
Gross . . _. . . . . . 135 hp (100.7 kW) Shifl Lever Position Forward Reverse
Net _._............. 125hp(93.2kW) 126.7 PS mph km/h mph km/h

1 2.3 3.6 2.8 4.5


Net engine flywheel power is for an engine equipped 2 3.2 5.1 3.9 6.3
with fan, air cleaner, water pump, lubricating oil pump, 3 4.8 7.8 5.9 9.5
fuel pump, alternator, and muffler. The gross engine 4 6.3 10.1 7.6 12.3
5 8.2 13.2
power is without fan. Flywheel power ratings are under
6 10.5 17.0
SAE standard conditions of 500 ft. altitude and 85°F 7 14.1 22.8
temperature, and DIN 70 020 conditions (non-correct- 8 23.9 38.4
ed). No derating is required up to 10,000 ft. (3000 m)
altitude. Differential Lock. . . Foot-operated, hydraulically
actuated
Engine: John Deere turbocharged diesel, vertical 6-
cylinder, valve-in-head, 4-stroke cycle. Front Drive: (JD672-A only)
Bore and stroke.. . . . _. 4.19x5 in. (106.5~127 mm) Hydrostatic motor in each wheel controlled through a
Piston displacement . . . . 414 cu. in. (6784 cm3) flow divider to provide optimum traction. Free-wheeling
Compression ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2 to 1 in gears 5 through 8. Switch controlled for two modes
Maximum torque @ 1300 rpm . .372 lb.-ft. (504 Nm) of operation.
(51.4 kg/m)
NACC or AMA (U.S. Tax) horsepower . . . . . . . .42.1 Pump.... .5.43 cu. in. (89 cm3) variable displacement
Main bearings ....... .. ..... .......... . 7 pump driving a 2.03 cu. in. (33 cm3) reversible motor in
Lubrication . . . . . . Pressure system w/full-flow filter each wheel.
Cooling Pressurized, w/thermostat and fixed bypass
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Suction
Air cleaner w/restriction indicator. . . . . . . . _. . . Dry
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . 24 volt w/alternator
Batteries (2) 12 volt. . Reserve capacity: 180 minutes

Transmission. . . Direct drive full Power Shift with


planetary gear reductions. Foot inching pedal.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information ;lD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
Ill-2 General Specifications TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Rear Drive. . . Inboard planetary final drives with heat- Blade Lifting Mechanism:
treated, split-ted steel torque shafts. Oscillating welded Control. ~ . Dual-lever, hydraulic w/float position
construction tandems; nodular cast sprockets driving 2
in. (51 mm) pitch roller chain in oil bath. Lift Arms: Nodular cast
Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Front Axle: Fabricated steel box-frame with steel Control . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic, foot operated
spindles
Total oscillation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 deg. Circle: Fabricated steel angle construction
Wheel lean range (either direction) . . . . .20 deg. Circle diameter . . . . . . . . . .4 ft. 10 in. (1.47 m)
Rotation . .. .. .... . . . .360 deg.
Steering: Drive. . . Hydraulic motor and worm gear w/positive
Front. Full hydraulic power system. Steering capa- position lock
bilities without power Sideshift, right and left . . . . 31.2 in. (792 mm)
Rear. . Hydraulically articulated frame steering (25
deg. left or right) Drawbar.. . Welded box section, 3.5x7x0.5 in.
Minimum turning radius (89x178x13 mm) wall w/ball and
(JD670-A) ... ..... ... ~. .22 ft. (6.7 m) socket draft connection
Minimum turning radius
(JD672-A) . . . . . . . . .22 ft. 6 in. (6.86 m) Frame:
Rear main frame. . Welded box sectioni;from articula-
Brakes: tion joint to main frame arch
Service. . . Foot-operated, hydraulically-actuated, wet- Width, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . 9.25 in. (235 mm)
disk, effective on 4 tandem wheels Height, minimum . . . . . . . 14.65 in. (372 mm)
Parking . . . Foot-operated, mechanical, dry-disk, Thickness, sides. . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 in. (16 mm)
effective on 4 tandem wheels top and bottom (min.). . 0.75 in. (19 mm)
Hydraulic System: Closed-center Weight per ft. (m), minimum . . . 110 lb. (164 kg/m)
Pressure controlled variable-displacement pump. . .35 Minimum vertical section modulus. . 125 inches cubed
gpm (132 L/min) @ 2300 engine rpm (2050 cm cubed)
Front main frame. . Welded box section from main
Blade: frame arch to front hood
Length .. . . . . . _ . _ 12 ft. (3.66 m) Width . . . . . . . . . _. ... . . 10 in. (254 mm)
Height.. .... .... . . . . . . .24 in. (610 mm) Height, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . 13 in. (330 mm)
Thickness. , . .. . _. . . . . . . . . . 0.88 in. (22 m) Thickness, minimum . . . . . . . . . 0.50 in. (13 mm)
Weight per ft. (m), minimum 110 lb. (164 kg/m)
Blade Range: Minimum vertical section modulus _ 109 inches cubed
Lift above ground.. .. 1 ft. 4.10 in. (409 mm) (1786 cm cubed)
Blade side shift:
Right or left . . . . .. . 2 ft. 2.9 in. (683 mm) Capacities: U.S. Imp. Liters
Shoulder reach outside wheels: Fuel tank . . .. ... .60 gal. 50.0 gal. 227
Right or left.. . _. _. . _. . . . . . . .7 ft. (2.13 m) Cooling system.. . .. 7 gal. 5.8 gal. 26.5
Pitch at ground line. . . . . . . 44 deg. forward Engine lubrication, including
10 deg. back filter.. . . . . . . . . . . .20 qt. 16.7 qt. 18.9
Transmission case.. . . . .14 gal. 12 gal. 53
Transmission and hydraulic
system . . . . . . . . . .28 gal. 23.3 gal. 106
(JD670-A)
Transmission and hydraulic
system . . . . . . . . . .38 gal. 32 gal. 144
(JD672-A)
Tandem housings (each) . . 4 gal. 3.3 gal. 15.1
Worm gearbox . . . . . . . . 3 qt. 2.5 qt. 2.8

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General lnforma tion I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) General Specifications III-3

Additional Standard Equipment: Dimensions:


Transistorized voltage Gauges: Ground
Tire Wheel Tread Width Clearance
regulator Water temperature
Size Front Rear Front Rear (Front Axle)
Lights (2 white front Transmission
w/stop and tail light) temperature 13.00-24 76.60 in. 79.61 in. 7 ft. 10 in. 7 ft. 10 in. 1 ft. 10 in.
Work lights (2 front and 2 Transmission lube (1.94 m) (2.02 m) (2.34 m) (2.34 m) (559 mm)
rear floods) pressure
14.00-24 76.60 in. 79.61 in. 8 ft. 8 ft. 1 ft. 10.5 in.

q
Turn signals Transmission pressure
(1.94 m) (2.02 m) (2.44 m) (2.44 m) (571 mm)
Horn Engine oil pressure
Deluxe suspension seat Fuel 17.5-25 79.36 in. 82.37 in. 8 ft. 6 in. 8 ft. 6 in. 1 ft. 11.2 in.
Mechanical hour meter Indicators: (2.01 m) (2.09 m) (2.59 m) (2.59 m) (589 mm)
Cold weather starting aid All-wheel drive charge
Precleaner pressure (JD672-A) Height to top of steering wheel. . 7 ft. 4.4 in. (2.25 m)
Engine side shields Air filter
ROPS cab w/seat belt Transmission filter Scarifier (Special Equipment):
Front and rear windshield All-wheel drive filter V-type for 4 ft. (1.22 m) cut with 3 manual pitch
wipers (JD672-A) positions and hydraulic float
Floor mat Number of teeth (9 possible) . . . . ... .. 5
Lift above ground. . . . . . . . 1 ft. 10 in. (559 mm)
Penetration . . . . . 12 in. (305 mm)
Shank size.. .... 1.25x4 in. (31.7x102 mm)
JD670-A
S$;ghqperating On Front On Rear Ripper (Special Equipment): 8 ft. (2.44 m) cut width,
Wheels Wheels Total
parallelogram linkage, 2 manual shank
Standard equipment 7728 lb. 18,252 lb. 25,980 lb.
(3 505 kg) (8 279 kg)
vertical positions
(11 784 kg)
Standard equipment 8828 lb. 18,252 lb. 27,080 lb. Number of shank pockets ... .. . . . . 5
and scarifier (4 004 kg) (8 279 kg) (12 283 kg) Number of shanks . . . ... ... . ... . 3
Standard equipment, 8031 lb. 21,549 lb. 29,580 lb. Lift above ground.. . 1 ft. 2.5 in. (368 mm)
scarifier and ripper (3 643 kg) (9 775 kg) (13 418 kg) Penetration . . ..... . . .l ft. 2 in. (356 mm)
JD672-A Shank size.. .. .2x5 in. (51x127 mm)
SAE Operating On Front On Rear Lift above ground (shanks in upper
Weight Wheels Wheels Total position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ft. 11.5 in.
Standard equipment 8568 lb. 18,507 lb. 27,075 lb. (597 mm)
(3 886 kg) (8 395 kg) (12 281 kg)
Standard equipment 9668 lb. 18,507 lb. 28,175 lb. Special Equipment:
and scarifier . (4 385 kg) (8 395 kg) (12 780 kg) Scarifier Overlay end bits
Standard equipment. 8871 lb. 21,804 lb. 30,675 lb. Transmission bottom
Heavy-duty scarifier
scarifier and ripper (4 024 kg) (9 890 kg) (13 914 kg)
Below-cab blade lights guard
Bench seat Heavy-duty bottom
Tires :
Cab heater (40,000 BTU) guard w/drawbar
13.00-24, 8 or 12 ply rating; 8 in. rim
Cab heater (19,000 BTU) Rear-mounted ripper
14.00-24, 10 or 12 ply rating; 8 or 10 in. rim
Cab defroster fan w/drawbar hitch
17.525, 12 ply rating; 14 in. rim
Air conditioning w/50 amp Drawbar hitch
heavy-duty alternator Tool box
Roof-mounted heater Articulation indicator
(w/air conditioner only) Engine disconnect
Outside rear view mirrors Reverse warning system
ROPS canopy w/seat belt Sound-baffled engine
Coolant heater side shields
2 ft. (610 mm) moldboard 3 in. seat belt
extensions, right or left Heavy-duty cutting edge
13 ft. (3.96 m) and 14 ft. Automatic blade control
(4.27 m) moldboards

Litho in U.S.A.
I General information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
111-4 General Specifications TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

DIMENSIONS

A
t
LO ft. 6
c3.20 m)

8 ft. 9.3 in.

27 ft. 3.2 in. (8.31 m) I


I
c
Lb29 ft. 2.6 in. (8.90 m)

31 ft. 8.2 in. (9.66 m) c

NOTE: Dimensions for the JD672-A are the same as those shown above. When a motor grader has air
conditioning, the height is 70 ft. 7 in. (3.23 m).

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul-79) Redelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-1

Group IV
PREDELIVERY, DELIVERY, AND
AFTER&ALE SERVICES
TEMPORARY GRADER STORAGE Check air conditioner controls.

q
NOTE: Air temperature must be 60°F (16°C) or
After receiving your grader from the factory and
higher.
before putting the machine into temporary storage,
perform the following checks.

1. Check the battery electrolyte level. Charge the


battery, if necessary.

2. Check the level of the coolant in the radiator. The


coolant must be 4 in. (102 mm) below the top of the
filler neck.

3. Fill the fuel tank.

4. Check the crankcase oil level. Oil must be be-


tween marks on the dipstick after the engine has been
stopped for 10 minutes.

5. Relieve hydraulic pressure by lowering the blade,


stopping the engine and operating the hydraulic control
levers until no equipment moves.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE A-Louvers D-Cooling Control Knob


B-Recirculating Air Control E-Blower Control Knob
The service technician must carefully check and
C-Heat Control Knob
service the machine before the dealer delivers it to the
customer. When the customer receives a machine that Fig. I-Air Conditioner Controls
is correctly prepared, the customer is well-satisfied.
For these reasons, correct predelivery service is very 1 - Turn key switch ON. Operate the blower control
important to the dealer and the customer. knob (E) in all positions. Check the fan speeds and air
volume from the louvers (A).
Use the following check list when getting a unit 2 - Turn the key and blower switches ON. Turn the
ready for delivery to the customer. cooling control knob (D) clockwise toward maximum
cooling. Listen for the click from the compressor clutch.
1. Cab Equipment
Check the operation of doors, windows, seat belts,
horn, defroster fan, dome light, wipers, heater, etc.

Fig. P-Heater Valve

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-2 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul-79)

3 - Turn the heater valve (Fig. 2) clockwise to C - Weight adjustment tube - Sit on the seat. Turn
closed position. knob B until the yellow pointer inside the tube is flush
4 - Turn the blower control knob clockwise to high with tube.
speed. Turn the cooling control knob clockwise to D - Forward and rearward adjustment lever - tvlove
maximum cooling. Run the engine at approximately the lever outward to the left (L.H.). Move the seat
2000 rpm. forward or rearward to the desired position. Release
5 - After ten minutes check sight glass for bubbles. the lever.
The sight glass is on the receiver-dryer in the engine
compartment next to the compressor.
NOTE: Bubbles may be seen immediately after the
compressor cycles ON. If bubbles are seen under any
other condition, see Section 90, Group 9031.
6 - Check the temperature of air from louvers. Hold
a thermometer in louver until you get the lowest read-
ing.
When air temperature is above 80°F (27”C), the
temperature of air from louvers must be 25”-30°F
(14”-17%) lower.
When air temperature is below 80°F (27”(Z), the
temperature of air from louvers must be less than 50°F
(10%).
7 - When the unit does not operate correctly, see
Section 90, Group 9031.
Fig. 4 - Cab Seat Controls
Cab equipment checked Yes No
A - Backrest tilt knob - Lift the knob to tilt the
bottom of the backrest forward.
2. Seat
B - Lower the knob to tilt the top of the backrest
Check operation of seat controls. forward.
C - Backrest knob - Raise the knob for a soft
backrest. Lower the knob for a firm backrest.
D - Armrest button - Hold the button in. Move the
armrest up or down to the desired position. Release
the button. The armrest will latch in four different
positions.

fig. 3-Controls for Cab Seat and


Seat without Cab

A - Height adjustment lever - Push down the lever.


Move the seat to the desired position. Release
the lever. F@ 5-Adjustment for Seat without Cab

B - Weight adjustment knob - Turn the knob Adjust backrest tilt as follows:
clockwise for a firm ride. Turn the knob coun- 1 - Loosen two cap screws on each side.
terclockwise for a soft ride. Use the flip-out 2 - Move the backrest to the desired position.
handle to crank the knob. 3 - Tighten the cap screws.

Seat controls checked Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services

3. Transmission Shifting
Check the operation of the grader in all gears.

A-Frame Steer B-Frame Steer


Left (L.H.) Right (R.H.)

Fig. 7-Frame Steering Lever

Move either lever to aid turning. The frame will


articulate 25 degrees left (L.H.) or right (R.H.).

A-Direction Selector Lever B-Transmission Shift Lever

Fig. d-Transmission Shifting Levers

A - Direction Selector Lever: Push lever ahead to F


to move grader forward. Pull lever back to R to move
grader in reverse. This can be done without using the
inching pedal.

When the transmission is in 5th gear or higher, Fig. d-Rear Steer Indicator
reverse is locked out.
The rear steer indicator shows whether the rear of
A smoother F to R or R to F shift can be made by the grader is in line with the front or pivoted to the left
stopping the grader and slowly engaging the inching (L.H.) or right (R.H.)
pedal or by reducing engine speed.

NOTE: Parking brake must be released before the


direction selector lever can be moved out of neutral.

B - Transmissiqn Shift Lever: Shift this lever when


the grader is stopped or moving. Shift one gear at a
time.

NOTE: When transmission shift lever is in reverse


(R), rear warning alarm will sound at intervals.

Transmission shifting checked Yes No

4. Control Levers
A-Lower Left (L.H.) End of Blade
Check the operation of all control levers. B-Raise Left (L.H.) End of Blade
C-Lower Right (R.H.) End of Blade
D-Raise Right (R.H.) End of Blade

Fig. g-Blade Lifi Levers

Move one lever at a time or both levers together.


Litho in U.S.A.
General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

A-Wheel Lean Left (L.H.) B-Wheel Lean Right (R.H.) A-Circle Side-Shift B-Circle Side-Shift
Left (L.H.) ’ Right (R.H.)
Fig. IO-Wheel Lean Lever
fig. 72-Circle Side-Shift Lever
Lean wheels toward turn to make a sharper turn.

A-Rotate Circle C-Blade Side-Shii


A-Lower Scarifier C-Pitch Blade Clockwise Left (L.H.)
E-Raise Scarifier Forward B-Rotate Circle D-Blade Side-Shift
D-Pitch Blade Counterclockwise Right (R.H.)
Rearward

Fig. 11 -Scarifier Lever and Fig. 13-Circle Rotation Lever and Blade
Blade Pitch Lever Side-Shift Lever

Scarifier Lever: Push the lever forward until it locks IMPORTANT: Be sure blade does not contact
I
in float position. Pull the lever back to release it from tires or main frame during rotation.
float.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information
TM- I 188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services

Fig. 14-Hand Throttle A-Engage Pedal B-Disengage Handle

Use the hand throttle to operate at constant speed. Fig. 17-Parking Brake
Control levers checked Yes No
Push down the parking brake. When the pedal uses
5. Control Pedals over 3/4 total travel to fully engage the brake, change
the adjustment. See page I-IV-26.

To release the parking brake, pull handle B, while


holding down pedal A to take the load off the latch.

Fig. 15-Accelerator Pedal

Push down the pedal to increase speed quickly.


When you release the pedal, speed will go back to the
hand throttle setting.

A- -Differential Engage B-Differential Disengage


Pedal Pedal

Fig. 18-Differential Lock Pedals

Check the operation of the differential lock. Engage


the lock and attempt to turn the steering wheel. If the
lock is working correctly, steering resistance must be
felt.

Fig. 16-Decelerator

Push down the pedal to decrease speed quickly.


When you release the pedal, speed will go back to the
hand throttle setting.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-6 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul-79)

To check the adjustment of the inching pedal, stop


the grader. Push down the pedal all the way. When the
grader moves ahead strongly, the pedal needs adjust-
ment. See page I-IV-27.
Control pedals checked Yes No

6. Gauges
Check the operation of all gauges.

DFn LIGHT

Fig. 19-Brake Pedals

Check the brake system for leaks or wrong opera-


tion.

Put the grader in gear. Push down the brake pedal.


Moderate pedal force must hold grader in place.

If pedal force does not hold the grader in place,


pedal feels spongy or bottoms out, repair is needed, or
air must be removed from the system.

Fig. al-Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

Normal operating range is shown by the green zone


(25-80 psi [1.7-5.5 bar]).

If the indicator hand goes into the red-orange zone,


stop the grader. Check the engine oil level. If the oil
level is not low, check for restrictions in the oil lines or
wrong viscosity oil.

BLACK

A-Disengaged B-Engaged

Fig. 204nching Pedal

Use the inching pedal for precise control of the


grader when hitching equipment to the grader or when
you need a slow, smooth start.
X0859
Push down the pedal (A) to disengage the clutch.
Release the pedal (B) to engage the clutch. Fig. 22-Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The light green zone shows the normal operating


IMPORTANT: Do not “ride” the inching pedal.
temperatures, 160-224°F (71-107°C).
Do not use this pedal for normal transmission
shifting. Do not push down the pedal for an emer- IMPORTANT: If the indicator hand goes into the
gency stop unless the engine is running. RED-ORANGE ZONE, stop the engine and find the
cause.

Litho in U.S.A.

..
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 7 188 (Mar-80) Redelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-7

LIGHT
LIGHT GREEN GREEN
1
I I-RED-ORANGE
RED RED
ORANGE

q
Y39318
T39316

Fig. 23-Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge Fig. 25-Transmission Oil Pressure Gauge

The light green zone shows the normal operating During normal operations, the indicator hand must
range, IOO-222°F (38-l 05°C). be in the light green zone. If the indicator hand is in the
right (R.H.) red-orange zone, there is too much pres-
If the indicator hand goes into the red-orange zone,
sure in the transmission. If the indicator hand is in the
operate in a lower gear. If the hand remains in the red
left (L.H.) red-orange zone, there is low pressure. If the
zone, check the transmission oil level and the oil cooler
hand is in either red-orange zone, stop the grader and
for plugging.
find the cause.
If these possible solutions do not fewer the oil tem-
LIGHT
perature, do not operate the grader. GREEN

IMPORTANT: Do not operate under load when /

transmission temperature is in red-orange zone of


gauge.

GREEN

RED

T39319

Fig. 26-Transmission Lube Pressure Gauge

When the engine is idling, throttle pulled completely


back, the gauge must show in the striped zone. When
161271N
operating under. constant heavy loads, the gauge must
Fig. 24-Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Gauge (JD672-A) show in the light green zone.

Normal operating range is in the light green zone.


When the indicator hand goes into the red-orange
zone, stop the grader. Find the cause.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-8 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

DO NOT operate the grader when the needle is in


the red-orange zone. If needle goes into this zone, stop
the grader. Check the transmission filter. If the filter is
not clogged and the needle is still in the red-orange
zone, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: Transmission lube pressure will vary with


engine speed and oil temperature.

q
Gauges checked Yes No

7. Switches

Fig. Z&Starting Aid Button

Remove the starting aid can from the engine. Push


the starting aid button. Listen for the solenoid click.
Install the starting aid can.

Fig. 27-Hydraulic Front Wheel Drive Switches (JD672-A)

A - Front Wheel Drive ON: Operate in 1st to 4th


gear, forward and reverse.

B - Front Wheel Drive OFF.


A-Lower Ripper B-Raise Ripper
C - Front Wheel Action NORMAL: Front wheel
drive engages only when rear wheels slip. Front Fig. 294iipper Switch
wheels turn slightly slower than rear wheels.
Switches checked Yes No

D - Front Wheel Action AGGRESSIVE: Front


wheels turn slightly faster than rear wheels. For use in
difficult conditions, on side slopes, and in wet or slip-
pery spots.

IMPORTANT: Switch OFF(B) the hydraulic front


wheel drive system before charging batteries or
using booster batteries or welding on the grader.

Check the hydraulic front wheel drive on a hard, dry


surface, forward and reverse. Turn the hydraulic front
wheel drive ON (A). Put the aggressiveness switch in
the NORMAL (C) position. Then put the aggressive-
ness switch to AGGRESSIVE (D). The surge must be
noticeable.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-9

8. Indicator Lights 9. Lights


Check the operation of all lights, switches, and turn
signal lever.

Fig. 30-Indicator Lights

A - Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Light


(JD672-A only): The light is on when the hy-
draulic front wheel drive pump return filter is
plugged. May be on short time when oil is cold.

B - Brake Pressure Indicator Light: The light is on


when brake pressure falls below 1250 psi (88 A-Left (L.H.) Turn Signal indicator Light
bar). May be on a short time until pressure B-Right (R.H.) Turn Signal indicator Light
C-Work Lights Switch
builds.
D-Driving Lights Switch
E-Turn Signal Lever
C - High Beam Indicator Light: The light is on when
driving lights are on high beam. ,Fig. 31-Light Switches and indicator Lights

D - Transmission Filter Restriction indicator Light: Move the turn signal lever to the desired position.
The light is on when the transmission filter is
plugged. Will be on until oil is warm. Move the lever to neutral after a turn.

E - Locking Pin Indicator Light: The light is on Four amber lights flash as warning lights.
when the locking pin is not fully engaged.

F - Alternator Indicator Light: The light is on when


the alternator is not charging.

Yes No FLASHING WARNING


Indicator lights checked
LIGHTS

T39362

Fig. 32-Turn Signal Label

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-10 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jut- 79)

10. Steering
Start the engine. Operate the steering wheel.
Steering must be free and easy when the engine is
running.

Steering checked Yes No

11. Lift Arm Locking Pin


Check the operation of the lift arm locking pin,
locking pin valve plunger, and locking pin indicator
light.

A-Left (L.H.) Turn C-Work Lights


Signal Light D-Driving Lights
B-Right (R.H.) Turn
Signal Light

Fig. 33-Front Lights

A-Lift Arm

Fig. 36-Lift Arm

A-Turn Signal Lights C-Working Lights


B-Brake Lights, Taillights,
and Turn Signal Lights

Fig. 3#-Rear Lights

B-Lift Arm Locking Pin

Fig. 37-Lift Arm Locking Pin

Fig. 35-Dimmer Switch

Lights and switches checked Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-1 1

Describe any malfunctions:

q
C-Lift Arm Locking Pin Valve Plunger
Fig. 38-Lift Arm Locking Pin Valve Plunger

When the locking pin valve plunger (C, Fig. 38) is 12. Accumulator Action
pushed down, the locking pin (B, Fig. 37) retracts from Check the accumulator reserve capacity as follows:
the hole in the crossbar connected to the lift arm (A,
Fig. 36). “Rock” the lift arms slightly (using the lift Start the engine. Run it approximately one minute.
cylinders) to take the load off the locking pin. The Stop the engine. Push down the brake pedals five
indicator light on the instrument panel must be on. times at five second intervals. If the brakes do not work
When the locking pin valve plunger is released, the after this, the accumulator needs repair.
locking pin must go back into the hole in the crossbar
connected to the lift arm. The indicator light must go off Accumulator checked Yes No
when the pin is in the hole.
Visually check the pin in the hole when the light is 13. Batteries
out. Also check if the locking pin valve plunger travels
Check the electrolyte level of the batteries. If distilled
freely.
water is not available, use clean soft water. Do not use
When the blade lift arm is in the horizontal position
hard water. Remove dirt from the top of the batteries
(locking pin in the center hole), the pointer on the lift
with a damp cloth. Put petroleum jelly on terminals.
arm must be in line with the center positioning hole in
the indicator plate.
IMPORTANT: Never add water to the batteries in
freezing weather unless the engine will be run 2 or
3 hours.

Check battery connections.

Punch date code on batteries.

Batteries checked Yes No

Fig. 39-Lift Arm Pointer

If adjustment is needed, loosen the fasteners hold-


ing the pointer. Move the pointer to the desired posi-
tion. Tighten the fasteners.
Indicator plate adjustment required Yes No
Locking pin working Yes No
Light functioning Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
-
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-12 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

14. Air Intake System

fig. 40-Pre-Cleaner

Check and clean the pre-cleaner bowl.

Fig, 42-Air Intake Hose Clamps

Check clamps on hoses from the air cleaner to the


turbocharger tube and from the air intake manifold to
the turbocharger tube. Tighten hose clamps if neces-
sary. Inspect hoses for cracks.

Air intake system checked Yes No

15. Radiator

A-Air Cleaner Housing D-Primary Element


B-Wing Nut for Safety E-Wing Nut for Cover
Element F-Air Cleaner Cover
C-Safety Element
Fig. 43-Removing Radiator Cap

A
Fig. 4l-Air Cleaner
CAUTION: Do not remove the radiator filler
cap unless you can hold your hand on the
Check the air cleaner restriction indicator on the
radiator tank. First, loosen the cap slowly to the
instrument panel. If the indicator shows red, check and
stop. Then release all pressure in the cooling sys-
clean both primary and safety elements. install new
tem before removing the cap.
elements, if necessary.

Check the level of the coolant in the radiator. Cool-


ant must be 4 in. (102 mm) below the top of the filler
neck. Use clean water for warm weather. Use a solu-
tion of 50% clean water and 50% permanent antifreeze
(ethylene glycol with approved rust inhibitor) for cold
weather.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-13

Check the cooling system for loose connections and


leaks. Remove trash from the radiator.

Coo/ant level checked Yes No

16. Transmission-Hydraulic System


Oil Level

A-Dipstick B-Filler Cap

fig. &-Crankcase Oil Level

NOTE: There is 2 quarts (1.9 L) difference between


Fig. 44-Transmission-Hydraulic System
the bottom mark and the top mark on the dipstick.
Filler Cap and Dipstick
Crankcase oil level checked Yes No
Oil added us. w
To check the transmission-hydraulic system oil
level, fully insert the dipstick in the dipstick tube.
18. Fuel System
Before starting the engine, check the oil level. If the
oil level is at or near the upper mark, there is enough oil
in the system to permit starting the engine. If oil level is
low, add oil specified on page l-V-2. Install the dipstick.

NOTE: Do not add oil above the top mark on the


dipstick.

Transmission-hydraulic oil level checked Yes No


Transmission-hydraulic oil added -----qts. (L)

17. Crankcase Oil Level


Check crankcase oil level when the machine is on
level ground and the engine is off. If oil level is at or
below the bottom mark on the dipstick, add oil specified
140227N
on page l-V-2 to bring oil level to between marks on
dipstick. Do not operate the engine when the oil level is Fig. 46-Fuel Level Gauge
below the bottom mark.
Fill the fuel tank with correct fuel.

Check the operation of the fuel gauge.

The fuel gauge shows the amount of fuel in the


fuel tank.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-14 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1 I88 (Jul- 79)

Remove air from the fuel system after the fuel filter is
drained or removed, or after the fuel tank is drained.

1 - Loosen the bleed screw.

2 - Pump the primer lever until fuel without bubbles


flows from the bleed screw.

3 - Tighten the bleed screw.

4 - Leave the primer lever in the down position.

NOTE: When primer lever does not pump fuel and


A-Fuel Tank Sump C-Plastic H&e no resistance is felt at the top of the lever stroke, turn
B-Drain Cock the engine slightly with the starter to change the fuel
pump cam position.
Fig. 47-Fuel Tank Sump

Open the fuel tank drain cock. Drain the liquid for Fuel system checked Yes No
several seconds. Close the drain cock.
19. Belt Tension
Check belt tension.

A-Fuel Filter B-Drain Screw

Fig. 48-Fuel Filter


Fig. 50-Strand Tension Gauge
Check the fuel filter for sediment. Open the drain
screw for several seconds. Drain liquid. Tighten the Checking Tension
drain screw. Strand Tension Gauge. Both belts must have 90 lb.
Remove air from the fuel system. (400 N) (41 kg) strand tension. Check the front belt
only.

Immediately after stopping the engine (run the en-


gine 5 minutes or more), check the belt tension. If
tension is less than 50 lb. (223 N) (23 kg), wait ten
minutes. Then change tension to 90 lb. (400 N) (41 kg).

Fig, 49-Removing Air from the Fuel System

bitho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-15

Tighten the compressor belt to 90 lb. (400 N) (41


kg).

To change tension, loosen cap screws B and C.


Apply outward force to the compressor. Tighten cap
screws B and C.

Alternator-fan be/t tension

q
checked Yes No
Compressor belt tension checked Yes No

20. Tandem Drive Oil Level

Fig. N-Tension Tester

Tension tester: A 24 lb. (107 N) (11 kg) force halfway


between the pulleys must move the belt l/2 in. (13
mm).

A-inspection Plates B-Oil Level Plug

Fig. M-Tandem Drive Oil level

Fig. 5%Adjusting Belt Tension


1 - Park the grader on a level surface.
Tension Adjustment: Loosen the cap screws (A).
2- Check the oil level in each tandem.
IMPORTANT: Apply pressure ONLY to the front
alternator housing (B).
3- Remove the oil level plug (B). Oil must be level
Tighten the cap screws. with the oil level plug hole.

4- If not, remove one of the inspection plates and


add oil specified on page l-V-2.

5- Install the inspection plate and oil level plug.

Tandem drives oil level checked Yes No


Oil added -- qts. &I

A-Compressor Belt C-Rear Mounting Cap


B-Adjusting Strap Cap Screw Screw

Fig. 53-Compressor Belt

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JO670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-16 Redelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 7 788 (Jul- 79)

21. Engine Speeds 23. Grease Fittings


Warm up the engine. Remove the hour meter. Fas- The grease fittings were lubricated before the grader
ten a tachometer in the hour meter drive plug hole to left the factory. However, to insure customer satisfac-
check engine rpm. tion, check each lubrication point shown on the follow-
ing pages. Lubricate with several strokes of John
No-load, fast idle speed must be 2475 rpm. Slow Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or equivalent, if neces-
idle must be 900 rpm: sary.

If engine rpm need adjustment, see page I-IV-38.


P
Engine speeds checked Yes No

22. Circle Drive Gearbox Oil Level

>,,,,e*^s.. ‘,,X
.tolTd-l.,,. Al Fig. 56-Scariiier (1 point)

A-Oil Level Plug B-Filler Plug Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 55-Circle Drive Gearbox

1 - Park the grader on level ground.

2 - Lower the blade to the ground.

3 - Remove the oil level plug (A). Oil must be level


with the hole.

4 - When oil is needed, remove the filler plug (B).


Add oil specified on page l-V-2.

5 - install the filler plug and the oil level plug.

Circle drive gearbox oil level checked Yes No


Oil added 9fs. 04

Fig. 57-Heavy Duty Scarifier (9 points)

Lubrication required Yes No

Lifho in U.S.A.
.- -
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-17

Fig. 67-Lift Arm Locking Pin Housing (1 point)


q
Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 58-Blade Tilt Cylinder (2 points)

lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 59-Draft Ball Pivot (1 point) Fig. 62-Tandem Pivot - Right (R.H.) Side
(2 points)
Lubrication required Yes No
Lubrication required Yes No

fig. 60-Ripper (10 points)


Fig. 63-Steering Yoke and Cylinder (7 points)
Lubrication required Yes No
Lubrication required Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-18 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Fig. 64-Front Axle (2 points) Fig. 67-Front Ax/e and Wheel Lean Pivots - Left (L.H.)
Side Shown (11 points total)
Lubrication required Yes No
Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 68-Frame Steering Cylinder - Left (L.H.) Side Show


(2 points total)

Lubrication required Yes

Fjg. 65-Frame Pivots (2 points)

Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 69-Ball Joints and Trunnions (10 points)

Lubrication required Yes No


Fig. 66-Tie Rod Connector - Left (L.H.) Side Shown
(4 points total)

Lubrication required Yes No

Litho in USA
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-19

Tire Ply Type inflation Pressure-psi (bar)


Size Rating

13.00-24 a G-2 30 (2.07)


13.00-24 12 G-2 35 (2.41)
14.00-24 10 G-2 30 (2.07)
14.00-24 12 G-2 35 (2.41)
17.5 -25 12 L-2 25 &72j*

*For sloping and ditching, inflate to 45 psi (2.8 bar).


q
NOTE: Be sure that tire inflation pressures are
equal for all six tires.
Fig. 70-Circle Supports (4 points total)
For maintenance work on established highways,
Lubrication required Yes No inflation pressure can be increased up to 50% if de-
sired.

Tire pressure checked Yes No

25. Wheel Retaining Cap Screws

Fig. 71-Lift Arm Pivots and Stub Shaft-


Right (R.H.) Side Shown (6 points total)

Lubrication required Yes No Fig. 7%Front Wheel Retaining Cap Screws -


JD672-A only
24. Tires
Check the air pressure in all tires with an accurate Tighten to 130 lb-ft (177 Nm) (18 kg-m).
gauge having 1 psi (0.07 bar) graduations.

When more pressure is needed, use a pressure


regulating valve with a tire valve system locking air
chuck.

When adding air to the tire, stand to the front or rear


of the grader.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-20 Predeliverv, Deliverv, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

27. Fluid Leakage


Check the following systems for leakage. Check for
broken hoses, broken lines, and loose or worn con-
nections.

A. Cooling system checked Yes No


6. Hydraulic system checked Yes No
C. Transmission system checked Yes No
D. Fuel system checked Yes No

28. Final Check


Clean the whole unit. Make the unit LOOK like a new
machine. Touch up any chipped paint. Wash the ma-
Fig. 73-Wheel Retaining Cap Screws chine thoroughly. Deliver to the customer a machine
anyone would be proud to own.
Tighten all wheel retaining cap screws on the
JD670-A and rear wheel cap screws on the JD672-A to
300 lb-ft (407 Nm) (42 kg-m).

NOTE: Tighten these cap screws after every wheel


change. Check again after 50 hours.

Wheel cap screws tightened Yes No

26. Accessible Hardware Torque Values


Check all accessible hardware. See the chart on
page I-IV-51 for torque values.

I Accessible hardware tightened Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General information I
TM- I 188 (Jui- 79) Predeliverv. Deliverv. and After-Sale Services IV-21

DELIVERY SERVICE AFTER-SALE INSPECTION


Proper delivery should be an important part of a The purchaser of a new John Deere motor grader is
dealer’s program. entitled to a free inspection at a mutually agreeable
time within the warranty period after the equipment has
The dealer should take time, at the owner’s conve- been “run in,” usually after 50 to 100 hours of opera-
nience, to show the owner how to operate and service tion. The terms of this after-sale inspection are outlined
the new machine. on the customer’s John Deere Delivery Receipt.

Using the operator’s manual as a guide, the dealer This inspection is to make sure that the customer is
should be sure the owner understands these points: receiving satisfactory performance from the motor
grader. At the same time, the inspection should reveal
1. The importance of safety. whether or not the motor grader is being operated,
2. The importance of lubrication and periodic ser- lubricated and serviced properly.
vices.
3. The importance of the break-in period. If the recommended after-sale service inspection is
4. Controls and instruments. followed, the dealer can eliminate a needless volume
5. How to start and stop the engine. of service work by preventing minor irregularities from
6. All functions of the hydraulic system. developing into serious problems later on. This will
promote strong dealer-customer relations and present
After explaining and demonstrating the above fea- the dealer an opportunity to answer questions that may
tures, have the owner sign the Delivery Receipt and have arisen during the first few days of operation.
give the owner the operator’s manual.
During this inspection service, the dealer has the
opportunity to promote the possible sale of other new
equipment.

Check operation of all controls and instruments for


freedom of movement and correct operation.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-22 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

1. Cab Equipment 2. Seat


Check the operation of doors, windows, seat belt, Check the operation of the seat controls.
horn, defroster fan, dome light, wipers, heater, air-
conditioner, etc.

Check the air conditioner filters. Clean as neces-


sary.

Fig. 76-Controls for Cab Seat and


Seat without Cab

Fig. 74-Recirculating Filter A- Height adjustment lever - Push down the lever.
Move the seat to the desired position. Release
Recirculating filter: Remove the cover and element. the lever.
Wash the filter in warm, soapy water. Rinse and dry it.
B - Weight adjustment knob - Turn the knob
clockwise for firm ride. Turn it counterclockwise
for a soft ride. Use the flip-out handle to crank
the knob.

C- Weight adjustment tube - Sit on the seat. Turn


knob B until the yellow pointer inside the tube is
flush with the tube.

D- Forward and rearward adjustment lever - Move


the lever outward to the left (L.H.). Move the
seat forward or rearward to the desired posi-
tion. Release the lever.

Fig. 75-Outside Air Filter

Outside air filter: Remove two screws. Remove the


cover (A). Remove the filter element (B).

Clean the element by tapping it on a fiat surface with


dirty side down, by blowing low pressure compressed
air under 30 psi (2.1 bar) through the element opposite
to normal air flow, or by washing the element in warm,
soapy water. Rinse and dry it.

Cab equipment checked Yes No

Fig. 77-Cab Seat Contrcls

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-23

A - Backrest tilt knob - Raise the knob to move the 3. Transmission Shifting
bottom of the backrest forward.
Check the operation of the grader in all gears.

B - Lower knob to move the top of the backrest


forward.

C - Backrest knob - Raise the knob for a soft


backrest. Lower the knob for a firm backrest.

D - Armrest button - Hold the button in. Move the


armrest up or down to the desired position.
Release the button. The armrest will latch in
four different positions.

A-Direction Selector Lever B-Transmission Shift Lever

Fig. 79-Transmission Shifting Levers

1161076
A - Direction Selector Lever: Push lever ahead to F
to move grader forward. Pull lever back to R to move
Fig. 78-Adjustment for Seat without Cab grader in reverse. This can be done without using the
inching pedal.
Adjust backrest tilt as follows:
When the transmission is in 5th gear or higher,
1 - Loosen two cap screws on each side. reverse is locked out.

2 - Move the backrest to the desired position. A smoother F to R or R to F shift can be made by
stopping the grader and slowly engaging the inching
3 - Tighten the cap screws. pedal or by reducing engine speed.

Seat co&o/s checked Yes No


NOTE: Parking brake must be released before the
direction selector lever can be moved out of neutral.

B - Transmission Shift Lever: Shift this lever when


the grader is stopped or moving. Shift one gear at a
time.

NOTE: When transmission shift lever is in reverse


(R), rear warning alarm will sound at intervals.

Transmission shifting checked Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
I General lnforma tion JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-24 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

4. Control Levers
Check the operation of all control levers.

A-Lower Left (L.H.) End of Blade


B-Raise Left (L.H.) End of Blade
C-Lower Right (R.H.) End of Blade
D-Raise Right (R.H.) End of Blade
A-Frame Steer Left (L.H.) B-Frame Steer Right (R.H.)
Fig. 83-Blade Lift Levers
Fig, 80-Frame Steering Levers
Move one lever at a time or both levers together.
Move either lever to aid turning. The frame will
articulate 25 degrees left (L.H.) or right (R.H.)

Fig. 81 -Rear Steer Indicator


A-Wheel Lean Left (L.H.) B-Wheel Lean Right (R.H.)
The rear steer indicator shows whether the rear of
the grader is in line with the front or pivoted to the left Fig. 84-Wheel Lean Lever

(L.H.) or right (R.H.).


Lean the wheels toward the turn to make a sharper
turn.

A-Circle Side-Shift B-Circle Side-Shift


Left (L.H.) Right (R.H.)

Fig. 82-Circle Side-Shift Lever

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services

q
A-Lower Scarifier C-Pitch Blade Forward Fig. 87-Hand Throttle
B-Raise Scarifier D-Pitch Blade Rearward

Fig. 85-Scarifier Lever and Blade Pitch Lever Use the hand throttle to operate at constant speed.
Control levers checked Yes No
Scarifier Lever: Push the lever forward until it locks
in float position. Pull the lever back to release it from 5. Control Pedals
float.

fig. 88-Accelerator Pedal


A-Rotate Circle C-Blade Side-Shift
Clockwise Left (L.H.) Push down the pedal to increase speed quickly.
B-Rotate Circle D-Blade Side-Shift When you release the pedal, speed will go back to the
Counterclockwise Right (R-H.) hand throttle setting.

Fig. 86-Circle Rotation Lever and


Blade Side-Shift Lever

IMPORTANT: Be sure the blade does not con-


tact the tires or main frame during rotation.

Fig. 89-Decelerator

Push down the pedal to decrease speed quickly.


When you release the pedal, speed will go back to the
hand throttle setting.
-.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-26 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

4 - Turn the yoke, at caliper, until the holes in the


yoke are in alignment with the outside hole (J)
in the caliper lever. Install pin in yoke (I).

5 - Engage the parking brake. Brake must be tight


when the locking paw1 (K) reaches the first or
second notch on the pedal ratchet when 70 lb.
(311 N) (32 kg) force is applied to brake pedal.

6 - Lubricate linkage. Release brake. Pedal should


return to top slot in dash. Brake disk should
rotate freely.

A-Engage Pedal B-Disengage Handle

Fig. g&Parking Brake

To release the parking brake, pull handle B, while


holding down pedal A to take the load off the latch.
Push down the parking brake. When the pedal uses
over 3/4 total travel to fully engage the brake, change
the adjustment as follows:

A-Differential Engage B-Differentiaf Disengage


Pedal Pedal

Fig. 9247ifferential Lock Pedals

Check the operation of the differential lock. Engage


the lock and attempt to turn the steering wheel. If the
lock is working correctly, steering resistance will be felt.

Fig, 9 1-Ad@ ting Parking Brake

1 - Remove pin from yoke (I). Turn cap screw (A) in


the transmission cover under caliper (B), until
the bottom friction pad (C) just touches the
bottom of the brake disk (D).
2 - Turn lock nut (E) on top of the caliper lever (F)
until the top friction pad (G) just touches the Fig. 93-Brake Pedals
brake disk (D).
3 - When the parking brake pedal (H) is in full Check the brake system for leaks or wrong opera-
raised position and the caliper lever (F) is in tion.
center position, turn the brake cable end yoke
(1). Put the grader in gear. Push down the brake pedal.
Moderate pedal force must hold the grader in place.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670~A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM-1 188 (Dee-87) Predelivety, Delivery and After-Sale Services IV-27

If pedal force does not hold the grader in place, Use the inching pedal for precise control of the
pedal feels spongy or bottoms out, repair is needed, grader when you hitch equipment to the grader or
or air must be removed from the system. Also remove when you need a slow, smooth start.
air from the brake system if the pedal jumps back
when pushed down. Push down the pedal (A) to disengage the clutch.
Release the pedal (B) to engage the clutch.

IMPORTANT: Do not “ride” the inching pedal. Do


not use this pedal for normal transmission shifting.
Do not push down the pedal for an emergency stop
unless the engine is running.

To check the adjustment of the inching pedal, stop


the grader. Push down the pedal all the way. When
the grader moves ahead strongly, the pedal needs
Fig. 94-Brake Bleed Screw
adjustment as follows:

The brake bleed screws are on both sides of the


transmission housing, forward of the axle and on the
top, near the differential housing casting.

Loosen lock nuts. Open bleed screws one full


turn. Tighten lock nuts. Push both brake pedals and
hold to release hydraulic pressure from accumulator.
Release brake pedals. Start engine and run at slow
idle. Push pedals down and hold a minimum of two
minutes.

Still holding pedals down, loosen lock nuts and


tighten bleed screws. Tighten lock nuts. Release the
brake pedals. Each pedal must feel solid. If not,
repeat the procedure.

If the braking action is poor or erratic after removing


air from the brakes, check the accumulator reserve
capacity.

l-Return Spring 4-Control Lever


2-Valve Operating Arm B-Cable Yoke
3-Valve Operating Rod
Yoke

Fig. O&Clutch Pedal Valve Adjustment

Remove the return spring (1, Fig. 96) from the


control lever (4). Disconnect the cable yoke (5). Turn
both the valve operating arm and the control lever
counterclockwise until they hit the stops.

When the operating arm and the control lever are


A-Disengaged B--Engaged
against the stops, turn the yoke (3) on the operating
Fig. 95-Inching Pedal
rod so that the hole in the yoke is in line with the hole
in the control lever. Then turn the yoke l/2 turn
counterclockwise to make the rod longer.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-28 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Install the clutch cable yoke (5). Turn the yoke so LIGHT GREEN
--I
that when the control lever (4) is turned counterclock-
:ANw
wise against the stop, the bottom side of the clutch
pedal clears the floor plate.

Install the return spring (1).

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the cable yoke (5)


is pinned to the lever extension. Put the yoke of the
valve operating arm (2) in the upper hole.

Be sure to tighten nuts against the yokes.

Control pedals checked Yes No


Clutch pedal adjusted Yes No
T39318 -
Brakes bled Yes No
Parking brake adjusted Yes No
Fig. 98-Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge
6. Gauges
The light green zone shows the normal operating
Check operation of all gauges. range, lOO-222°F (38-105°C).
If the indicator hand goes into the red zone, operate
RED in a lower gear. If the hand remains in the red zone,
ORANG
check the transmission oil level and the oil cooler for
plugging.
If these possible solutions do not lower the oil tem-
perature, do not operate the grader.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate under load when
transmission temperature is in red-orange zone of
gauge.
LIGHT
GREEN

I
RED C RED
ORANGE

Fig. 97-Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

Normal operating range is shown by the green zone


(25-80 psi [1.7-5.5 bar]).

If the indicator hand goes into the red-orange zone,


stop the grader. Check the engine oil level. If the oil
level is not low, check for restrictions in the oil lines or
wrong viscosity oil.
539316

Fig. 99-Transmission Oil Pressure Gauge

During normal operations, the indicator hand must


be in the light green zone. If the indicator hand is in the
right (R.H.) red-orange zone, there is too much pres-
sure in the transmission. If the indicator hand is in the
left (L.H.) red-orange zone, there is low pressure. If the
hand is in either red-orange zone, stop the grader and
find the cause.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General information I
TM- 1788 (Mar-80) Predeliverv, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-29

LIGHT RED- GREEN


STRIPED GREEN
ZONE
/ /

RED-
P61271N
T39319
fig. 102-Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Gauge (JD672-A)
Fig. loo-Transmission Lube Pressure Gauge
Normal operating range is in the light green zone.
When the engine is idling, throttle pulled completely When the indicator hand goes into the red-orange
back, the gauge must show in striped zone. When zone, stop the grader. Find the cause.
operating under constant heavy loads, the gauge must
show in the light green zone. Gauges checked Yes No

DO NOT operate the grader when the needle is in 7. Switches


the red-orange zone. If the needle goes into this zone,
stop the grader. Check the transmission filter. If the
filter is not clogged and the needle is still in the red-
orange zone, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: Transmission lube pressure will vary with


engine speed and oil temperature.

LIGt'T GREEN
BLACK

RED-
ORANGE

A-Lower Ripper B-Raise Ripper

Fig. 703~Ripper Switch

\
T508.59

Fig. lOl-Engine Coolant Temperature ‘Gauge

The light green zone shows the normal operating


temperatures, 160-224°F (71-l 07°C).

IMPORTANT: If the indicator hand goes into the


RED-ORANGE ZONE, stop the engine and find the
cause.

Litho in U.S.A.
I Genera.1 Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-30 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services . TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

Check the hydraulic front wheel drive on a hard, dry


surface, forward and reverse. Turn the hydraulic front
wheel drive ON (A). Put the aggressiveness switch in
the NORMAL (C) position. Then put the aggressive-
ness switch to AGGRESSIVE (D). The surge must be
noticeable.

Switches checked Yes No

8. Indicator Lights

Fig. 104-Starting Aid Button

Remove the starting aid can from the engine. Push


the starting aid button. Listen for the solenoid click.
Install the starting aid can.

Fig. 106~Indicator Lights

A - Hydraulic Filter Restriction indicator Light


(JD672-A only): The light is on when the hy-
draulic front wheel drive pump return filter is
plugged. May be on a short time when oil is
cold.

Fig. YO5-Hydraulic Front Wheel Drive Switches (JD672-A) B - Brake Pressure Indicator Light: The light is on
when brake pressure falls below 1250 psi (88
A - Front Wheel Drive ON: Operate in 1st to 4th bar). May be on a short time until pressure
gear, forward and reverse. builds.

B - Front Wheel Drive OFF. C - High Beam Indicator Light: The light is on when
the driving lights are on high beam.
C - Front Wheel Action NORMAL: Front wheel
drive engages only when rear wheels slip. Front D - Transmission Filter Restriction Indicator Light:
wheels turn slightly slower than rear wheels. The light is on when the transmission filter is
plugged. Will be on until the oil is warm.
D - Front Wheel Action AGGRESSIVE: Front
wheels turn slightly faster than rear wheels. For use in E - Locking Pin Indicator Light: The light is on
difficult conditions, on side slopes, and in wet or slip- when the locking pin is not fully engaged.
pery spots.
F -’ Alternator Indicator Light: The light is on when
IMPORTANT: Switch OFF(B) the hydraulic front the alternator is not charging.
wheel drive system before charging batteries or
using booster batteries or welding on the grader. Indica’tor lights checked Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-31

9. Lights
Check the operation of all lights, switches, and turn
signal lever.

A-Left (L.H.) Turn C-Work Lights


Signal Light D-Driving Lights
B-Right (R.H.) Turn
Signal Light

A-Left (L.H.) Turn Signal Indicator Light Fig. 109-Front Lights


B-Right (R.H.) Turn Signal Indicator Light
C-Work Lights Switch
D-Driving Lights Switch
E-Turn Signal Lever

fig. 107-Light Switches and Indicator Lights

Move the turn signal lever to the desired position.

Move the lever to neutral after completing a turn.

Four amber lights flash as warning lights.

A-Turn Signal Lights C-Work Lights


B-Brake Lights, Taillights,
and Turn Signal Lights
/ FLASHING WARNING Fig. 1 IO-Rear Lights

T39382

Fig. 108-Turn Signal Label

Fig. 7 7 I -Dimmer Switch

Lights and switches checked Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-32 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

10. Steering
Start the engine and operate the steering wheel.
Steering must be free and easy when the engine is
running.

Steering checked Yes No

11. Lift Arm Locking Pin

- Check the operation of the lift arm locking pin,


locking pin valve plunger, and locking pin indicator
light. C-Lift Arm Locking Pin Valve Plunger
Fig. 114-Lift Arm Locking Pin Valve Plunger

When the locking pin valve plunger (C, Fig. 114) is


pushed down, the locking pin (B, Fig. 113) retracts
from the hole in the crossbar connected to the lift arm
(A, Fig. 112). “Rock” the lift arms slightly (using the lift
cylinders) to take the load off the locking pin. The
indicator light on the instrument panel will be on.
When the locking pin valve plunger is released, the
locking pin must go back into the hole in the crossbar
connected to the lift arm. The indicator light must go off
when the pin is in the hole.
Visually check the pin in the hole when the light is
out. Also check if the locking pin valve plunger travels
freely.
When the blade lift arm is in the horizontal position
(locking pin in the center hole), the pointer on the lift
arm must be in line with the center positioning hole in
the indicator plate.

A-Lift Arm

Fig. 7 72-Lift Arm

Fig. 715-Lift Arm Pointer

B-Lifl Arm Locking Pin If adjustment is needed, loosen the fasteners hold-
ing the pointer. Move the pointer to the desired posi-
Fig. 113-Locking Pin
tion. Tighten the fasteners.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information
TM- 1188 (Jul-79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services

Indicator p/ate adjustmenf required Yes No


Locking pin working Yes No
Light functioning Yes No

Describe any malfunctions:

12. Check Accumulator Action


Check the accumulator reserve capacity as follows:

Startthe engine. Run it one minute. Stop the engine.


Apply brakes five times at five second intervals. If
brakes will not operate in five applications or less, the
accumulator is not working correctly.
Accumulator checked Yes No

13. Batteries A-Air Cleaner Housing D-Primary Element


Check the electrolyte level of the batteries. If distilled B-Wing Nut for Safety E-Wing Nut for Cover
Element F-Air Cleaner Cover
water is not available, use clean soft water. Do not use C-Safety Element
hard water. Remove dirt from the top of the batteries
with a damp cloth. Put petroleum jelly on terminals. Fig. 117-Air Cleaner

IMPORTANT: Never add water to the batteries in Check the air cleaner restriction indicator on the
freezing weather unless the engine will be run 2 or instrument panel. If the red signal can be fully seen,
3 hours. check and clean both the primary and safety elements.
Install new elements, if necessary.
Check battery connections.
Batteries checked Yes No

14. Air Intake System


Check and clean the pre-cleaner bowl.

Fig. 116-Pre-Cleaner
Fig. 1 la-Air intake Hose Clamps

Check clamps on hoses from the air cleaner to the


turbocharger tube and from the air intake manifold to
the turbocharger tube. Tighten hose clamps if neces-
sary. Inspect hoses for cracks.
Air intake system checked Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
I General lnforma tion JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
iv-34 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul-79)

15. Radiator ,’d

A
_,
CAUTION: Do not remove the radiator filler
cap unless you can hold your hand on the
radiator tank. First, loosen the cap slowly to the
stop. Then release all pressure in the cooling sys-
tem before removing the cap.

A-Cap Screw B-Filter Cover

Fig. 120-Transmission Oil Filter

Fig. 119~Removing Radiator Cap

Check the coolant level. Keep coolant 4 inches (102


mm) below the top of the filler neck. Use clean water
for warm weather. Use a solution of 50% clean water
and 50% permanent antifreeze (ethylene glycol with
approved rust inhibitor) for cold weather.
T61467

Check the cooling system for loose connections and


A-Cap Screw C-Filter Element
leaks. Remove trash from the radiator. B-Filter Cover D-Packing

Coolant level checked Yes No Fig. 121-Transmission Oil Filter

16. Transmission-Hydraulic System 1 - Remove the cap screw (A) and filter cover (B)
Oil Level and Filter together, along with all parts shown.
2- Discard the element (C) and packing (D).
NOTE: Before checking the oil level, find out if the 3- Clean the inside of the the filter cover.
customer has changed the transmission filter (first 50 4- Install a new element and a new packing in the
hours service). cover.
5- Install the cover.
If the filter has been changed, write the information
below:

Approximate hours at change

If not, change as follows:

Fig. 122-Transmission-Hydraulic System


Filler Cap and Dipsfick

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services

Check the transmission oil level before starting the


engine. Oil level must be at or near the upper mark on
the dipstick.

If the engine has been running and the transmission


oil is warm, allow 10 minutes for oil to drain down
before checking.

Add oil specified on page i-V-2 if needed.

IMPORTANT: Do not overfill.

Transmission-hydraulic oil /eve/ checked Yes No


Transmission-hydraulic oil added qts. (6 B-Drain Screw
A-Fuel Filter
Transmission filter changed Yes No
Fig. 125Fuel Filter
17. Fuel System
Check the fuel filter for sediment. Open the drain
screw for several seconds. Drain liquid. Tighten the
drain screw.

Remove air from the fuel system.

P40227N

Fig. 123-Fuel Level Gauge

Add a small amount of fuel to the fuel tank.

Check the action of the fuel gauge.


Fig. 126~Bleeding Fuel System

Remove air from the fuel system after the fuel filter is
drained or removed, or after the fuel tank is drained.

1 - Loosen the bleed screw.


2- Pump the primer lever until fuel without bubbles
flows from bleed screws.
3 - Tighten the bleed screw.
4- Leave primer lever in the down position.

NOTE: When the primer lever does not pump fuel


and no resistance is felt at the top of the lever stroke,
turn the engine slightly with the starter to change the
A-Fuel Tank Sump C-Plastic Hose
B-Drain Cock
fuel pump cam position.

Fig. 124-Fuel Tank Sump Fuel system checked Yes No

Open the fuel tank drain cock. Drain liquid for sev-
eral seconds. Close the drain cock.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-36 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jut-79)

18. Engine Crankcase Oil and Filter


Elements

NOTE: Check with the customer if oil and filters


have been changed before doing this service.

Normal order of service is as follows:

Oil and filter change - after first 100 hours


m - every 200 hours thereafter

If changed, write the information below.

Approximate hours at change

If not, change as follows: fig. 128-Crankcase Oil Filters

1 - To remove the filters, turn them counterclockwise.

2 - Put a thin film of oil on the gasket of the new filters.

3 - Install new filters. Turn the filter clockwise by hand


until the gasket touches the mounting surface.

4 - Tighten an -additional l/2 to 3/4 turn. Fill the


crankcase with oil specified on page l-V-2.
Crankcase capacity is 20 qt. (19 L) including filter.

IMPORTANT: Before starting the grader after a


filter change, crank the engine for 20 seconds with
the hand throttle in stop position.

5 -‘Start the engine. Check for leaks around filters.


Tighten again if necessary. Do not overtighten.

Fig. 12?‘-Engine Crankcase Drain Plug 6 - Stop the engine. Check the crankcase oil level.

1 - Run the engine to heat the oil.

2 - Drain the oil from the engine crankcase.

3 - While the crankcase is draining, install new filters


as follows:

A-Dipstick B-Filler Cap

Fig. 129-Crankcase Oil Level

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul-79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-37

Check the crankcase oil level when the machine is


on level ground and the engine off. If oil level is at or
below the bottom mark on the dipstick, add oil specified
on page l-V-2 to bring oil level to between marks on
dipstick. Do not operate engine when the oil level is
below the bottom mark.

NOTE: There is 2 quarts (1.9 L) difference between


the bottom mark and the top mark on the dipstick.

Filter changed Yes No


Crankcase oil level checked Yes No
Oil added - (8s. (L/

Fig. 131-Tension Tester


19. Belt Tension
Check and adjust belt tension. / Tension tester: A 24 lb. (107 N) (11 kg) force halfway
between the pulleys must move the belt l/2 in. (13
mm).

Fig. 130-Tension Gauge

Immediately after stopping the engine (run the en- Fig. 132-Adjusting Belt Tension
gine 5 minutes or more), check the belt tension. If
tension is less than 50 lb. (223 N) (23 kg), wait ten Tension Adjustment: Loosen the cap screws (A).
minutes. Then change tension to 90 lb. (400 N) (41 kg). IMPORTANT: Apply pressure ONLY to the front
alternator housing (B).
Tighten the cap screws.

A-Compressor Belt B-Adjusting Strap Cap Screw


C-Rear Mounting Cap Screw

Fig. 133-Compressor Bell

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-38 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 fJul- 791

Tighten the compressor belt to 90 lb (400 N) (41 kg). 21. Engine Speeds
Check the engine speeds. Make adjustments if
To change tension, loosen cap screws B and C.
necessary.
Apply outward force to compressor. Tighten cap
screws B and C.
NOTE: The engine must be at operating tempera-
Alternator - fan belt tension checked Yes No
ture for the following adjustments.
Compressor be/t tension checked Yes No

q
20. Tandem Drive Oil Level

l-Fast Idle Stop Screw 3-Throttle Lever


2-90~ Idle Stop Screw 4-Yoke

Fig. 135~Injection Pump /d/e Adjustment

A-Inspection Plates B-Oil Level Plug


Disconnect the yoke (4, Fig. 135) connecting the
Fig. 134-Tandem Drive Oil Level throttle cable to the pump throttle lever.

1 - Park the grader on a level surface. Run the engine. Turn the pump throttle lever (3, Fig.
135) until the fast idle stop screw contacts its stop.
2 - Check the oil level in each tandem. Engine speed must be 2450 to 2500 rpm. If not, turn
the fast idle stop screw (1, Fig. 135) to make the
3 - Remove the oil level plug (B). Oil must be level adjustment.
with the oil level plug hole.
Move the injection pump throttle lever to the left
4 - If not, remove one of the inspection plates and add (L.H.). If the engine rpm remains the same as the lever
oil specified on page i-V-2. is moved, the engine is running at slow idle. If the
engine is not running at a slow idle speed of 875 to 925
5 - Install the inspection plate and oil level plug. rpm, turn the slow idle stop screw (2, Fig. 135) to make
the adjustment.
Tandem drives oil level checked Yes No
Oil added - 9ts. (L) Connect the throttle cable yoke to the pump throttle
lever.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- I 188 (Jul-79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-39

Accelerator-Decelerator Pedal Adjustments Speed Control Lever Adjustment

Remove the right shield (bolted to the front of the Remove the right (R.H.) control console cover for
right [R.H.] footrest) for access to the accelerator-de- access to the speed control lever linkage.
celerator pedal linkage.

l-Speed Control Rod 4-Fast Idle Stop Screw


l-Accelerator Pedal 4-Control Rod a--Speed Control Lever 5-Throttle Stop
2-Decelerator Pedal 5-Stop Screw (Decelerator) 3-Friction Spring B-Yoke (Top Shown)
3-Yoke (Bottom Shown) B-Control Cable Yoke
Fig, 137~Speed Control Linkage
fig. 136-Pedal Linkage
Disconnect the speed control rod (1, Fig. 137) from
Turn the yokes (3 and 6, Fig. 136) on the control rod the speed control lever (2, Fig. 137). Turn the speed
(4, Fig. 136) to make the decelerator pedal parallel to control lever friction spring (3, Fig. 137) until 8 Ibs.
the footrest. Turn the decelerator stop screw (5, Fig. (35.5 N) (3.6 kg) pull at the end of the speed control
136) until it contacts the bottom of the decelerator lever is needed to move the lever.
pedal.
Connect the speed control rod to the speed control
When the decelerator pedal is in the parallel posi- lever.
tion, turn the control cable yoke (6, Fig. 136) until the
engine runs at slow idle speed. Turn the fast idle stop screw (4, Fig. 137) until the
engine runs at fast idle.
NOTE: Do not make the decelerator pedal adjust-
ment so that the engine can be shut off by pedal action. Move the throttle stop (5, Fig. 137) so that the speed
control lever contacts the rear surface of the stop at
Check to be sure that fast idle can be run by the slow idle. Move the stop in the other direction so that
accelerator pedal. Pedal adjustments for fast idle nor- the speed control lever must be moved to the right
mally are not needed because of the override area in (R.H.) to clear the throttle stop. This must move the
the linkage. speed control lever to the rear to the engine shut-off
position.

Inspect the linkage for correct operation.

Engine speeds checked Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

22. Circle Drive Gearbox Oil Level

A-Oil Level Plug B-Filler Plug

fig. 138-Circle Drive Gearbox


Fig. 139-Scarifier (1 point)

1 - Park the grader on level ground. Lubrication required Yes No

2 - Lower the blade to the ground.

3 - Remove the oil level plug (A). Oil must be level


with the hole.

4 - When needed, remove filler plug (B) and add oil


specified on page l-V-2.

5 - Install the filler plug and the oil level plug.

Circle drive gearbox oil level checked Yes No


Oil added -9t.s. (L)

23. Grease Fittings


Check each lubrication point shown on the following
pages. Lubricate with several strokes of John Deere
Multi-Purpose Grease or equivalent, if necessary.

Fig. 140-Heavy Duty Scarifier (9 points)

Lubrication required Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-41

Fig. 144-Lift Arm Locking Pin Housing (1 point)

Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 14 1-Blade Tilt Cylinder (2 points)

Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 142-Draft Ball Pivot (1 point) Fig. 145-Tandem Pivot - Right (R.H.) Side

Lubrication required Yes No Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 143~Ripper (10 points) Fig. 146Steering Yoke and Cylinder (7 points)

Lubrication required Yes No Lubrication required Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-42 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

fig. 147~Front Axle (2 points) Fig. 150-Front Axle and Wheel Lean Pivots - Left (L. H.) Side Shown
(17 points total)
Lubrication required Yes No
Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. 151-Frame Steering Cylinder - Left (L.H.) Side Shown


(2 points total)

Lubrication required Yes No

Fig. l48-Frame Pivots (2 points)

Lubrication reuuired Yes No

Fig. 152~Ball Joints and Trunnions (10 points)

Lubrication reouired Yes No


Fig. 149-Tie Rod Connector - Left (L.H.) Side Shown
(4 points total)

Lubrication required Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General lnforma tion I
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-43

Tire Ply Type Inflation Pressure-psi (bar)


Size Rating

13.00-24 8 G-2 30 (2.07)


13.00-24 12 G-2 35 (2.41)
14.00-24 10 G-2 30 (2.07)
14.00-24 12 G-2 35 (2.41)
17.5 -25 12 L-2 25 (1.72)*

*For sloping and ditching, inflate to 45 psi (2.8 bar). q


NOTE: Be sure that tire inflation pressures are
equal for all six tires.
Fig. 153-Circle Supports (4 points total)
NOTE: When adding a new rear tire, inflate rear
Lubrication required Yes No tires so the rolling radius of all tires is the same.

For maintenance work on established highways in-


flation, pressure can be increased up to 50% if desired.

Tire pressure checked Yes No

25. Cylinder Ball and Socket Assemblies

Fig. 154-Lift Arm Pivots and Stub Shaft-


Right (R.H.) Side Shown (6 points total)

Lubrication required Yes No

24. Tires
Fig. 755-Cylinder Ball and Sockets
Check the air pressure in all tires with an accurate
gauge having 1 psi (0.07 bar) graduations. Check the play of the sockets shown. Lower the
blade to the ground. Move the cylinder wittiout load.
When more pressure is needed, use a pressure The ball must be free to move. When play is more than
regulating valve with a tire valve system locking air 0.030 in. (0.76 mm), change the adjustment as follows.
chuck.

When adding air to the tire, stand to the front or rear


of the grader.

Litho in U.S.A.
General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

Tighten the retainer cap screws to 445 lb (603 N.m)


(61 kg-m).

Moldboard retainer checked Yes No


Number of shims removed

27. Circle Adjustment


Check the clearance between the front and rear
circle supports and the circle.

Preliminary Procedure:
T606.52 1. Raise the blade.
2. Rotate the blade so it makes a 90” angle with the
A-Cap Screw C-Shim main frame.
B-Cap D-Cylinder
E-Ball
Vertical Clearance
Fig. 156-Ball and Socket Assembly

Remove the cap screws (A) and cap (B). Use shims
(C) as needed.

NOTE: The ball must turn freely in the socket.

Ball and socket assemblies checked Yes No

26. Moldboard Retainers


Check the amount of play between the moldboard
retainers and the moldboard. Rest the blade lightly on
the ground. Raise and lower the blade slightly. The T70432

blade must slide easily without being too loose. Fig. 158-Front Circle Support Clearance

T70436

A-Retainer B-Shims Fig. 159-Rear Circle Support Clearance

Fig. 157-Blade Side-Shift Guides Measure distance (A) between front supports (B)
and circle (C) and between rear supports (D) and wear
When adjustment is needed, remove the retainer pads (E). If the minimum distance at these four points
(A). Add or take away shims (B). is more than one shim (F) thickness (0.036 in. lo.9 mm1
or 0.06 in. L1.5 mm] shim), remove shims to make the
distance less than one shim. Remove the same
number of shims from each support.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General lnforma tion I
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-45

To change front support clearance, loosen bolts (G). Front support contact surfaces must contact the
Remove shims. Tighten bolts to 607 lb-ft. (908 Nmm). circle ring uniformly. Gap at the end of either support
should not be more than 0.030 in. (0.76 mm). If the gap
To adjust rear circle clearance, remove washers is too large, move the front support(s).
from two end bolts (H) from each rear support. Install
nuts flush with end of bolts. Remove three center bolts
(H) from each support.

CAUTION: Be sure rear support is always


a supported.

Remove shims. Leave ten bolts loose to adjust


horizontal clearance.

Horizontal Clearance
T70435

Fig. 161 -Circle Gear Clearance

Measure the horizontal clearance between contact


surfaces of rear circle supports and circle ring. The
sum of the clearances should be 0.03 in. (0.70 mm) to
0.060 in. (1.52 mm) total when the clearances of the
right (R.H.) and left (L.H.) rear supports are added.

Check clearance (L) between tip of drive pinion (M)


and root of circle gear (N) at three blade positions:
Blade perpendicular to main frame and approximately
45 degrees to left (L.H.) and right (R.H.) of main frame.
Clearance should measure from 0.120 to 0.320 in. (3.0
to 8.1 mm).

Cover the top and bottom surfaces of circle gear and


inside of circle contact surface with a thin, uniform
coating of grease.
Fig. 160-Adjusting Horizontal Clearance
Turn the circle one revolution in each direction. The
To change clearance (I), loosen bolts (H) slightly. circle should turn freely. If the circle binds, check the
Loosen jack screws (J). Turn each jack screw on both horizontal and vertical clearance. Also find the sup-
supports the same number of turns until the rear sup- port(s) that is binding.
ports (D) are against the circle. Tighten the jack screws
until the front supports (B) are against the circle. If the horizontal clearance is too small, add enough
shims under the support causing the binding to let the
Turn each jack screw counterclockwise l/4 turn. circle turn freely.
Tighten the lock nuts.

Push rear supports against jack screws. Tighten


bolts (H) to 445 lb-ft (603 N.m).

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-46 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

NOTE: The circle must not be turned more than one Remove the cap screws (A) and ball retainer (B).
revolution unless other hydraulic controls are operated. Use shims (C) as needed. The ball must turn freely by
Do not turn the circle more than two turns in one hand pressure.
direction without stopping. Stop for 30 seconds before
turning the circle again in the same direction. The circle Pivot checked Yes No
can be turned in the opposite direction immediately. Number of shims removed

W
Circle adjustments required Yes No
29. Hydraulic System Cycle Times
If yes, explain Check the following cycle times at fast idle when the
oil is at normal operating temperature. Troubleshoot
the system if times are not close to those shown.

Seconds

Blade Lift Cylinders


Extend 12 in. (305 mm) 2.3- 3.3
Retract 12 in. (305 mm) 3.2- 4.2

Circle Side Shift


Extend 7.5 9.5
Retract 11.5-l 3.5
28. Draft Ball Pivot
Check the amount of play in the draft ball pivot. Blade Side Shift
Right and Left 8.0-l 1.O

Blade Pitch
Extend l.O- 2.0
Retract l.O- 2.0

Circle Rotate - 180”


Right and Left 23-32

Wheel Lean (Not adjustable)


Right and Left 2.8- 3.8

Fig. 162-Draft Ball and


Rear Steer (Lock to Lock)
Pivot
Right and Left 4.5- 7.5
Lower the blade to the ground. Move the grader
forward and back a little. When play in the pivot joint is NOTE: If the grader has a ripper, the control valve is
more than l-1/2 times the shim thickness, change the on the transfer drive gearbox.
adjustment as follows.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services

A-Ripper C-Adjusting Screw for Raising


B-Rear Bumper Ripper
D-Adjusting Screw for
Lowering Ripper

Fig. 763~Ripper Valve

Two poppet valves control the speed of ripper hy-


draulic functions.
l--Test Port P-Pressure Regulating
Valve Shims
Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to make the
function slower. Fig. 164-Pump Pressure Test foinf and
Pressure Regulating Valve Shims
Turn screw counterclockwise to make the function
faster. If necessary, change pressure by adding or remov-
ing shims (2, Fig. 164) under the spring of the pressure
IMPORTANT: Do not turn the screw out beyond regulating valve.
flush with the end of the special plug.
Push down the clutch pedal. The pressure must go
Hydraulic cycle times checked Yes No to zero.

30. Transmission Clutch Pressure


Slowly release the clutch pedal. The pressure must
Run the engine at fast idle until the transmission oil rise at a smooth rate until the pedal is approximately 1
temperature is approximately 150°F (65°C). inch (25 mm) from the top. At this point the pressure
should be about 80 psi (6 bar). Any further movement
Stop the engine. Remove the transmission pressure of the pedal must cause the pressure to go up to
gauge elbow from the pressure port in the clutch pedal approximately pump pressure.
valve. Install a 0 to 300 psi (0 to 21 bar) gauge in the
pressure port. If the pressure does not drop to zero when the clutch
pedal is down (see note below), the clutch pedal link-
Start the engine. Measure the pressure at an engine ages are out of adjustment or bent, or there is too much
speed of 1900 rpm. Pressure must be 165 to 185 psi leakage past the valve. This can also take place if the
(11.5 to 13 bar). pressure does not go up smoothly as the pedal is
released. The clutch pedal valve controls oil flow to Cl
and C2. Too much leakage of the spool can cause low
clutch engagement pressure. Clutches and brakes can
slip as a result.

NOTE: On a 0 fo 300 psi (0 to 21 bar) gauge the


pressure may appear to go to zero, but you may still
have 8 to 70 psi (0.6 to 0.7 bar) on the clutches.

Litho in U.S.A.
I General lnforma tion JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-48 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

To check for this remaining pressure, use a 0 to 30 Remove the cap (4) from the tee (3) at the junction of
psi (0 to 2 bar) gauge in place of the larger gauge. the differential lock tube (5) and the hydraulic hose (2)
in the main frame pivot area.
IMPORTANT: To test with the 30 psi (2 bar)
gauge, the following precaution MUST BE taken. Connect a 0 to 1000 psi (0 to 69 bar) pressure gauge
to the tee.
The clutch pedal must be fully down when the
engine is started. The pedal must be held down Start and run the unit until transmission temperature

II during the test.

If you do not hold the clutch pedal down, you will


is 150°F (65°C). Run the engine at 2375 rpm. Engage
the differential lock valve. Check the reading on the
pressure gauge.
destroy the pressure gauge.
If the reading is not 635 2 25 psi (44 L- 1.7 bar) add
Transmission clutch pressure or remove shims.
checked Yes No
Describe any malfunction:
NOTE: One shim will change the pressure setting
by approximately 31 psi (2.1 bar).

Differential lock valve


checked Yes No
Number of shims added/
removed
31. Differential Lock Valve
Pressure Test 32. Cap. Screw Torque

Stop the engine. Release hydraulic pressure by Check the following cap screw torque values:
applying the brakes and turning the steering wheel
when the engine is off.

DIFFERENTIAL

Fig. 166-Tandem Housing


T4813111’

l-Differential Lock Function Tube Tandem housing-to-pivot housing cap screws.


P-Hydraulic Hose Tighten to 300 ft-lb (407 Nm) (41 kg-m). Only the
3-Swivel Nut Run Tee bottom 5 cap screws on each side need checking. If
4-Cap they are loose, check all cap screws.
5-Differential Lock Tube
Tandem housing-to-pivot
fig. 165-Differential Lock Valve Pressure
housing cap screws
Check Port
tightened Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services

Fig. 167-Lower Articulation Pivot

Lower articulation pivot pin bolts (2 total). Tighten to


170 lb-ft (230 N.m).

Lower articulation pivot


pin bolts tightened Yes No

A-Engine Frame to Final Drive Housing Cap Screws


B-Engine Frame to Differential Housing Cap Screws

Fig. 169-Engine Frame Cap Screws

Engine-frame-to-differential-housing
cap screws tightened Yes No

Fig. 168-Front Axle Pin Retainer

Front axle pin retainer cap screws (4 total). Tighten


to 170 lb-ft (230 N.m) (23 kg-m).

Pin retainer cap screws tightened Yes No

Engine-frame-to-final-drive-housing cap screws.


(See Fig. 169.) Tighten to 670 lb-ft (908 Nsm) (93
kg-m) (4 bolts total).

Engine frame to final drive housing Fig. 170-Front Wheel Retaining Cap Screws -
cap screws tightened Yes No JD672-A only

Engine-frame-to-differential-housing cap screws. Tighten to 130 lb-ft (177 N.m) (18 kg-m).
(See Fig. 169). Tighten to 445 lb-ft (603 N-m) (62
kg-m) (6 bolts). Front wheel retaining cap screws
tightened Yes No

NOTE: If a torque multiplier tool is available, use it


to tighten these cap screws.

Litho in U.S.A.
General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
Predeliverv. Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

Cab (or canopy)-to-front-cab-support cap screws:


Tighten to 300 lb-ft (407 Nem) (41 kg-m).

Cab (or canopy)-to-front


cab support cap screws Yes No

Front circle support nuts: Tighten to 670 lb-ft (908


Nam) (98 kg-m).

Front circle support nuts tightened Yes No

Lower blade retainer cap screws: Tighten to 300 lb-ft


(407 Nem) (41 kg-m).

Fig. 171 -Wheel RetainingCap Screws Lower blade retainer cap


screws tightened Yes No
Tighten all wheel retaining cap screws on the
JD670-A and rear wheel cap screws on the JD672-A to Upper blade retainer cap screws: Tighten to 445 lb-ft
300 lb-ft (407 Nam) (42 kg-m). (603 Nam) (61 kg-m).

NOTE: Tighten after every wheel change and check Upper blade retainer cap
screws tightened Yes No
after 50 hours.
Cab (or canopy)-to-main frame cap screws: Tighten
Wheel cap screws tightened Yes No
to 300 lb-ft (407 N.m) (41 kg-m). Stake nuts to cap
screws.
Rear circle support nuts: Tighten to 445 lb-ft (603
Nem) (61 kg-m). Cab (or canopy)-to-main frame
cap screws tightened Yes No
Rear circle support nuts tightened Yes No

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General information I
TM- 1188 (Mar-go) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-51

33. Accessible Hardware Torque Values


Check all accessible bolts and nuts for correct tight- 3-Dash Head: tempered steel high-strength bolts
ness. If hardware is loose, tighten it to the correct and cap screws.
torque.
6-Dash Head: tempered steel extra high-strength
The table below gives correct torque values for bolts and cap screws.
various bolts and cap screws. Tighten all hardware to

q
standard torque unless a different torque is specified. Machine bolts and cap screws 7/8-inch (22 mm)
and larger are sometimes formed hot rather than cold,
Most hardware used is high-strength (note dashes which accounts for lower torque.
on hex. heads). The types of bolts and cap screws are
identified by head markings as follows: A// accessible hardware torqued Yes No

Plain Head: regular machine bolts and cap screws.

RECOMMENDED TORQUE - COARSE AND FINE THREADS

D F

0 'L
0\\\5,

0 0 0
B

-: 7\-
\/

BOLT PLAIN THREE SIX


IIAMETER HEAD DASHES DASHES

LB-FT Nm Kg-m LB-FT Nm Kg-m LB-FT Nm Kg-m

l/4 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 10 14 1 14 19 2

5116 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 20 27 3 30 41 .4

3/a NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 35 47 5 50 68 7

7116 35 47 5 55 75 8 a0 108 11

112 55 75 8 a5 115 12 120 163 17

906 75 102 10 130 176 18 175 237 24

5/a 105 142 15 170 230 24 240 325 33

314 185 251 26 300 407 42 425 576 59

718 160 217 22 445 603 62 685 929 95

1 250 339 35 670 908 93 1030 1396 142

l-l/a 330 447 46 910 1234 126 1460 1979 202

l-1/4 480 651 66 1250 1695 173 2060 2793 285


1X.77"

Fig. 1?4-Torque Chart

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
IV-52 Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

34. Toe-In
Check the toe-in of the front wheels. Park the grader
on a level surface.

Use the blade or scarifier hydraulics to lift the front


wheels off the ground. Block the front axle.

Fig. 177-Measuring Toe-In

Measure the distance (E) from center to center of tie


rod pins. Measure the distance (F) from center to
center of tie rod pins. The measurement between the
two dimensions must be within 0.10 in. (2.5 mm).
Fig. 775-Checking JD670-A Toe-in Measure the distance (G) and (H) from the floor to
the center of the axle. Record measurement of each
JD670-A - Turn wheels to align the steering cylinder side.
pin (A) with the oscillation pin (B).
Use a piece of chalk and draw a horizontal line (I) on
the backside of each tire at the “G” and “H” height.
Draw a vertical line (J) through the horizontal line at the
approximate center of each tire.

Measure and record the distance (K) between the


tire center lines at the “G” and “H” axle height.

Fig. 176-Checking JD672-A Toe-In

JD672-A - Draw a line through the center of plate (C)


and through the center of bell crank (D).
Turn the wheels to align these two lines. Fig. 178-Measuring Toe-In

Now rotate the tires toward the front of the unit so


the horizontal lines (I) on the tires are again at the “G”
and “H” height.

Measure and record the distance (L) between the


tire center lines at the “G” and “H” axle height.

Distance “L” must be 0.0 to 0.50 in. (0.0 to 13 mm)


less than distance “K”.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Mar-go) Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services IV-53

If adjustment is needed, follow the procedure below. 35. Fluid Leakage


Check the following systems for leakage. Check for
broken hoses, broken lines, and loose or worn con-
nections.

A. Cooling system checked Yes No


6. Hydraulic system checked Yes No

q
C. Transmission system checked Yes No
D. Fuel system checked Yes No

Fig. 179-Adjusting Toe-In

Loosen tie rod nuts (M). Turn each tie rod the same
number of turns until toe-in is correct. Tighten the nuts
to 330 lb-ft (447 N.m) (46 kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
General lnforma tion JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
Predelivery, Delivery, and After-Sale Services TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

MEMORANDA

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders General Information I
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Lubrication V-l

Group V
LUBRICATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
Below are copies of the periodic service charts which are on the motor grader right (R.H.) engine side shield.

q
Read the current JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Grader Operator’s Manual for more information on service.

Use the operator’s manual and periodic service charts when working on the motor grader. Tell your customer to
thoroughly read the operator’s manual before attempting to service or operate the motor grader.

Fig. l-Periodic Service Chart

Fig. BHydraulic Front Wheel Drive Periodic Service Chart

Litho in U.S.A.
I General Information JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
V-2 Lubrication TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

LUBRICANTS TRANSMISSION-HYDRAULIC OILS AND


HYDRAULIC FRONT WHEEL DRIVE
Use only lubricants specified on this page. Apply
WHEEL MOTORS
them at intervals and according to instructions shown
on periodic service chart. Above -15°F (-26°C) use John Deere HY-GARD@
Transmission and Hydraulic Oil (J20A) or an equiva-
ENGINE LUBRICATING OILS lent.

Use HY-GARD Winter Grade Oil (J2OB) when tem-


perature is below - 15°F (-26°C).

Continued use of HY-GARD Winter Grade Oil


(J20B) at temperatures above 32°F (0°C) may result in
X3377N
increased transmission and hydraulic component wear
and shorter life.

Use John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME@ Engine TANDEM DRIVES


Oil in the engine crankcase.
Use John Deere HY-GARD Transmission and Hy-
Oils other than TORQ-GARD SUPREME must con- draulic Oil (J20A) or an equivalent.
form to one of the following specifications:
CIRCLE DRIVE GEARBOX
SINGLE VISCOSITY OILS
Use SAE EP90 oil.

API Service CD/SD


GREASES
MIL-L-2104C
Series 3 Use John Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or equiva-
lent for all grease fittings and front wheel bearings.
MULTI-VISCOSITY OILS
STORING LUBRICANTS
API Service CC/SD
MIL-L-46152 Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Store
them in an area protected from dust, moisture, and
Depending on average temperature, use oil as fol- other contamination.
lows.

Other Oils
John Deere
Air TORQ-GARD Single Vis- Multi-Vis-
Temperature SUPREME Oil cosity Oil cosity Oil

Above SAE 30 SAE 30 Not recom-


32°F (0°C) mended

-10°F to SAE low-20 SAE 1OW SAE low-30


32°F (-23°C to 0%)

Below SAE 5W-20 SAE 5W SAE 5W-20


-10°F (-23°C)

When SAE 5W-20 or SAE 5W oils are used, ma-


chines can use more oil. Check oil level regularly.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Wheels 1
TM- 1188 (J&78) Powered Wheels and Fastenings 011 o-1

Section 01
WHEELS
CONTENTS OF THIS SECTION

Page Page
GROUP 0110 - POWERED WHEELS AND GROUP 0120 - NON-POWERED WHEELS
FASTENINGS AND FASTENINGS

q
General Information ................... 011 o-3 General Information .. . ... . 0120-l
Removal ............................. 011 o-3 Removal . . . . . . . . . . .._................ 0120-l
Repair ............................... 011 o-3 Repair . . . . .._._........_......._.... 0120-l
Installation. ........................... 011 o-4 Installation . .. . ... 0120-2
Checking Tire Pressure ................ 011 o-4 Checking Tire Pressure . .. .. 0120-2

GROUP 0199 - SPECIFICATIONS AND


SPECIAL TOOLS
Specifications and Torque Values . 0199-I

Litho in U.S.A.
1 Wheels JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0110-2 Powered Wheels and Fastenings TM- 1188 (Jul-78)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Wheels 1
TM- 7 188 (Jul- 78) Powered Wheels and Fastenings 011 o-3

Group 0110
POWERED WHEELS AND FASTENINGS
GENERAL INFORMATION REPAIR

A
The four tandem wheels are identical to non-pow-
CAUTION: Failure to follow proper proce-
ered front wheels. Powered front wheels are not in-
dures when mounting a tire on a wheel or
terchangeable with the tandem or non-powered
rim, can produce an explosion which may result in
wheels due to the larger bolt pattern.
serious bodily injury. DO NOT attempt to mount a
tire unless you have the proper equipment and
REMOVAL
experience to perform the job safely. Have it done
Shut machine off and lower equipment to ground. by your John Deere dealer or a qualified tire repair
Turn steering wheel back and forth to relieve pressure service.
in the steering system. Pump brake pedal to discharge
the brake accumulator. Operate hydraulic controls to Detailed tire mounting instructions, including
relieve pressure in the hydraulic system. las necessary safety precautions, are contained
in John Deere Fundamentals of Service
Loosen cap screws (7, Fig. 1) before jacking wheel cl Q (FOS) Manual 55, TIRES AND TRACKS,
off ground. which is available from your John Deere dealer.

Place a hydraulic floor jack of at least &ton (44 500 NOTE: Refer to John Deere Off-The-Road Tire
N) (4 500 kg) capacity under tandem housing or front Maintenance Manual for dismounting and mounting
axle and raise wheel off ground. tires.

Securely block tandem housing or front axle. Refer to Fig. 1 during disassembly and assembly.

Position a wheel hook, forklift or platform jack of at


least l-ton (8 900 N) (900 kg) capacity to tire. Remove
cap screws (7) and washers (6). Pull wheel assembly
away from wheel axle.

T58032N
l-Valve Stem 3-Side Ring 5-Lock Ring T-Cap Screw (14 used)
?-Wheel 4-O-Ring GWasher (14 used) (Rear) (16 used) (Front)
(Rear Wheels Only)

Fig. I-Wheel Assembly (R.H. Wheel Shown)

Litho in U.S.A.
1 Wheels JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
011 o-4 Powered Wheels and Fastenings TM- 1188 (Jul- 78)

Inspect all parts for worn or bent condition. Replace CHECKING TIRE PRESSURE
parts as needed.
Check air pressure in all tires with an accurate
gauge having 1 psi (0.07 bar) (0.07 kg/cm2) gradua-
Make sure all parts are clean and free from rust or
tions.
grease before assembly.

When inflation is required, use a pressure regulating


Cap screws (7, Fig. 1) and tapped holes in wheel
valve with a tire valve stem locking air chuck.
axles must be clean and dry to achieve correct wheel
torque. Use solvent and air to remove oil.
Stand to front or rear of grader when filling tire.

To prevent slipping of the wheel under load, the Tire Inflation Pressure
Ply
inside and outside of wheel (2) and washers (6) must Size Rating
be free of rust, oil, grease, dirt or other foreign material
before installation. 13.00-24 8 30 psi (2.07 bar) (2.11 kg/cm2)
13.00-24 12 35 psi (2.41 bar) (2.46 kg/cmz)
INSTALLATION 14.00-24 10 30 psi (2.07 bar) (2.11 kg/cm2)
14.00-24 12 35 psi (2.41 bar) (2.46 kg/cm2)
Position wheel to wheel axle and securely tighten
17.5 -25 12 “25 psi (1.72 bar) (1.76 kg/cm2)
cap screws (7, Fig. 1).
*For sloping and ditching, inflate to 40 psi (2.8 bar)
Lower unit to ground.
(2.81 kg/c&).

Tighten tandem wheel cap screws to 300 lb-ft (407


NOTE: Be sure that tire inflation pressures are
Nm) (41 kg-m).
equal for all six tires.

Tighten powered front wheel cap screws to 130 lb-ft


NOTE: When adding a new powered wheel tire
(175 Nm) (18 kg-m).
inflate tires so the rolling radius of all tires is the same.

IMPORTANT: ff a power wrench is used, be sure


For maintenance work on established highways in-
that the cap screws are properly engaged to pre-
flation pressure can be increased up to 50% if desired.
vent stripping. Run the wrench slowly to prevent
galling of the threads.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Wheels 1
TM- 1188 (J&78) Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings 0120-l

Group 0120
NON-POWERED WHEELS AND FASTENINGS
GENERAL INFORMATION REPAIR

A
Non-powered front wheels are identical to the four
CAUTION: Failure to follow proper proce-
tandem wheels.
dures when mounting a tire on a wheel or
rim, can produce an explosion which may result in
REMOVAL
serious bodily injury. DO NOT attempt to mount a
Shut machine off and lower equipment to ground. tire unless you have the proper equipment and
Turn steering wheel back and forth to relieve pressure experience to perform the job safely. Have it done 0
in the steering system. Pump brake pedal to discharge by your John Deere dealer or a qualified tire repair
the brake accumulator. Operate hydraulic controls to service.
relieve pressure in the hydraulic system.
Detailed tire mounting instructions, including
Loosen cap screws (7, Fig. 1) before jacking wheel ms necessary safety precautions, are contained
off ground. in John Deere Fundamentals of Service
cl Q (FOS) Manual 55, TIRES AND TRACKS,
Place a hydraulic floor jack of at least 5-ton (44 500 which is available from your John Deere dealer.
N) (4 500 kg) capacity under front axle and raise wheel
off ground. NOTE: Refer to John Deere Off-The-Road Tire
Maintenance Manual for dismounting and mounting
Securely block front axle. tires.

Position a wheel hook, forklift or platform jack of at Refer to Fig. 1 during disassembly and assembly.
least 1-ton (8 900 N) (900 kg) capacity to tire. Remove
cap screws (7) and washers (6). Pull wheel assembly
away from wheel hub.

T58032N

l-Valve Stem 3-Side Ring 5-Lock Ring 7-Cap Screw (14 used)
P-Wheel 4-O-Ring GWasher (14 used)

7ig. l-Front Wheel Assembly (R. H. Wheel Shown)

Litho in U.S.A.
1 Wheels JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0120-2 Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings TM- 1188 (Jul- 78)

Inspect all parts for worn or bent condition. Replace Checking Tire Pressure
parts as needed.
Check air pressure in all tires with an accurate
gauge having 1 psi (0.07 bar) (0.07 kg/cm*) gradua-
Make sure all parts are clean and free from rust or
tions.
grease before assembly.

When inflation is required, use a pressure regulating


Cap screws (7, Fig. 1) and tapped holes in wheel
valve with a tire valve stem locking air chuck.
hubs must be clean and dry to achieve correct wheel
torque. Use solvent and air to remove oil.
Stand to front or rear of grader when filling tire.

To prevent slipping of the wheel under load, the Tire Inflation Pressure
MY Type
inside and outside of wheel (2) and washers (6) must Size Rating
u be free of rust, oil, grease, dirt or other foreign material
before installation 13.00-24 8 30 psi (2.07 bar)(2.11 kg/cmz)
13.00-24 12 G-2 35 psi (2.41 bar)(2.46 kg/cm*)
14.00-24 10 G-2 30 psi (2.07 bar) (2.11kg/cm*)
INSTALLATION 14.00-24 12 G-2 35 psi (2.41 bar) (2.46kg/cm*)
17.5 -25 12 L-2 *25 psi (1.72 bar) (1.76kg/cm*)
Position wheel to wheel hub and securely tighten
cap screws (7, Fig. 1).
*For sloping and ditching, inflate to 40 psi (2.8 bar)
(2.8 1 kg/cm2).
bower unit to ground.
NOTE: Be sure that tire inflation pressures are
Tighten cap screws to 300 lb-ft (407 Nm) (41 kg-m).
equal for all six tires.
IMPORTANT: if a power wrench is used, be sure
NOTE: When adding a new powered wheel tire,
that the cap screws are properly engaged to pre-
inflate tires so the rolling radius of all tires is the same.
vent stripping. Run the wrench slowly to prevent
galling of the threads.
For maintenance work on established highways in-
flation pressure can be increased up to 50% if desired.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Wheels 1
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Specifications and Special Tools 0199-l

Group 0199
SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
POWERED WHEELS AND FASTENINGS
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1 - Powered tandem wheel cap screws . 300 lb-ft


;407 Nm)
(41 kg-m)

Fig. I-Wheel Retaining Cap Screw

l- Powered front wheel cap screws.. . . 130 lb-ft


(175 Nm)
(18 kg-m)

Fig. PFront Wheel Retaining Cap Screw

Litho in U.S.A.
1 Wheels JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0199-2 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (J&78)

NON-POWERED WHEELS AND FASTENINGS


SPECIFICATIONS A,ND TO RQUE VALUES
1 - Wheel+ l-wheel hub cap screws .. 300 lb-ft
'(407 Nm)
(41 kg-m)

fig. 3-Wheel Retaining Cap Screw

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Drive Axle Housina and SuDDort 0201-l

Section 2
AXLES AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM
CONTENTS OF THIS SECTION

Page Page
GROUP 0201 - DRIVE AXLE HOUSING GROUP 0210 - DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL
AND SUPPORT DRIVE-Continued
General Information ................... 0201-3 Adjustments
Removal Cone Point Adjustment ............ 0210-I 1
Wheel Axle Housing ................. 0201-4 Pinion Shaft Adjustment ........... 021 O-l 2
Tandem Housing ................... 0201-5 Differential Preload ............... 021 O-l 3
Tandem Pivot Housing ............... 0201-6 Differential Backlash .............. 021 O-l 3
Final Drive Housing ................. 0201-6 Tooth Bearing Pattern ............. 0210-13
Repair Differential Lock Valve
Pivot Housing ..................... 0201-7 General Information .............. 021 O-14
Wheel Axle and Tandem Housing ...... 0201-8 Removal ....................... 021 O-l 4
Installation Repair
Pivot Housing ..................... 0201-9 Disassembly .................. 021 O-l 5
Wheel Axle and Tandem Housing ..... 0201-11 Inspection .................... 021 O-l 6
Final Drive Housing Assembly .................... 021 O-l 6
Removal ........................ 0201-l 3 Installation ..................... 021 O-l 6
Repair .......................... 0201-I 4
Installation ....................... 0201-I 5 GROUP 0230 - NON-POWERED WHEEL AXLES
Powered Axle Assembly General Information ................. 0230-I
General Information ................ 0201-16 Removal ......................... 0230-I
Removal ........................ 0201-I 6 Repair
Repair Disassembly ..................... 0230-2
Disassembly .................... 0201-I 7 Assembly ....................... 0230-4
Assembly ...................... 0201-18 Installation ........................ 0230-5
Installation ....................... 0201-I 8
GROUP 0250 - AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND
GROUP 0210 - DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL REDUCTION GEARS
DRIVE General Information ................. 0250-l
General Information ................. 021 O-l Drive Chain
Differential Assembly Removal ........................ 0250-2
Removal ........................ 021 O-l Repair ......................... 0250-3
Repair Installation ...................... 0250-3
Disassembly ................... 021 O-3 Wheel Axle Assemblies
Cleaning, Handling and Removal ........................ 0250-4
Inspecting ................... 021 O-4 Repair
Assembly ..................... 021 O-6 Disassembly ................... 0250-4
Installation ...................... 021 O-7 Assembly ..................... 0250-5
Differential Pinion Shaft Installation ...................... 0250-6
Removal ........................ 021 O-8 Final Drive Assembly
Repair Removal ........................ 0250-7
Disassembly ................... 021 O-8 Repair
Assembly ..................... 021 O-9 Disassembly ................... 0250-7
Installation ..................... 021 O-l 0 Assembly ..................... 0250-8
Installation ...................... 0250-9
Cleaning, Handling and Inspecting .... 0250-9

Contents continued on next page

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Gra\ders
0201-2 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

CONTENTS OF THIS SECTION-Continued

Page Page

GROUP 0250 - AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS GROUP 0260 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM


AND REDUCTION GEARS- Wheel Motor and Oil Manifold
Continued Removal ........................ 0260-l
(JD672-A) Front Wheel Drive Assembly Repair
General Information .............. 0250-10 Disassembly ................... 0260-2
Removal ....................... 0250-l 1 Inspection ..................... 0260-7
Repair Assembly ..................... 0260-l 3
First Planet Pinion Carrier Assembly Motor Shaft End Plan Adjustment . . 0260-17
Disassembly ................ 0250-14 Installation ..................... 0260-l 8
Assembly ................... 0250-15 Motor Housing
Second Planet Pinion and Housing Removal ....................... 0260-l 9
Assembly Repair ........................ 0260-20
Disassembly (Early Units) ....... 0250-l 6 Installation ..................... 0260-21
Assembly (Early Units) ......... 0250-16 Front Wheel Case Relief Valve
Disassembly (Later Units) ....... 0250-l 8 Repair ........................ 0260-22
Assembly (Later Units) ......... 0250-l 8
Brake Backing Plate Assembly GROUP 0299 - SPECIFICATIONS AND
Disassembly ................ 0250-20 SPECIAL TOOLS
Assembly ................... 0250-21 Specifications and Torque Values
Planet Brake Piston Housing Drive Axle Housing and Support ...... 0299-l
Disassembly ................ 0250-22 Differential or Bevel Drive ........... 0299-3
Assembly ................... 0250-22 Non-Powered Wheel Axles .......... 0299-8
Wheel Hub Assembly Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction
Disassembly ................ 0250-23 Gears ........................ 0299-9
Assembly ................... 0250-23 Hydraulic System ................ 0299-15
Installation and Adjustment ....... 0250-24 Special Tools
Wheel Bearing Adjustment ...... 0250-24 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction
Gears ....................... 0299-l 8

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Drive Axle Housing and Support 0201-3

Group 0201
DRIVE AXLE HOUSING AND SUPPORT
GENERAL INFORMATION

PllOiON

l-Tandem Pivot Housing 3-Tandem Housing 5-Rear Wheel Axle Housing


2-Final Drive Housing 4-Front Wheel Axle Housing

Fig. l-Right Hand Tandem Assembly

The final drive system is composed of a final drive Components may be removed as follows:
housing, tandem pivot housing, tandem housing and
two wheel axle housings. 1. Front wheel axle housing (4, Fig. 1) or rear wheel
axle housing (5) separately.
The final drive housing contains an axle mounted on
two tapered roller bearings, and the planetary reduc- 2. Tandem housing (3) after wheel axle housings
tion gear system. The tandem pivot housing allows the are removed.
rear wheels to remain on the ground when traveling
over uneven terrain. 3. Tandem housing and wheel axle housings as a
unit.
The tandem housing contains the two drive chains
and provides a mounting surface for the wheel axle 4. Tandem pivot housing (1) after tandem housing
housings. The wheel axle housings contain the wheel and wheel axle housings are removed.
axle which is mounted on two tapered roller bearings.
5. Final drive housing (2) after tandem pivot hous-
Components of the final drive system may be ser- ing, tandem housing, and wheel axle housings are
viced individually, in component grouping, or may be removed.
removed as a unit to service the service brake active
elements or the differential assembly. 6. Pivot housing and final drive housing after tan-
dem housing and wheel axle housings are removed.

7. Wheel axle housings, tandem housing, pivot


housing and final drive housing as a unit.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-4 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (J&78)

WHEEL AXLE HOUSINGS, TANDEM HOUSING,


PIVOT HOUSING AND FINAL DRIVE HOUSING
REMOVAL Raise and block the rear of the motor grader so the
tandem drive wheels on the side you are servicing are
Wheel Axle Housing clear of the ground.

NOTE: It is not always necessary for the tandem


Refer to Group 0110 and remove wheels from hubs.
drive chains to be disconnected when servicing com-
ponents of the final drive sysfem.
Remove plug and drain oil from the tandem housing.
NOTE: Approximately 5 gal. (19 L) of oil will be
The tandem drive chains are not required to be
drained.
broken when:
Attach a 3/4 inch eyebolt (1, Fig. 2) to the top of the
1. Removing wheel axle housing assemblies (3,
wheel axle housing (3) in tapped hole provided on
Fig. 2) from tandem housing (4).
outer flange. Remove cap screws securing wheel axle
housing to tandem housing (4) and with the aid of a
2. Removing tandem housing (with or without wheel
hoist remove wheel axle housing far enough to permit it
axle housings) from pivot housing, providing the
to move toward the center of the tandem drive housing.
double sprocket is retained with the tandem
housing by sliding it from the splined tandem
drive shaft.

To remove the double sprocket from the tandem


drive shaft, remove the round inspection plate with step
from the outboard center of the tandem housing. Re-
move the two cap screws securing the retaining plate
and double sprocket to the tandem drive shaft. The
double sprocket and drive chains may now be removed
with the tandem housing.

The tandem drive chains must be disconnected


when:

1. Replacing the double sprocket.

2. Removing the tandem housing with the double


sprocket remaining on the tandem drive shaft.

To disconnect the tandem drive chains, refer to page * $. $ L- ,; < ,.: y

_CI Y”“.%.

0250-2.
l-3/4” Eyebolt 3-Wheel Axle Housing
Disconnect battery ground strap. %-Drive Chain and “Tandem Housing
Sprocket

Fig. P-Removing Wheel Ax/e Housings

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Drive Axle Housing and Support 02014

Reach into the tandem housing through top assem-


bly hole and lift the drive chain off the wheel axle
sprocket (2, Fig. 3).

Remove wheel axle housing (1) from tandem hous-


ing. NOTE: identify the front wheel ax/e housing from
the rear wheel axle housing after they’re removed from
tandem housing. This is important when reinstalling.

Refer to Group 0250 for disassembly of wheel axle


housings.

Tandem Housing

A CAUTION: Be sure that motor grader is


blocked securely under engine frame and
transmission.

Remove double sprocket or disconnect drive chains


as outlined earlier in this Group.

Attach chains to the tandem housing (3, Fig. 4) and


l-Wheel Axle Housing P-Wheel Axle Sprocket
an overhead hoist. Remove the cap screws (1) secur-
ing the tandem housing to the tandem pivot housing F&. 3-Removing Wheel Ax/e Housing
(2). Remove the tandem housing.

l-Cap Screw (21 used) 2-Tandem Pivot Housing 3-Tandem Housing

Fig. 4-Removing Tandem Housing With Wheel Axle Housings Removed

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-6 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (J&78)

Tandem Pivot Housing

NOTE: If the double sprocket is attached to the


tandem drive shaft, it must be removed before the
tandem pivot housing can be removed.

Remove the two cap screws (5, Fig. 5) securing the


sprocket retainer (6) and double sprocket (4) to the
tandem drive shaft. Remove double sprocket.

Remove pivot retainer cap screws (2). Remove pivot


retainer (3) and shim pack.

Remove thrust washers and pivot housing (1).

R Final Drive Housing

A CAUTION: Be sure that motor grader is


blocked securely under engine frame and
transmission.

Drain oil from transmission case. I-Tandem Pivot Housing 6-Sprocket Retainer
2-Gap Screw (12 used) 7-Frame Steer Cylinder
3-Pivot Retainer 8-Final Drive Housing
Remove frame steer cylinder (7, Fig. 5) from final
4-Double Sprocket g-Cap Screw/Nut (2 used)
drive housing. 5-Gap Screw (2 used) lO-Cap Screw (18 used)

Remove cap screws and hex nuts (9) securing final Fig. 5-Tandem Pivof Housing and
drive housing (8) to engine frame. NOTE: Drive hollow Final Drive Housing

dowel, in rear mounting hole, up through engine frame.

Remove cap screws (10) securing drive housing to


transmission case.

Remove final drive housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Drive Axle Housing and Support 0201-7

REPAIR

Pivot Housing

16 6

T60438N

l-Gasket 7-O-Ring 12-Shim (use as required)


2-Hollow Dowel (2 used) 8-Special Cap Screw (2 used) 13-Pivot Retainer
3-Dowel Pin (3 used) O-Grease Fitting 14-Special Cap Screw
4-Final Drive Housing lo--Tandem Pivot Housing (12 used)
5-Cap Screw (16 used) 1 l-Tandem Pivot Bushing 15-O-Ring
I-Thrust Washer (6 used) 16--Pipe Plug

Fig. 6-Pivot Housing Assembly

All parts must be cleaned to permit effective Inspect all parts for excessive wear, cracks or
inspection. Steam cleaned parts should be oiled other damage. Replace as needed.
immediately after drying.
Apply multi-purpose grease to O-rings (7 and 15,
Fig. 6) before installing.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-8 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (J&78)

Wheel Axle and Tandem Housing

T60439B

l--Cap Screw (44 used) E-Drain Plug 15-Gasket (4 used)


P-Round Inspection Plate (3 used) g-D-Ring (2 used) 1Chain Cover (3 used)
3-Gasket (3 used) ltl-Front Wheel Axle Housing 17-Pipe Plug
Cl-Top Inspection Plate (2 used) 11-Special Cap Screw (32 used) 18-Rear Wheel Axle Housing
5-Gasket (2 used) 12-Gap Screw (2 used) 19--Cover with Breather
6-Tandem Housing 13-Washer (2 used) PO-Air Vent
7-Washer 14-Step

Fig. 7-Tandem Housing and Wheel Axle Housings

Refer to Group 0250 and remove wheel axles from Parts should be dried with compressed air. Steam
wheel axle housings. cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying.

All parts must be clean to permit effective inspection. Inspect all parts for excessive wear, cracks or other
damage. Replace as needed.
All metallic parts should be cleaned thoroughly with
volatile mineral spirits, or by the steam-cleaning meth- Refer to Group 0250 and install wheel axles in wheel
od. Do not use a caustic soda solution for steam axle housings.
cleaning.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM-l 188 (Dee-87) Drive Axle Housing and Support 0201-9

INSTALLATION

Pivot Housing

16 6

1 -Gasket 7-O-Ring 12-Shim (use as required)


2-Hollow Dowel (2 used) I-Special Cap Screw (21 used) 13-Pivot Retainer
3-Dowel Pin (3 used) g--Grease Fitting 14-Special Cap Screw (12 used)
4-Final Drive Housing Assembly lo-Tandem Pivot Housing 15-O-Ring
J-Cap Screw (16 used) 11-Tandem Pivot Bushing 16-Pipe Fitting
B-Thrust Washer (6 used)

Fig. 8-installing Tandem Pivot Housing

Install O-ring (7, Fig. 8) on final drive housing.

Place three thrust washers (6) on final drive housing


using grease to hold thrust washers in place.

Install tandem pivot bushing (11) on final drive


housing.

Install tandem pivot housing (10) to final drive


housing so that area with closely spaced holes on
pivot is at the bottom of the final drive housing.

Place other three thrust washers on tandem pivot


housing using grease to hold thrust washers in place.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-10 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1 I88 (J&78)

Select shim pack (12, Fig. 8) to provide 0.002 rt


0.002 in. (0.05 2 0.05 mm) clearance between thrust
washer and pivot retainer (13). Tighten retainer cap
screws (14) to 300 lb-ft (407 Nm) (42 kg-m).

The pivot housing should rotate on final drive hous-


ing when a torque of 1000 lb-ft (1 356 Nm) (138 kg-m)
maximum is applied. This torque can be attained by
using a prybar against cap screws placed in flange of
pivot housing.

Install grease fitting (9) into pivot housing on same


side as the clevis feature on final drive housing. Install
pipe plug (16) into opposite side of pivot housing.

Lubricate pivot housing with John Deere Multi-Pur-


pose Grease or an equivalent.

Install O-ring (15) on tandem pivot housing.

Install double sprocket (1, Fig. 9) with long hub at


sprocket, toward sprocket retainer (2).

Install sprocket retainer and tighten cap screws (3)


to 170 lb-ft (230 Nm) (24 kg-m).

l-Double Sprocket 3-Cap Screw


2-Sprocket Retainer (2 used)

Fig. 9-Installing Double Sprocket

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Drive Axle Housing and Support 0201-11

Wheel Axle and Tandem Housing

TE0439N

l-Cap Screw (44 used) E-Drain Plug 15-Gasket (4 used)


2-Round Inspection Plate (3 used) g-O-Ring (2 used) 16-Chain Cover (3 used)
3-Gasket (3 used) lo--front Wheel Axle Housing 17-Pipe Plug
~-TOP Inspection Plate (2 used) ll-Special Cap Screw (32 used) ll-Rear Wheel Axle Housing
Casket (2 used) 12-Special Cap Screw (2 used) 19-Cover with Breather
6-Tandem Housing 13-Washer (2 used) 20-Breather I
7-Washer 14-Step

Fig. 1O-Installing Tandem and Wheel Axle Housings

Install tandem housing (6, Fig. 10). Tighten pivot housing to tandem housing cap screws
(1, Fig. 4) to 300 lb-ft (407 Nm) (42 kg-m).
NOTE: If double sprocket was left in tandem hous-
ing, it should be raised by using the fop inspection install sprocket retainer and tighten cap screws to
ho/es and sfarted onto the splined tandem drive shaft 170 lb-ft (230 Nm) (24 kg-m).
as the tandem housing is placed on the tandem pivot.
Install O-rings (9, Fig. 10) on front and rear wheel
When installing tandem housing, index tandem axle housings.
pivots so that pivot lube fitting points to the front of
motor grader. Care should be taken so that O-ring is
lubricated and not damaged when installing tandem
housing to pivot housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-12 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Install drive chains in tandem housing.

Place drive chain onto sprocket (2, Fig. 11).

NOTE: Position rear drive chain on inside of double


sprocket and front drive chain on outside of double
sprocket.

Refer to Group 0250-3 to connect the tandem drive


chains.

Secure wheel axle housings to tandem housing with


special cap screws (11, Fig. 10) and tighten.

For right-hand tandem housing, install chain as-


sembly cover (16) with breather (20) on front (drain ’
plug end) inboard side of tandem housing.

For left-hand tandem housing, install chain assem-


bly cover with breather on rear (drain plug end) inboard
side of housing.
I-3/4-Inch Eyebolt 3-Wheel Axle Housing
2-Drive Chain and 4-Tandem Housing Install inspection plates (2 and 4) to tandem hous-
Sprocket ing.
fig. 7 I-lnstatl Wheel Axle Housings
Refer to Group 0110 and install wheels and lower
IMPORTANT: Install wheel axle housings with grader to the ground.
eyebolt hole (1, Fig. 11) to top of tandem housing.
Outer wheel axle bearing lubrication depends upon Fill tandem housing with recommended oil to the oil
proper wheel axle housing installation. level plug (17, Fig. 10). (See Section I, Group V for the
type of oil used).
Position wheel axle housings (10 and 18, Fig. 10) up
to tandem housing (6). Make sure to position wheel Fill transmission with recommended oil to dipstick
axle housings, as when they were removed, in their level. (See Section I, Group V).
proper location before installing.

NOTE: for the right-hand tandem housing, install


the front wheel axle assembly in the same end as the
drain plug.

For the left-hand tandem housing, install the rear


wheel axle assembly in the same end as the drain plug.

Care should be taken so that O-ring is lubricated


and not damaged when installing wheel axle housings
to tandem housings.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Drive Axle Housing and Support 0201-l 3

FINAL DRIVE HOUSING


REMOVAL

Fig. 12-Removing Tandem Assembly

Disconnect battery ground strap. Refer to Group 0110 and remove wheels from hubs.

NOTE: Wheels may be left on tandem housing as-


A CAUTION: Raise and block the rear of en-
gine frame and transmission so the tandem
sembly depending upon shop facilities.

wheels on the side you are servicing are clear of Remove plug and drain oil from tandem housing.
the ground. NOTE: Approximately 5 gal. (19 L) of oil will be
drained.
Drain oil from transmission case.

Remove round inspection plate with step from out-


board side of tandem housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-14 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (J&78)

Remove cap screws (21, Fig. 13) securing double Remove pivot retainer cap screws (14, Fig. 13)
sprocket (19) to drive shaft and remove sprocket re- securing pivot housing to final drive housing. Remove
tainer (20). pivot housing assembly.

NOTE: This allows the tandem housing to be re- Remove cap screws (5) securing final drive housing
moved without disconnecting drive chains. (4) to transmission case. Remove final drive assembly
from transmission case.
Attach chains to the tandem housing and an over-
head hoist. NOTE: An alternate method of removing the final
drive housing when servicing the brakes, differential
Remove cap screws (8) securing tandem pivot assembly or transmission case, is to attach the chains
housing (10) to tandem housing. as shown in Figure 12.

Swing tandem housing with wheel axle housings Remove cap screws (5, Fig. 13) securing final drive

El
away from final drive and pivot housing.

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove tandem pivot


housing (4) to transmission case and swing final drive
housing, pivot housing, tandem housing and wheel
axle housings away as an assembly.
unless it requires service.

REPAIR

15
T60440N

l-Bearing Cup (2 used) a-Cap Screw (21 used) l--Ring


2-Gil Seal 9-Grease Fitting M-Pipe Plug
3-Gasket l&Tandem Pivot Housing 17-Dowel Pin (3 used)
4-Final Drive Housing with Gear 1 l-Bushing l&Tandem Drive Shaft
6-Gap Screw (16 used) 12-Shim (as required) 19-Double Sprocket
CThrust Washer (6 used) 13-Pivot Retainer PO-Sprocket Retainer
7-CRing 14-Gap Screw (12 used) Pi-Cap Screw (2 used)

Fig. 13-Final Drive Housing and Pivot Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Dee-871 Drive Axle Housing and Suoport 0201-15

Refer to Group 0250 and remove tandem drive INSTALLATION


shaft and planetary system from final drive housing.
Install final drive housing to transmission case and
tighten cap screws (5, Fig. 13) to 170 lb-ft (230 Nm)
All parts must be cleaned to permit effective
(24 kg-m).
inspection.
Install O-ring (15) on tandem pivot housing (10).
All metallic parts should be cleaned thoroughly
Care should be taken so that O-ring on tandem pivot
with volatile mineral spirits, or by the steam-cleaning
is lubricated and not damaged when tandem housing
method. Do not use a caustic soda solution for
is installed on tandem pivot.
steam cleaning.
Install tandem housing.
Parts should be dried with compressed air. Steam
cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after
NOTE: When installing tandem housing, index
drying.
tandem pivot so that pivot lube fitting points to the
front of the motor grader.
Inspect all parts for excessive wear, cracks or
other damage. Replace as needed.
Align double sprocket (19, Fig. 13) with chains in
tandem housing and tandem drive shaft in final drive
Clean final drive housing mounting brackets of
housing. Slide double sprocket on tandem drive shaft
grease, paint, weld splatter and weld.
while positioning tandem housing.

If final drive gear is worn or damaged, the final


Install sprocket retainer (20) and tighten sprocket
drive gear and final drive housing (4, Fig. 13) must be
retainer cap screws (21) to 170 lb-ft (230 Nm) (24
replaced as a unit.
kg-m).

Lubricate O-rings (7 and 15) with John Deere


Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to
Multi-Purpose Grease or an equivalent before
the first five threads of the pivot housing-to-tandem
installing.
housing cap screws (8, Fig. 13). Install cap screws
and tighten to 300 lb-ft (407 Nm) (42 kg-m).
Refer to Group 0250 and install tandem drive shaft,
bearings and planet pinion carrier assembly.
Install round inspection plate with step to outboard
side of tandem housing.
NOTE: Do not install drive sprocket (19, Fig. 13) or
sprocket retainer (20).
Refer to Group 0110 and install wheels. Lower
power unit to ground.
Install tandem pivot assembly as described on
page 2-0201-g of this group.
Fill tandem housing with recommended oil to the
oil level plug (17, Fig. 10). (See Section 1, Group V for
Install dowel pins (17). Strike end of dowel pins
the type of oil used).
with hammer to seat firmly. Hand check dowel pins
for tightness.
Fill transmission with recommended oil to dipstick
level. (See Section 1, Group V).
NOTE: All dowel pins must be installed correctly to
insure proper brake operation.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-16 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

POWERED AXLE ASSEMBLY


GENERAL INFORMATION
The front axle consists of a welded frame which
provides mountings for steering, wheel lean, axle
oscillation and front wheel drive assembly.

All linkage and cylinders are mounted with no con-


nections to the main frame except for hydraulic lines.

The front axle features 20” wheel lean and 15” axle
oscillation.

q REMOVAL
Refer to Group 0110 and remove front wheels.

Refer to Group 0260 and remove motor housing with


front drive wheel as an assembly.

Relieve hydraulic pressure in steering and wheel


lean cylinders. Disconnect hydraulic lines from steering l-Cap Screw (4 used) 3-Scarifier Cylinder
cylinders and lean cylinders. Cap and plug all hydraulic 2-Front Axle Pivot Pin
hoses and lines to keep dirt or other foreign material
fig. 14-Removing Front Axle
from entering the hydraulic system.

Remove cap screws (1, Fig. 14) from front axle pivot
NOTE: Block wheel lean assemblies to prevent ro-
pin (2). Use two of the cap screws and install in thread
tation when hydraulic lines are disconnected.
holes of front axle pivot pin, Use cap screws as jack
screws to remove pin.
Support axle assembly with moveable floor jacks
under each side.
Lower front axle to the ground.
Disconnect scarifier cylinder (3, Fig. 14) from rod
end for added clearance (if so equipped).

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axle and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Drive Axle Housino and SupRort 0201-17

REPAIR

Disassembly
Refer to Group 0960 to remove and repair steering
cylinder and lean cylinder.

Remove cap screws (1, Fig. 15) and drive out wheel
lean link pin (2) from right and left-hand yoke (9).
Remove wheel lean link (3).

Remove cap screw (4) and drive out wheel lean


cylinder pin (5).

Remove cap screw (7) and drive out wheel lean pin
(8).

Remove right and left-hand yoke from front axle.

Inspect all parts for cracks, wear or other damage.

Inspect pivot pins for worn or bent conditions.

Inspect bushings located in wheel lean link, front


axle and right and left-hand yoke.

l-Cap Screw (2 used) 5-Wheel Lean Cylinder


Replace parts as necessary. 2-Wheel Lean Link Pin
Pin (2 used) 6-Wheel Lean Cylinder
3-Wheel Lean Link 7-Gap Screw (2 used)
4-Gap Screw &-Wheel Lean Pin
(2 used)
9-L.H. Yoke

Fig. ldWhee/ Lean Link and Yoke Assembly

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axle and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0201-18 Drive Axle Housing and Support TM- 1188 (J&78)

Assembly
Press bushings (1, 13, 18 and 20, Fig. 16) flush with
their counterbore.

Install right and left-hand yokes (2) to front axle (19).

Install wheel lean pin (22) and secure with cap screw
(9) and nut (23).

Position wheel lean link (14) to the left and right yoke
and install wheel lean link pins (12). Secure with cap
screws (11) and nuts (3).

q
Refer to Group 0960 and install wheel lean cylinder. 2’1 ‘23 IP60444N

Secure with pins (4 and 22).


l-Yoke Pin Bushing 12-Wheel Lean Link
(4 used) Pin (2 used)
Refer to Group 0960 and install steering cylinder. 2-Right Yoke (Not Shown) 13-Bushing (2 used)
Left Yoke lAWheel Lean Link
Refer to Group 0920 and install bellcrank with tie 3-Special Nut (5 used) 1Crease Fiiing, Straight
cl-Wheel Lean Cylinder (2 used)
rods.
Pin 1GSteering Cylinder Pin
!&Grease Fitting, Straight 17-Gap Screw
INSTALLATION (2 used) l&Bushing
9-Gap Screw (2 used) 19-Front Axle
Position front axle assembly on two movable floor 7-Lock Washer (2 used) 20-Bushing (2 used)
jacks. 8-Washer (2 used) 21-Grease Fitting, 90
9-Gap Screw (2 used) (5 used)
Raise front axle in position with main frame and 1 O-Wheel Lean Cylinder 22-Wheel Lean Pin
Pin (2 used)
install front axle pin (2, Fig. 14). Secure front axle
Ii-Cap Screw (3 used) 23-Special Nut (2 used)
pin-to-main frame with cap screws (1). Torque cap 24-Gap Screw
screws to 170 lb-ft (230 Nm) (24 kg-m).
Fig. 16-Front Axle Assembly
Connect scarifier cylinder (if so equipped).
Refer to Group 0260 and install front wheel drive
Connect hydraulic lines to steering cylinders and with housing.
wheel lean cylinders.
Refer to Group 0110 and install front wheels.
Connect hydraulic front wheel drive lines to lines on
main frame. Refer to Group 0920 for toe-in adjustment.

‘IMPORTANT: See the component location Grease all fittings before operation.
drawing in Group 9016 for correct hose routing.
Check hose clearances in all extreme positions to
eliminate hose and wiring damage.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Differential or Bevel Drive 021 o-1

Group 0210
DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL DRIVE
GENERAL INFORMATION
The differential is located in the forward portion of
the one-piece transmission and differential case.

The differential is equipped with a lock. The drive


axles can be locked together to rotate at the same
speed. The differential control pedal, located in the
center of the operator’s platform, actuates a control
valve which provides a convenient means of releasing
the drive axles so that they will rotate at different
speeds for turns.

DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL

IMPORTANT: If the external differential pres-


sure line is removed, care must be taken to keep
bulkhead fitting from turning. If the fitting is not
held while removing the outside flare nut, the fit-
ting may turn and twist off the internal line.
l-Right (R.H.) Bearing Quill 5-Right (R.H.) Differential
Refer to Group 0201 and remove both final drive a--Spiral Bevel Pinion Housing with Spiral Bevel
housings and tandem assemblies. C&Left (L.H.) Bearing Quill Gear
4-Differential Lock 6-Left (L.H.) Differential
Oil Line Housing
Refer to Group 0341 and remove transmission as-
sem bly. Fig. l-Differential Assembly

Remove the differential housing cover and parking


Remove right (R.H.) and left (L.H.) bearing quill
brake assembly.
being sure to keep bearing quill shims with their re-
spective quills.
Remove oil line (4, Fig. 1) from transmission case to
left (L.H.) bearing quill (3). Remove the differential lock
Remove differential assembly from the transmission
line connector from the left (L.H.) bearing quill.
case.

Place a chain around the differential housing, and


raise the differential assembly enough to relieve weight
on the quill bearings (1 and 3).

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0210-2 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

REPAIR

T6771AI
l-Cap Screw (12 used) 15-Backing Plate 28-Sealing Ring (2 used)
2-Right (R.H.) Bearing Quill 1 B-Piston 29-Cap Screw (8 used)
3-Nut (2 used) 17-Outer O-Ring 30-Bearing Cone
4-Bearing Cup ll-Inner O-Ring 31-Bearing Cup
S-Bearing Cone 19-Right (R.H.) Differential 32-Snap Ring (4 used)
B-Cap Screw (12 used) Housing with Spiral Bevel Gear 33-Washer (4 used)
7-Shim (as required) PO-Thrust Washer (2 used) 34-Roller Bearing
8-Spring Pin (3 used) 21-Bevel Lock Gear 35-Washer
g--Housing Cover 22-Thrust Washer 36-Old Assembly
lo--Spring (3 used) 23-Bevel Pinion Shatt 37-New Assembly
1 l-Bushing 24-Bevel Pinion 38-Assembly (3 used) (SNOO5421-
12-O-Ring (2 used) 25-Bevel Gear 39-Hub
13-Drive Disk (4 used) 26-Lelt (L.H.) Bearing Quill 40-Washer
14-Separator Plate (3 used) 27-Lett (L.H.) Differential Housing 41-Bolt

Fig. P-Differential Assembly With Lock

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Differential or Bevel Drive 0210-3

Disassembly Remove the bevel lock gear (21, Fig. 2) with thrust
washer (22).
Pull bearing cones (5 and 30, Fig. 2) from each
side of differential.
Remove bevel pinion (24) and bevel pinion shafts
(23).
Remove sealing rings (28) from diffferential housing.
Inspect sealing rings for wear or damage. Replace
If equipped, remove roller bearings (34) and snap
as necessary.
ring (32).

Remove cap screws (6) securing differential


Inspect roller bearings in each pinion for wear.
housing cover (9) to differential housing with spiral
bevel gear and remove housing cover.
NOTE: If any roller bearing is found defective,
replace bearings as an entire set.
Be careful not to lose the three small springs (10)
mounted on spring pins (8) located in the cover.
Remove bevel gear (25) with thrust washer.

Remove the separator plates (14) drive disks (13)


Remove bearing cups (4 and 31) from the differential
and backing plate (15).
bearing quills (2 and 26).

Remove piston (16) from differential housing (19).


Refer to page 0210-4 for cleaning, handling and
inspecting the differential parts.
If necessary, apply compressed air at the oil
pressure inlet holes in the housing to lift piston.
Installing New Ring Gear

A CAUTION: Piston can be forced out of bore


suddenly and cause bodily injury. Apply
IMPORTANT: If the spiral bevel gear is no longer
serviceable and must be replaced, it will be neces-
compressed air slowly until piston can be removed sary to replace the spiral bevel pinion shaft also as
from bore. these parts are furnished only as matched sets.

Remove outer and inner O-ring (17 and 18) and If any of the cap screws (19, Fig. 3) are to be
inspect for damage. Replace as necessary. replaced, it is necessary to heat cap screws to
350°F (177°C) to loosen the epoxy.
Remove cap screws (29) securing the left-hand
differential housing to right-hand differential housing Clean and degrease cap screw threads and threads
with spiral bevel gear and separate the housings. in gear with lacquer thinner, chloroethane or an
equivalent.
Remove bushing (11) from ring gear side of dif-
ferential housing. Inspect O-rings (12) and replace if NOTE: Do not use petroleum base solvents such
necessary. as gasoline or diesel fuel as they will leave a residue
that adversely affects epoxy.

Apply epoxy adhesive 3M2158 or an equivalent to


lower 3/4-inch of threads. Cross tighten cap screws
to 85 lb-ft (115 N-m) (12 kg-m).

Refer to page 0210-10 to replace spiral bevel


pinion shaft.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0210-4 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

Cleaning, Handling and Inspecting NOTE: Never spin dry bearings with compressed air.
Do not rotate bearings while they are not lubricated.
Parts which have close operating tolerances must be
handled carefully to prevent nicking, scratching, or dent-
Inspect bearings for roughness of rotation. Replace a
ing. The slightest damage to these parts can result in
bearing if its rotation is still rough after cleaning and
erratic operation and possible malfunction of the differ-
oiling.
ential. These parts must be carefully handled and pro-
tected during removal, cleaning, inspection, and installa-
Inspect bearings for scored, pitted, scratched,
tion.
cracked or chipped races, and for indication of exces-
sive wear of rollers or balls. If one of these defects is
All parts must be clean to permit effective inspection.
found, replace the bearing.
During assembly, it is very important that no dirt or
foreign matter enters the differential. Even minute parti-
Inspect the defective bearing’s housing and shaft for
cles can cause the malfunction of close-fitting parts.

q
grooved, burred, or galled conditions that indicate the
bearing has been turning in its housing or on its shaft. If
All metallic parts of the differential (except bearings)
the damage cannot be repaired with crocus cloth, re-
should be cleaned thoroughly with volatile mineral spir-
place the defective part.
its, or by the steam-cleaning method. Do not use a caus-
tic soda solution for steam cleaning. Gum and varnish
Inspect gears for scuffed, nicked, burred, or broken
deposits should be removed by allowing the parts to
teeth. If the defect cannot be removed with a soft honing
soak in varnish remover.
stone, replace the gear.

Parts should be dried with compressed air; steam-


Inspect gear teeth for wear that may have destroyed
cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying.
the original tooth shape. If this condition is found, re-
place the gear.
Clean oil passages by working a piece of soft wire
back and forth through the passages and flushing with
Coat face of differential gears with the same type of
spirits. Dry the passages with compressed air.
oil that will be used in the transmission case before
installing.
After cleaning, examine the parts and especially the
oil passages to make certain they are entirely clean.
Inspect differential housings, covers and bearing
Reclean them if necessary.
quills for cracks or other damage. Replace housing, cov-
er or quills if necessary.
Bearings that have been in service should be thor-
oughly washed in volatile mineral spirits.
Inspect sealing ring contact areas in the left-hand
bearing quill for wear and scoring. Replace quill if neces-
If the bearings are particularly dirty or filled with hard-
sary.
ened grease, soak them in the spirits before trying to
clean them.
Inspect drive disks for worn conditions. Replace
when grooved surfaces of disks are completely worn
Before inspection, oil the bearings with the same type
smooth.
of oil that will be used in the transmission case.

l-Bearing Cone 12-Bevel Lock Plate 22-Left (L.H.) Differential


2-Cap Screw (12 used) 13-Bevel Pinion (4 used) Housing
3-Spring Pin (3 used) 14-Thrust Washer (4 used) 23-Cap Screw (8 used)
4-Housing Cover lli-Bevel Gear 24-Sealing Ring (2 used)
5-Spring (3 used) 16-Piston *25-Bevel Pinion Shaft (2 used)
B-Bushing 17-Outer O-Ring 26-Bearing Cone
7-O-Ring (2 used) 18-Inner O-Ring ‘27-Washer (4 used)
8-Drive Disk (4 used) Is-Cap Screw (12 used) ‘28-Roller Bearing (104 used)
g--Separator Plate (3 used) 20-Washers (12 used) *29-Washer (4 used)
lo--Backing Plate 21-Right (R.H.) Differential l30-Snap Ring (4 used)
11-Thrust Washer (2 used) Housing ‘New Assembly

Legend for Fig. 3

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 IJun-83) Differential or Bevel Drive 0210-5

Fig. 3-Assembling Differential with Lock (New Assembly Shown)

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0210-6 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

Assembly (Old Assembly) Install O-rings (7) on bushing (6):lnstall bushing as-
sembly in right-hand differential housing (21). Coat O-
Install thrust washer (11, Fig. 3) and bevel gear (15) in
rings with oil before installing.
left (L.H.) differential housing (22).

Install right (R.H.) differential housing on left (L.H.)


Assemble by locking the two bevel pinion shafts (25)
differential housing (22) and secure with cap screws
together.
(23). Tighten cap screws to 85 lb-ft (115 Nmm)(12 kg-m).

Install one bevel pinion (13) on each end of shaft.


Install bevel lock gear (12, Fig. 3) on top of bevel
Place one thrust washer (14) with dish side of washer,
pinion. Place thrust washer (11) inside of bevel lock
toward bevel pinion.
gear.

Install bevel pinion and shaft assembly in the left (L.H.)


Apply John Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or an equiv-
differential housing (22) in mesh with the bevel gear.
alent on inner and outer O-rings (17 and 18) and install
Make sure this assembly is placed in the four half-moon
O-rings in right-hand differential housing.
slots of the differential housing.

Before installing piston (16) coat the chamfered ends


Assembly (New Assembly)
of piston in oil.
Install thrust washer (11, Fig. 3) and bevel gear (15) in
left (L.H.) differential housing (22). Install piston in differential housing. NOTE; Use care
when installing piston in differential housing so O-rings
Install snap ring (30) and washer (29) on bevel pinion are not damaged.
shafts (25).
Install the backing plate (10) on piston.
Install roller bearings (28) in bevel pinion (13), using
petroleum jelly to hold bearings in place. Start with a drive disk (8) and alternately install three
separator plates (9) and four drive disks. Be sure that
Install one bevel pinion on each end of shaft. Place the separator plates are installed with the tangs in the
washer (27) and one thrust washer (14) (with dish side of same position. This will allow the piston return springs to
washer toward bevel pinion) on pinion shafts. contact the clutch backing plate when the differential is
assembled.
Assemble bevel pinion shafts (25) together.
Drive spring pins (3) in differential housing cover (4)
Install bevel pinion and shaft assembly in the left (L.H.) until spring, pins are flush with outside of cover.
differential housing (22) in mesh with the bevel gear.
Make sure this assembly is placed in the four half-moon Install springs (5) over the spring pins.
slots of the differential housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Mar-so) Differential or Bevel Drive 021 o-7

Install differential housing cover (4, Fig. 3) on dif- Immerse entire differential assembly in the same
ferential housing and secure with cap screws (2). Make type of oil used in the transmission before installing.
sure springs (5) do not fall out of place. Tighten cap
screws to 85 lb-ft (115 N.m) (12 kg-m). Lower the differential assembly (1, Fig. 4) in the
correct position in the case and install right and left-
Install two sealing rings (24) in differential housing hand bearing quills (2 and 3) with their respective shim
sealing grooves. NOTE: DO NOT overstretch sealing packs. NOTE: Position the left (L.H.) bearing quill so
rings when installing and make sure sealing rings are that the differential lock line connector port is in the 1 I
securely locked. o’clock position.

Drive or press bearing cones (1 and 26) on each end Tighten bearing quills-to-transmission case cap
of differential assembly until cones bottom at their screws securely. NOTE: Cap screws do not need to be
shoulders. tightened at this time until bearing preload and back-
lash adjustments are made.
Install bearing cups in right and left-hand bearing
quill until cups bottom out. Install differential lock line connector (4) in left (L.H.)
bearing quill. Tighten connector to 30 lb-ft (41 Nem) (4
INSTALLATION kg-m).

Install oil line (5) from transmission case to connec-


tor. Secure the connector while tightening differential
lock inner oil line.

If the spiral bevel gear and bevel pinion shaft were


replaced, proceed with cone point adjustment on page
0210-l 1. If they were not replaced, proceed with
bearing preload and backlash adjustment on page
0210-13.

Install the differential cover with parking brake as-


sembly to transmission case only after all the adjust-
ments are made.

Refer to Group 0341 and install transmission as-


sembly.

Refer to Group 0201 and install final drive housing


and tandem assemblies.

l-Differential Assembly 4-Connector


2-Right (R.H.) Bearing Quill 5-Differential Lock
3-Left (L.H.) Bearing Quill Oil Line

Fig. 4-installing Differential

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0210-8 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT Remove special nut (1, Fig. 5) from differential
bevel pinion shaft (2).
REMOVAL
Remove bevel pinion shaft from its housing.
Refer to Group 0201 and remove both final drive
housings and tandem assemblies.
Bearing cone (10, Fig. 6) shims (8) spacers (5 and
7), and gear (6) will be free for removal.
Refer to Group 0341 and remove transmission
assembly.
REPAIR
Refer to Group 0350 and remove clutch pack and Disassembly
brake housing assembly. Refer to page 0210-l and
remove differential assembly.

l-Differential Bevel B-Gear


Pinion Shatt T-Spacer
P-Bearing Cone 6-Shims (as required)
3-Bearing Cup g-Bearing Cup
4-Shims (as required) lo-Bearing Cone
S-Spacer W-Special Nut
l-Special Nut 3-Bearing Cone
a--Differential Bevel Pinion ShaR Fig.-B-Differential Bevel Pinion Shaft Assembly

fig 5-Removing Differential Bevel Pinion Shaft


Press bearing (2, Fig. 6) from differential bevel
pinion shaft (1).

Remove bearing cups (3 and 9) from transmission.

NOTE: Shims (4) are located behind bearing cup


(3) so be careful not to damage shims when removing
bearing cup. Keep respective shim pack with bearing
cup.

Refer to page 0210-4 for cleaning, handling and


inspecting these parts. Replace parts as necessary.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Differential or Bevel Drive 021 o-9

Assembly Before installing bearing cup (3, Fig. 6) refer to page


021 O-1 1 and proceed with the Cone Point Adjustment
IMPORTANT: If the differential bevel pinion shaft
to determine amount of shims (4) used. NOTE: If any of
is no longer serviceable and must be replaced, it
the following parts; bearing cup (3), bearing cone (2) or
will be necessary to replace the spiral bevel gear
differential bevel pinion shaft (1) was replaced, this
with housing also. These parts are furnished only
adjustment would also be required.
as matched sets.
Place the determined amount of shims (4) after the
Press bearing cone (2, Fig. 6) on differential bevel
cone point adjustment is made behind bearing cup (3).
pinion shaft (1) tight against its shoulder.
Use a suitable driver and install bearing cup with
Use a suitable driver and install bearing cup (9) in
shims in transmission case.
transmission case.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0210-10 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- I 188 (Jun-83)

INSTALLATION

l-Differential Bevel 4-Shims (use as required) 8-Shims (use as required)


Pinion Shaft 5-Spacer g-Bearing Cup
Z-Bearing Cone g--Gear lo-Bearing Cone
3-Bearing Cup 7-Spacer 11 -Special Nut

Fig. 7-kW/ing Differential Bevel Pinion Shaft

Install the differential bevel pinion shaft (1, Fig. 7) with Install spacer (7, Fig. 7) with raised neck toward
bearing cone (2) as an assembly. threaded end of pinion shaft.

Install spacer (5) on pinion shaft. Refer to page 021 O-12 and proceed with the Pinion
Shaft Adjustment before installing shims (8) and bearing
Install gear (6) on pinion shaft splines. Align teeth on cone.
gear with teeth on reduction gear.
After the correct adjustment is made, stake special
nut (11) to shaft two places.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Differential or Bevel Drive 021 o-1 1

ADJUSTMENTS
When installing new parts (transmission case, spiral
bevel gear and pinion shaft set, bearing cones, bearing
cups or differential quills) or when installing the dif-
ferential assembly in the transmission case, the fol-
lowing adjustments are necessary:

1. Cone point adjustment


2. Pinion shaft adjustment
3. Differential preload
4. Differential backlash
5. Tooth bearing pattern

Cone Point Adjustment


Cone point adjustment is obtained by controlling the
shim pack (4, Fig. 8) between the pinion shaft bearing
cup (3) and the transmission case.

To determine the shim pack to be placed behind the


differential quill bearing cup, the following dimensions T60462N
are required.
l-Dimension on Face of 3-Bearing Cup
1 - On the face of the spiral bevel pinion (1) is an Spiral Bevel Pinion 4-Shim Pack
P-Bearing Mean Overall 5-Amount of Shims
etched dimension. Add the etched dimension to 1.8125
Width Required
in. (46.038 mm) which is the bearing mean overall
width (2). Fig. b-Cone Point Adjustment

2 - Add the total dimension from the above step to EXAMPLE:


0.0015 in. (0.038 mm) to allow for increase in length
when cup is pressed into the case. 8.2725 in. (210.122 mm) = dimension on bevel pinion
shaft
3 - To determine the amount of shims (5) to be + 1.8125 in. (46.038 mm) = bearing mean over-all
placed between the bearing cup (3) and the backing width
shoulder in the case, subtract the dimension as deter- + 0.0015 in. (0.038 mm)
mined in Step 2 from 10.143 (257.63 mm) (case mean
= 10.0865 in. (256.197 mm)
bore depth).
10.143 in. (257.63 mm) = case mean bore depth
- 10.0865in. (256.197 mm)
= 0.0565 in. ( 1.435 mm) = amount of shim pack be-
tween bearing cup and
backing shoulder in the
case.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0210-12 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- 1188 (J&78)

Pinion Shaft Adjustment


Refer to page 021 O-l 0 and install differential bevel
pinion shaft with enough shims to provide end play.

Press bearing cone (1, Fig. 9) onto bevel pinion


shaft.

IMPORTANT: Bearing cone must be pressed on


and the differential bevel pinion shaft (3) pressed
out when making this adjustment. Driving the
bearing cone on gets debris in the case and driving
the differential bevel pinion shaft out may damage
the bearing cone and bearing cup.

NOTE: Cut a piece of angle iron to be bolted across


the rear of case. The angle iron will support a porta-
power while pressing bearing cone on or differential
bevel pinion shaft out.

Adjust the differential drive and bevel pinion bearing


to give 17 to 27 lb-in. (1.9 to 3.1 Nm) (0.20 to 0.31
l--Bearing Cone 2-Special Nut
kg-m) rolling torque with the lock nut tightened to 400 3-Bevel Pinion Shaft
lb-ft (542 Nm) (55 kg-m) torque. NOTE: Disconnect the
shifter collar on reduction shaft so bevel pinion shaft Fig. g-Pinion Shaft Adjustment
can free wheel before making this adjustment. Adjust
by means of the front bearing cone shims (8, Fig. 7).
After correct adjustment is made, stake lock nut to
shaft in two places.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Differential or Bevel Drive 0210-13

Differential Preload Tooth Bearing Pattern


With backlash between the spiral bevel gear and Check the tooth bearing pattern (Fig. 11) of the
the bevel pinion, check the end play with a dial differential spiral bevel gear (2) with the bevel pinion
indicator. If necessary, add shims under bearing (1). End of the tooth pattern (3) must be located 0.35
quills until a measureable amount of end play is + 0.59 - 0.12 in. (9 + 15 - 3 mm) from toe end of
obtained. Then set the differential bearings with 0.002 pinion. (This is for new parts only.) Adjust shim pack
to 0.005 in. (0.05 to 0.13 mm) preload which should to correct the tooth pattern if required.
give 5 to 10 lb-in. (0.6 to 1.1 N-m) (0.06 to 0.12 kg-m)
drag torque on differential.

NOTE: This drag torque is the differential between


drag torque with preload and drag torque with end
play.

Differential Backlash
With preload established, mount the dial indicator
as shown in Figure 10, to check the backlash between
the spiral bevel gear and the bevel pinion. Then by
moving shims from one side of the differential to the
other, set the backlash between the bevel pinion and
spiral bevel gear at 0.007 to 0.015 in. (0.19 to 0.39
mm).

To increase backlash, move shims from left to


T63729N
right; to decrease backlash, move shims from right to
left when viewed from the bevel pinion input bore. l-Differential Spiral 4--0.35 + 0.59 - 0.12 in.
Bevel Pinion (9 + 15 - 3 mm)
P-Spiral Bevel Gear 5-1.50 f 0.31 in.
With bearing preload and backlash properly
3-Tooth Bearing Pattern (38 f 8 mm)
adjusted, tighten the differential bearing quill to trans-
mission case cap screws to 85 lb-ft. (115 N.m) (12
Fig. 11 -Tooth Bearing Pattern
kg-m).

Fig. lo-checking Backlash

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
021 o-1 4 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE


GENERAL INFORMATION REMOVAL

A CAUTION: f&aping fluid under pressure


can have sufficient force to penetrate the
skin, causing serious personal injury. Before dis-
connecting lines, be sure to relieve all pressure.
Before applying pressure to system, be sure all
connections are tight and that lines, pipes and
hoses are not damaged. Fluid escaping from a very
small hole can be almost invisible. Use a piece of
cardboard or wood, rather than hands, to search
for suspected leaks.

If injured by escaping fluid, see a doctor at once.


Serious infection or reaction can develop if proper
medical treatment is not administered immediate-
ly.

NOTE: Before removing the differential lock valve,


relieve pressure in hydraulic system by actuating the
steering valve and brake valve with the engine
stopped.

Remove cover from left-hand side of control con-


Fig. 1247ifferential Lock Valve
sole.
The differential lock valve (Fig. 12) is located in the
Disconnect and mark the hoses and lines on the
operator’s station below the steering valve. When en-
valve. Cap hoses and lines to prevent dirt from entering
gaged, this valve directs pressure oil to lock the dif-
hydraulic system.
ferentials for better traction.

Remove valve from unit.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 lJui-78) Differential or Bevel Drive 0210-15

REPAIR

15969ON PI -23

l-Headed Pin 9-O-Ring (2 used) 17-Elbow 24-O-Ring


P-Cotter Pin 16-Cap Screw 16-Valve 26-Plunger
3-Elbow 1 l-Lock Washer (2 used) 19-Shim (as required) 26-Valve Spring
4-O-Ring 12-Nut 26-Plunger Spring 27-Retaining Ring
6-Spring 13-Return Spring 21-Link (2 used) 28-Pin
6-Ball U-O-Ring 22-Retaining Ring (2 used) 29-Valve Housing
-/-Roller Bearing 16-PI ug 23-Headed Pin (2 used) 36-Pedal
&Connector 1g--Cap Screw

fig. 73-Differential Lock Valve Assembly

Refer to Fig. 13 when disassembling and assem- Disconnect pedal from lock valve housing and re-
bling the differential lock valve. move pedal and plunger assembly. Note the number of
shims (19, Fig. 13).
Disassem blv
Remove control valve and spring from the lower end
Remove inlet connector (3, Fig. :3), spring (5), ball
of the differential lock valve housing.
(6), and roller bearing (7) from the inlet port.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0210-16 Differential or Bevel Drive TM- 1188 (J&78)

Inspection Assembly
Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Check for free Replace all O-rings, and coat O-rings, housing bore,
movement of control valve and plunger in valve hous- valves and valve parts in oil before assembly.
ing. Also check for contaminants which may be caus-
ing blockage in lines and ports. Install valve (18, Fig. 13) and spring in housing.
Drilled passage in control valve must be toward the
Compare the dimension of the parts removed with bottom of the housing.
the following new part dimensions to help determine if
repair is necessary. Place the same number of shims as were removed
in the plunger bore and assemble springs (20 and 26)
I.D. of housing bore and plunger (25).
(plunger end) . . .. . . 0.5610 to 0.5630 in.
(14.25 to 14.30 mm) Connect pedal and pedal linkage to the housing and
(control valve end) . . . . . il.4995 to 0.5005 in: plunger. Pedal stop pin (28) must be installed so

El (12.69 to 12.71 mm) retaining ring groove is flush with outside of housing.

O.D. of plunger. .. ... . . 0.5550 to 0.5590 in. Install roller bearing (7), steel ball (6), and check
(14.10 to 14.20 mm) valve spring (5).

O.D. of control valve .. 0.4978 to 0.4984 in. After assembly, cap all fittings until assembly is
(12.6 to 12.7 mm) mounted on unit.

Check Valve Spring (5, Fig. 13) INSTALLATION


Free length . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .0.62 in.
Position differential lock valve assembly and install
(15.7 mm)
attaching hardware.
Length compressed at 4.0 to
5.0 oz. (1.1 to 1.4 N) (114 to 142 g) . . .0.38 in.
Connect hydraulic lines to fittings on valve.
(9.7 mm)

Test and adjust valve as explained in Group 9025.


Return Spring (13, Fig. 13)
Free length . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . .2.56 in.
Install cover on left-hand side of control console.
(65 mm)
Length compressed at 9.5 to
115Ib.(42to51 N)(4to5kg) . . . . . . . . . 1.31 in.
(33.3 mm)

Plunger Spring (20, Fig. 13)


Free length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.18 in.
(55.4 mm)
Length compressed at 25 to 31 lb.
(111 to 138 N) (11.3 to 13.9 kg) . . . . . . 1.80 in.
(45.7 mm)

Valve Spring (26, Fig. 13)


Free length . . . . . _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.28 in.
(57.9 mm)
Length compressed at 103 to 125 lb.
(458 to 556 N) (46.7 to 56.7 kg) . . . . . . . . 1.92 in.
(48.8 mm)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Non-Powered Wheel Axles 0230-l

Group 0230
NON-POWERED WHEEL AXLES
GENERAL INFORMATION Refer to Group 0920 and disconnect tie rods from
spindles.
The front axle consists of a welded frame which
provides mountings for steering, wheel lean and axle
Remove plugs (1, Fig. 1) and cap screws (2) from
oscillation.
bottom and top of spindles.
All linkage and cylinders are mounted with no con-
Install a slide hammer or an equivalent in tapped
nections to the main frame except for hydraulic lines.
hole of spindle pin (3) and remove spindle pin.
The front axle features 20” wheel lean and 15” axle
Remove front wheel hub with spindle (5) as an
oscillation.
assembly from wheel lean yokes (4).

REMOVAL
Refer to Group 0120 and remove front wheels.

Relieve hydraulic pressure in steering and wheel


lean cylinders. Disconnect hydraulic lines from steering
cylinders and wheel lean cylinders. Cap and plug all
hydraulic hoses and lines to keep dirt or other foreign
material from entering the hydraulic system.

NOTE: Block wheel lean assemblies to prevent ro-


tation when hydraulic lines are disconnected.

l-Cap Screw (4 used) 3-Scarifier Cylinder


2-Front Axle Pivot Pin

Fig. 2-Removing Front Ax/e

Support axle assembly with movable floor jacks


under each side.

Disconnect scarifier cylinder (3, Fig. 2) from rod end


for added clearance (if so equipped).

Remove cap screws (1) from front axle pivot pin (2).
Use two of the cap screws and install in thread holes of
front axle pivot pin. Use cap screws as jack screws to
remove pin.
c,~:““,“:T
, ,,>...>
Lower front axle to the ground.
l-Plug (4 used) 4-L. H. Wheel Lean Yoke
2-Cap Screw (4 used) 5-Front Wheel Hub with
3-Spindle Pin (4 used) Spindle

Fig. l-Removing Front Wheel Hub with Spindle

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0230-2 Non-Powered Wheel Axles TM- 1188 (J&78)

REPAIR

Disassembly
Refer to Group 0960 to remove and repair steering
cylinder and wheel lean cylinder.

Remove cap screws (1, Fig. 3) and drive out wheel


lean link pin (2) from right and left-hand wheel lean
yoke (9). Remove wheel lean link (3).

Remove cap screw (4) and drive out wheel lean


cylinder pin (5).

Remove cap screw (7) and drive out wheel lean pin
(8).

Remove right and left-hand wheel lean yoke from


front axle.

Inspect all parts for cracks, wear or other damage.

inspect pivot pins for worn or bent conditions.

Inspect bushings located in wheel lean link, front


axle and right and left-hand wheel lean yoke.
l-Cap Screw (2 used) E-Wheel Lean Cylinder
2-Wheel Lean Link Pin
Replace parts as necessary. Pin (2 used) 8-Wheel Lean Cylinder
3-Wheel Lean Link 7-Gap Screw (2 used)
4-Cap Screw 8-Wheel Lean Pin
(2 used)
9-L. H. Wheel Lean Yoke

Fig. 3-Wheel Lean Link and Yoke Assembly

Litho in U.S.A.
J/3670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Non-Powered Wheel Axles 0230-3

T58349F

l-Cap Screw (6 used) 7-Retainer Washer (2 used) 134X Seal (2 used)


a--Lock Washer (6 used) 8-Bearing Cone (2 used) 14-Oil Seal Cup (2 used)
3-Gap Hub (2 used) Q-Front Wheel Hub (2 used) 15--Dust Shield
4-Cotter Pin (2 used) lo-Bearing Cup (2 used) M-Cap Screw (4 used)
6-Slotted Nut (2 used) ll-Bearing Cone (2 used) 17-Special Nut (4 used)
6-Hub Cap Gasket (2 used) la-Bearing Cup (2 used)

Fig. 4-Front Wheel Hub Assembly

Remove cap screws (1, Fig. 4) securing hub (3) to Parts should be dried with compressed air. Steam-
front wheel hub (9). cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying.

Remove cotter pin (4) and slotted nut (5) securing Bearings that have been in service should be
front wheel hub to spindle. thoroughly washed in volatile mineral spirits.

Remove front wheel hub assembly with dust shield If the bearings are particularly dirty or filled with
(15) from spindle. hardened grease, soak them in the spirits before trying
to clean them.
Remove bearing cups (10 and 12) and oil seal cup
(14) from front wheel hub. Inspect bearings for roughness of rotation. Replace
a bearing if its rotation is still rough after cleaning and
Remove bearing cone (11) from spindle. oiling.

Remove oil seal (13) from spindle. Inspect bearings for scored, pitted, scratched,
cracked or chipped races, and for indication of exces-
All parts must be clean to permit effective inspection. sive wear of rollers or balls. If one of these defects is
found, replace the bearing.
All metalic parts (except bearings) should be
cleaned thoroughly with volatile mineral spirits, or by Inspect all parts for excessive wear, cracks or other
the steam-cleaning method. Do not use a caustic soda damage. Replace as needed.
solution for steam cleaning.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0230-4 Non-Powered Wheel Axles TM- 1188 (J&78)

Assembly
Pack lips of oil seal (1, Fig. 5) with John Deere
Multi-Purpose Grease or an equivalent and install onto
spindle (3) with metal face side toward spindle ears.

Drive bearing cups (5 and 6) in front wheel hub (3).

Install oil seal cup (7) in front wheel hub.

Pack bearing cones (2 and 9) with John Deere


Multi-Purpose Grease or an equivalent before install-
ing.

Install bearing cone (2) on spindle until bearing cone


bottoms out.

Position dust shield (8) on spindle and install front


wheel hub assembly.
TE0469N
Install bearing cone (9) and secure with retainer
washer (10) and slotted nut (11).
l-Oil Seal 8-Bearing Cone
2-Bearing Cone 1 O-Retainer Washer
Rotate front wheel hub while tightening slotted nut to 3-Spindle ll-Slotted Nut
70 lb-ft (95 Nm) (10 kg-m). NOTE: Nut threads must be 4-Front Wheel Hub 12-Cotter Pin
lubricated. !&Bearing Cup 13-Hub Cap Gasket
GBearing Cup M-Cap Hub
7-Oil Seal Cup l!&Cap Screw (3 used)
If dust shield interferes with wheel hub when hub is I--Dust Shield
rotated, grinding may be required on shield to eliminate
interference points. Fig. 5-Assembling Front Wheel Hub

Back off nut to first locking position and install cotter


pin (12).

NOTE: No measurable end play is allowed on the


front wheel hub.

Fill hub cap (14) with John Deere Multi-Purpose


Grease or an equivalent before installing.

Position hub cap with hub cap gasket (13) to front


wheel hub and secure with cap screws (15).

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM-1188 (Jul-79) Non-Powered Wheel Axles 0230-5

INSTALLATION
Position front axle assembly on two moveable floor
jacks.

Raise front axle in position with main frame and


install front axle pin (2, Fig. 2). Secure front axle
pin-to-main frame with cap screws (1). Tighten cap
screws to 170 lb-ft (230 Nm) (24 kg-m).

Connect scarifier cylinder (if so equipped).

Connect hydraulic lines to steering cylinders and


wheel lean cylinders.
l’60445N

l-Spindle Pin Bushing 12-Wheel Lean Link Pin


(4 used) (2 used)
Z-l?. H. Wheel Lean Id-Bushing (2 used)
Yoke 14-Wheel Lean Link
L. H. - (Not Shown) 15-Grease Fitting,
J-Special Nut (5 used) Straight (2 used)
4-Wheel Lean Cylinder 16-Steering Cylinder Pin
Pin 17-Cap Screw
5-Grease Fitting, 18-Bushing
Straight (6 used) 1g-Front Axle
B-Cap Screw (2 used) 20-Bushing (2 used)
7-Lock Washer (2 used) 21-Grease Fitting, 90”
8-Washer (2 used) (5 used)
g--Cap Screw (2 used) 22-Wheel Lean Pin
lO-Wheel Lean Cylinder (2 used)
Pin 23-Special Nut (2 used)
Ii-Cap Screw (3 used) 24-Cap Screw

Fig. b-Front Axle Assembly

Press bushings (1, 13, 18 and 20, Fig. 6) flush with


their counterbore.

Install right and left-hand wheel lean yokes (2) to l-Front Wheel Hub 4-Dust Shield (2 used)
front axle (19). with Spindle 5-Cap Screw (4 used)
2-Thrust Washer 6-Plug (4 used)
Install wheel lean pin (22) and secure with cap screw (2 used) 7-Wheel Lean Yoke
3-Spindle Pin (4 used) (2 used)
(9) and nut (23).
Fig. 7-/nsta//ing Front Wheel Hub
Refer to Group 0960 and install wheel lean cylinder. with Spindle
Secure with pins (4 and 22).

Position wheel lean link (14) to the left and right


wheel lean yoke and install wheel lean link pins (12).
Secure with cap screws (11) and nuts (3).

Refer to Group 0960 and install steering cylinder.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0230-6 Non-Powered Wheel Axles TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Install front wheel hub with spindle (1, Fig. 7) as an


assembly to wheel lean yoke (7).

Install a thrust washer (2) between top of spindle


and wheel lean yoke.

Install spindle pins (3) aligning hole in pin with


spindle. Position dust shield in place and secure with
cap screws (5) and nuts.

Install plugs (6) and tighten.

Refer to Group 0920 and connect tie rods to spin-


dles.

Refer to Group 0120 and install front wheels.

Grease all fittings before operation.

Refer to Group 0920 for toe-in adjustment. Fig. &Location of Tapped Hole

Tire Chain Clearance on Front Wheel Drive Turn the wheels as far as possible in each direction
Units until the steering stop comes in contact with the cap
screws. Determine the length of cap screws which will
If tire chains are installed on the front wheels, dam- provide the adequate clearance.
age can occur to the hydraulic plumbing when tires are
turned in their extreme steering positions while the unit IMPORTANT: The tire chains must be snugly
is in motion. fastened and in good repair to insure good perfor-
mance and safety, and minimize the possibility of
Perform the following adjustment to maintain an damage.
adequate tire chain clearance:

Located in the rear side of the left (L.H.) and right


(PH.) wheel lean yoke is a IQ”-13 UNC tapped hole
(Fig. 8). Install a cap screw, with washers if required, in
both the tapped holes. Length of cap screws are not
important at this time.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-l

Group 0250
AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS, AND REDUCTION GEARS
GENERAL INFORMATION

3 K r-7
2
\ ,J
IF-I
/ I
Kii
I \WT
6

T61222N

l-Tandem Housing CTandem Drive Shaft g-Drive Sprocket


2-Pivot Housing GDriven Sprocket 10-Rear Wheel Axle Housing
3-01 Seal 7-Oil Seal 1 l-Wheel Axle
4-Final Drive Housing B--Chain

Fig. l-Final Drive System

The final drive housing (4, Fig. 1) contains a tandem Components of the final drive system may be ser-
drive shaft (5) mounted on tapered roller bearings and viced as follows:
a planetary reduction gear system.
1. Wheel axles, drive chains and sprockets may be
Power from the drive sprocket (9) on the tandem serviced without separating the tandem housing (1,
drive shaft is transmitted through chains (8) in the Fig. 1) from the final drive housing (4).
tandem housing to the driven sprockets (6). The driven
sprockets are splined to the axles (11). 2. To service the tandem drive shaft and planetary
system, refer to Group 0201 and remove tandem
All internal components, including the bearings, housing and final drive housing.
sprockets and chains are splashed-lubricated by the
lubricant in the tandem housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-2 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gear TM- 1188 (J&78)

DRIVE CHAIN

I-
2

f9 /=A’
ii
3--b* ’
5
/ /
/ /
t /
4 .’
*I
$!9@
/
/
/
/ t
1

l-Tandem Drive Chain 4-Connecting Link S-Wheel Axle Sprocket


2-Cotter Pin (2 used) 5-Tandem Drive Sprocket 7-2-Jaw Puller
3-Roller Link

Fig. P-Removing Chain Assembly

REMOVAL Raise and securely block under side of tandem


housing until the wheels clear the ground.
The tandem drive chains (1, Fig. 2) should be in-
spected when the top inspection covers are removed.
Roll tandem drive chain until cotter pin (2, Fig. 2)
Chain replacement should be made when slack in the
appear at tandem side cover.
chain exceeds 3 inches (76 mm).
Remove the cotter pins from the connecting link (4).
To check the chain slack, measure the distance from
the top of the tandem housing, at the inspection hole,
Position a 2-jaw puller or an equivalent to the con-
to the chain, with the chain slack. Then measure
netting link and drive out connecting link. Alternately
between the same points with the chain tight. If the
re-position 2-jaw puller to each side of link until con-
difference between the measurements exceeds 3
netting link is free for removal.
inches (76 mm), replace the chain.

Remove drive chain(s) from tandem housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-3

REPAIR Position connection ends of chain near tandem side


cover and tie ends with wire. Tighten wire until the
Clean tandem chain thoroughly to permit effective
connecting link (4, Fig. 2) can be installed.
1 inspection.

Press roller link (3) on connector link.


If chain is worn beyond the slack test on page
0250-2, replace entire chain assembly.
NOTE: The roller link must be a press fit on the
connector link pins. Replace roller link if otherwise.
Coat tandem chain assembly with oil before install-
ing.
Secure chain connection with cotter pins (2). Face
cotter pins away from each other.
INSTALLATION
Install tandem chain (1, Fig. 2) in tandem housing. Remove blocking from tandem housing and lower
Guide chain around the tandem drive sprocket (5) and unit.
wheel axle sprocket (6). NOTE: A piece of rope or wire
tied to the end of chain could be an aid when installing Install tandem housing covers.
chain on sprockets.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-4 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

WHEEL AXLE ASSEMBLIES

T60473N

l-Cotter Pin GBearing Cone lO-Oil Seal


2-Slotted Hex Nut 7-Bearing Cup 1 l-Wear Sleeve
3-Sprocket Retainer 8-Bearing Cup 12-Wheel Axle
AWheel Axle Sprocket g-Bearing Cone U-Wheel Axle Housing
5-Thrust Washer

Fig. 3-Wheel Axle Assembly

REMOVAL REPAIR
Raise and securely block under tandem housing Disassembly
until wheels clear the ground.
Remove cotter pin (1, Fig. 3) and slotted hex nut (2)
from wheel axle (12).
Refer to Group 0110 and remove wheels.
Remove sprocket retainer (3) and wheel axle
Refer to Group 0201 and remove wheel axle as-
sprocket (4) from wheel axle.
semblies from tandem housing.
Press wheel axle (12) from wheel axle housing
being careful not to damage oil seal (10). Bearing cone
(6) will be free for removal.

Remove bearing cone (9) and oil seal (10) from


wheel axle.

Drive bearing cups (7 and 8) from wheel axle hous-


ing.

Refer to page 0250-9 for cleaning, handling and


inspecting parts.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-5

Assembly

T6255AC -H-

(Front Wheel Axle Housing) (Rear Wheel Ax/e Housing)

l-Cotter Pin 6-Bearing Cone lo--Wear Sleeve


2-Slotted Hex Nut 7-Searing Cup 1 l-Oil Seal
3-Sprocket Retainer S-Bearing Cup 12-Wheel Axle
4-Wheel Axle Sprocket g-Bearing Cone l3-Wheel Axle Housing
B-Thrust Washer

Fig. 4-Assembling Wheel Axle

NOTE: The 0.75 in. (19 mm) wide wear sleeve (70,
Fig. 4) cannot be used with a new oil seal. Replace
with a new 0.83 in. (21 mm) wide sleeve.

Coat seal (11, Fig. 4) with multi-purpose grease.


Install wear sleeve (10) in seal with outer chamfered
end to the spring side of seal.

Apply a thin coat of thread lock and sealer (medium


strength) to axle surface (1, Fig. 4A).

Place wear sleeve and seal assembly on axle


shaft with spring side of seal towards the small end
of the axle shaft. Fig. 4A-Wheel Axle

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-6 Axle Shafts. Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Dee-871

install JT38058 spacer plates (1, Fig. 4C) between


axle flange and oil seal. Plates can be held together
with rubber bands at the cutout corners.

Lower axle housing assembly onto axle, being


careful to center seal and wear sleeve assembly.

l-Bearing Cone 4-Sprocket Retainer


2-JT38031 Driver 5-Hex Nut
3-Wheel Axle Sprocket

Fig. 4B-Installing Outer Bearing Cone

Fig. 4D-Assembling Wheel Axle


install outer bearing cone (1, Fig. 4B), JT38031
driver (2) sprocket (3) sprocket retainer (4) and nut
(5) on axle. NOTE: Install front sprocket with part number
toward wheel axle flange. Install rear sprocket with
Tighten nut to press wear sleeve and bearing cone the,part number away from the wheel flange.
on axle shaft. Loosen nut and turn JT38031 driver
l/2 turn. Tighten nut again to assure the bearing is Install bearing cone (6, Fig. 4) thrust washer (5)
tight against shaft shoulder. Remove nut, retainer, sprocket (4), sprocket retainer (3), and nut (2).
sprocket, and driver.
Tighten nut (2) until clearance between axle
Install bearing cups (7 and 8, Fig. 4) in axle housing housing (13) and JT38058 spacer plate is 0.065 in.
(1.65 mm), or axle end play is removed, whichever
(13).
comes first. Loosen nut (2) to remove JT38058 plates.

To adjust bearing preload, measure rolling drag


torque without bearing preload. Tighten nut (2) to
provide 10 to 25 lb-in (1.1 to 2.8 N.m) (0.12 to 0.29
kg-m) of rolling drag torque more than the rolling
drag torque without bearing preload. Install cotter pin
(1).

INSTALLATION
l-JT38058 l-Wear Sleeve and
Spacer Plates Oil Seal Assembly Refer to Group 0201 and install wheel axle
assemblies to tandem housing.
Fig. 4C-Installing Oil Seal and Wear Sleeve
Refer to Group 0110 and install wheels.

Remove blocking from tandem housing and lower


unit to the ground.
Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-7

FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY

l-Snap Ring 7-Thrust Washer id--Roller Bearing (75 used)


2-Snap Ring Retainer E-Snap Ring 14-Special Washer
3-Bearing Cone (2 used) Q-Planet Pinion Carrier 16-Cap Screw
4-Bearing Cup (2 used) 18-Planet Pinion Shaft 16-Lock Plate
!i-Tandem Drive Shaft 1 l-Thrust Washer 17-Sun Pinion
6-Oil Seal 12-Planet Pinion (3 used) I-Snap Ring
I Q-Final Drive Shaft

Fig. 5-Final Drive and Planetary SyStem

REMOVAL REPAIR
Refer to Group 0110 and remove wheels. Disassembly I
Pull sun pinion (17, Fig. 5), brake disk and final drive I
Refer to Group 0201 and remove tandem housing,
shaft (19) from differential drive coupling.
tandem pivot and final drive housing from motor
grader.
Remove lock plate (16) and cap screw (15). Lift
planet pinion carrier assembly from axle housing.

Each planet pinion shaft (10) can be removed as


snap ring (8) is expanded to clear groove in planet
carrier (9).

Press tandem drive shaft (5) and bearing cone (3)


toward outside of housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-8 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM-l 188 (Dee-87)

Remove bearing cups (4, Fig. 5) and oil seal (6)


from final drive housing.

Remove other bearing cone (3) and snap ring


retainer (2) from tandem drive shaft.

Refer to page 0250-9 for cleaning, handling and


inspecting parts.

Assembly
Replace entire set of roller bearings (13, Fig. 6) if
any are found to be defective or lost.

Coat bores of planet pinions (12) with John Deere


Multipurpose-Type Grease or an equivalent to retain
roller bearings (13).

Mount planet pinion (12) and roller bearings (13) in


carrier (9). Place thrust washers (11) on each side of
planet pinions and insert shafts (10) far enough to
secure roller bearing (13) in position. Install snap
ring (8).

Press bearing cups (4) into final drive housing,


tight against shoulder with 10,000 Ibs. (4536 kg).

Install oil seal (6) in final drive housing with seal


lips facing planetary carrier. l--Snap Ring g--Planet Pinion Carrier
l--Snap Ring Retainer lo--Planet Pinion Shaft
3-Searing Cone (2 used) 11-Thrust Washer
Install snap ring (1) on tandem drive shaft. Install
4-Searing Cup (2 used) 12-Planet Pinion (3 used)
snap ring retainer (2) with counterbore toward the 5-Tandem Drive Shaft 13-Roller Searing
snap ring. 6-011 Seal (75 used)
T-Thrust Washer 14-Special Washer
Heat bearing cones (3) for not more than two B-Snap Ring 15-Cap Screw
16-Lock Plate
hours in a suitable oil bath or hot air oven not
exceeding 300°F (149V).
Fig. d-Assembling Final Drive

A CAUTION: Oil fumes or oil can ignite above


380°F (193OC). Use a thermometer and do Install planet pinion carrier assembly (9, Fig. 6) on
tandem drive shaft and secure with special washer
not exceed 360°F (182OC). Do not allow a flame or
heating element to be in direct contact with the oil. (14) and cap screw (15).
Heat the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a safe
handling procedure to avoid burns. Adjust bearings by’first measuring the drag torque
with planet carrier assembled in place, but with end
Drive bearing cone on tandem drive shaft tight play in bearings. Tighten the planet pinion carrier
against the snap ring retainer. cap screw to give a drag torque of 15 to 35 lb-in (1.7
to 4.0 N-m) (0.17 to 0.40 kg-m) greater than that
Install tandem drive shaft assembly in final drive measured with end play.
housing and install the other bearing cone.
Install lock plate (16, Fig. 6) on cap screw.

NOTE: Put multi-purpose grease on both sides of


lock plate. Tighten cap screw a maximum of eight
degrees when installing lock plate. Do not loosen
cap screw.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-g

1 Install sun pinion (17, Fig. 5) brake disk and final Bearings that have been in service should be
drive shaft (19) into differential drive coupling. thoroughly washed in volatile mineral spirits.

INSTALLATION If the bearings are particularly dirty or filled with


hardened grease, soak them in the spirits before trying
Refer to Group 0201 and install final drive and pivot
to clean them.
housing to motor grader. Refer to the same group and
install tandem housing assembly.
Before inspection, oil the bearings with the same
type of oil that will be used in the final drives.
Refer to Group 0110 and install wheels.
NOTE: Never spin dry bearings with compressed
CLEANING, HANDLING AND air. Do not rotate bearings while they are not lubrica t-
INSPECTING ed.
Parts which have close operating tolerances must
be handled carefully to prevent nicking, scratching, or Inspect bearings for roughness of rotation. Replace
denting. The slightest damage to these parts can result a bearing if its rotation is still rough after cleaning and
in erratic operation and possible malfunction of the final oiling.
drives. These parts should be carefully handled and
protected during removal, cleaning, inspection, and Inspect bearings for scored, pitted, scratched,
installation. cracked or chipped races, and for indication of exces-
sive wear of rollers or balls. If one of these defects is
All parts must be clean to permit effective inspection. found, replace the bearing.
During assembly, it is very important that no dirt or
foreign matter enters the final drives. Even minute Inspect the defective bearing’s housing and shaft for
particles can cause the malfunction of close-fitting grooved, burred, or galled conditions that indicate the
parts. bearing has been turning in its housing or on its shaft. If
the damage cannot be repaired with crocus cloth,
All metallic parts of the final drives (except bearings) replace the defective part.
should be cleaned thoroughly with volatile mineral
spirits, or by the steam-cleaning method. Do not use a Inspect lip-type oil seals for cuts and hardness.
caustic soda solution for steam cleaning. Gum and Replace the oil seal if these defects are found.
varnish deposits should be removed by allowing the
parts to soak in varnish remover. When replacing lip-type oil seals, make sure the lip
of each oil seal is toward the oil to be sealed (toward
Parts should be dried with compressed air; steam- the inside of the unit). Use a nonhardening sealing
cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying. compound on the outside of the seal to help prevent oil
leaks. Coat the inside of the seal with high temperature
Clean oil passages by working a piece of soft wire grease (AT30408 or equivalent) to protect the seal
back and forth through the passages and flushing with during shaft installation and to provide lubrication dur-
spirits. Dry the passages with compressed air. ing initial operation.

After cleaning, examine the parts and especially the Inspect gears or sprockets for scuffed, nicked,
oil passages to make certain they are entirely clean. burred, or broken teeth. If the defect cannot be re-
Reclean them if necessary. moved with a soft honing stone, replace the gear.

Inspect gear or sprocket for wear that may have


destroyed the original tooth shape. If this condition is
found, replace the gear.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspen_ion System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-10 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

02

l-Area of Early Units 4-Revised Seal with Spacer in


2--Revised Area in Later Units Later Units
3-Seal Area in Early Units %--Revised Seal without Spacer
in Later Units
Fig. 7-Front Wheel Drive Assembly

ritho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-I 1

On the JD672-A Motor Grader an outboard double Rotate planetary housing until drain plug (1, Fig. 8)
planetary drive is attached to the front axles which will is located at bottom. Remove plug and drain the oil.
provide additional traction when required.
Remove cap screws (2) securing cover (3) to plan-
Power to the planetary drives is provided by a hy- etary housing and remove the cover.
draulic motor located in the motor housing.

REMOVAL
NOTE: Parts which make up the front wheel drive
can be removed separately while mounted on the front
axle.

IMPORTANT: When removing the hydraulic


parts that make up the front wheel drive, keep the
surrounding area clean. Either steam clean or use
diesel fuel to clean the area. Cleanliness is very
important on the unit. Cap and plug all hydraulic
lines and hoses to keep foreign material from en-
tering the hydraulic system.

Refer to Group 0110 and remove wheel from wheel


hub.

l-First Planet P-First Planet Pinion


Sun Pinion Carrier Assembly

Fig. 9-Firsf Planet Pinion Carrier Assembly

Remove first planet sun pinion (1, Fig. 9) and first


planet pinion carrier assembly (2).

l-Drain Plug 3-Cover


2-Cap Screw (8 used)

Fig. b-planetary Cover

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-l 2 Axle Shafts. Bearinqs and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jul-78)

Remove the second planet sun pinion (1, Fig. 10).

Remove cap screws (2) securing the planetary


housing (3) to wheel hub (4). Hoist planetary housing
from hub.

CAUTION: Lifting planetary housing with-


A out an aid of a hoist could cause personal
body injury.

l-Cap Screw (24 used) 3-Second Planet


2-Planet Brake Sacking Ring Gear
Plate

Fig. 7 l-Removing Planet Brake Backing


Plate Assembly

Remove cap screws (1, Fig. 11) securing planet


brake backing plate (2) to brake piston housing. NOTE:
Loosen cap screws in an alternate sequence because
l-Second Planet Sun 3-Planetary Housing the brake backing plate is spring applied.
Pinion 4-Wheel Hub
2-Gap Screw (16 used)
Remove planet brake backing plate, second planet
ring gear (3), brake facings and planet brake pressure
Fig. 1O-Removing Planetary Housing
plate as an assembly.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-l 3

l-Special Screw 2-Planet Brake Piston l-Wheel Hub J-Motor Housing


(10 used) Housing 2-Outer Bearing Cone

Fig. l2-Removing Planet Brake Piston Housing Fig. 13-Removing Wheel Hub

Remove special screws (1, Fig. 12) securing planet Grab outer edge of wheel hub (1, Fig. 13) and pivot
brake piston housing (2) to wheel hub. Remove planet against housing to remove outer bearing cone (2) from
brake piston housing. motor housing (3).

IMPORTANT: The word “UP” stamped on the Remove hub and inner bearing.
planet brake piston housing identifies correct po-
sition of planet brake piston housing when re-in-
stalling.

NOTE: Be careful not to lose O-ring between piston


housing and motor housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor ,Graders
0250-14 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

REPAIR
First Planet Pinion Carrier Assembly
Disassembly

l-Dowel Pin At Shaft 2-Snap Ring

Fig. 15-Removing First Planet Pinions


Fig. 14-Removing Oil Seal From Motor Housing

To remove oil seal (Fig. 14) from motor housing, pry To remove first planet pinions, insert a drift at dowel
behind seal on opposite sides. Be careful not to score pin closest to the break in snap ring (2, Fig. 15). Push
motor housing surfaces. snap ring out of groove and remove snap ring. Remove
dowels (1) which hold pinion shafts in place.

Remove pinion shafts and disassemble planet pinion


assemblies.

Inspect roller bearings (4, Fig. 16) in each pinion for


wear. NOTE: If any roller bearing is found defective,
replace bearings as an entire set.

Check first planet pinion carrier (1) and first planet


pinions (3) for breaks or chips.

inspect first planet pinion shafts (5) for worn or bent


conditions.
l-Spacer 3-Motor Housing
P-Seal Replace parts as necessary.
Fig. 14A-Remove Spacer

On units with two-piece oil seal, remove spacer (1,


Fig. 14A) if used.

NOTE: On /a ter units, motor housing is machined with


a shoulder for seal. These units do not require a spacer.
See Figure 7.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-l 5

l-First Planet Pinion Carrier 4-Roller Searing (17 used) S-Dowel Pin
2-Thrust Washer (2 used) !5-First Planet Pinion Shaft 7-Snap Ring
3-First Planet Pinion

Fig. lb-First Planet Pinion Carrier Assembly

Assembly
Thoroughly clean all parts before assembling.

Apply John Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or an


equivalent to roller bearings (4, Fig. 16) and assemble
roller bearings in first planet pinions (3).

Install first planet pinion shafts (5) in planet pinions.


Place thrust washer (2) on each side of pinion assem-
bly.

Align hole in first pinion shafts with holes in first


planet pinion carrier and install dowel pin (6).

Install snap ring (Fig. 17) securing planet pinion


assemblies.

Fig. 17-Installing Snap Ring

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-I 6 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Second Planet Pinion and Housing


Assembly
Disassembly (Early Units)

l-Second Planet Pinion 3-Steel Ball (2 used)


2-Second Planet Pinion 4-Roller Bearing
Shaft (22 used)
5-Thrust Washer (2 used)

Fig. 19-Second Planet Pinion Assembly

Inspect roller bearings (4, Fig. 19) in each pinion for


wear. NOTE: If any roller bearing is found defective,
replace as an entire set.

l-Planetary Housing 3-Planet Pinion Retainer Check second planet pinion (1) and planetary
2-Cap Screw (6 used) 4-Second Planet Pinion housing for breaks or chips.
Shaft (3 used)
inspect second planet pinion shaft (2) for worn or
Fig. l&Removing Planet Pinion Retainer
bent conditions.

Remove cap screws (2, Fig. 18) securing planet


Replace parts as necessary.
pinion retainer (3) to planetary housing (1).

Assembly (Early Units) I


Pry under planet pinion retainer to remove the re-
I tainer. NOTE: Tap on second planet pinion shafts (4) Thoroughly clean all parts before assembling.
while removing retainer to keep planet pinion assem-
blies in planetary housing. Apply John Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or an
equivalent to bearing rollers (4, Fig. 19) and assemble
Pull each planet pinion assembly from planetary bearing rollers in second planet pinion (1).
housing for disassembly.
Install second planet pinion shafts (2) in planet pin-
NOTE: Be careful not to lose shaft retainer balls (3, ions. Place thrust washers (5) on each side of pinion
Fig. 79). assembly.

Apply grease to steel balls (3) and install in holes of


shafts. Make sure thrust washers are installed first.

If care is taken the balls will hold the pinion assembly


together during installation. Index ball with the retainer
seat in shaft bores. Install assembly into planetary
housing.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-17

I-Dowel Pin (3 used) 3-Slots in Planetary l-Planet Pinion Retainer 2-Cap Screw (6 used)
2-Second Planet Pinion Housing
Assembly Fig. PI-/n.sta// Planet Pinion Retainer

Fig 20-installing Second Planet Pinion Assemblies Install planet pinion retainer (1, Fig. 21) over dowel
pins and pinion shafts. NOTE: Make sure steel balls
Tap on pinion shafts to secure pinion assemblies in are installed in pinion shafts before installing planet
planetary housing. pinion retainer.

When replacing dowel pins (1, Fig. 20), drive dowel Secure planet pinion retainer with cap screws (2)
pins in planetary housing until pins bottom out. and special flat washers. Tighten cap screws to 50 lb-ft 1
(68 Nm) (7 kg-m).

NOTE: For repair on the later version of the second


planet pinion and housing, turn to the next page.

Litho in U.S.A.
_-
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-18 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jul-79)

Disassembly (Later Units)

l-Second Planet Pinion 3-Roller Pin


l--Second Planet Pinion 4-Roller Bearing (22 used)
Shaft 6-Thrust Washer (2 used)

Fig. 23-Second Planet Pinion Assembly

Inspect roller bearings (4, Fig. 23) in each pinion for


wear. NOTE: If any roller bearing is found defective,
replace as an entire set.
l-Planetary Housing 4-Planet Pinion Retainer
2-Roller Pin (3 used) 6-Cap Screw (6 used)
3-Pipe Plug (3 used) GSecond Planet Pinion Check second planet pinion (1) and planetary
Shaft (3 used) housing for breaks or chips.

Fig. 22-Removing Planet Pinion Retainer


Inspect second planet pinion shaft (2) for worn or
bent conditions.
Remove the three pipe plugs (3, Fig. 22) from the
planet pinion retainer (4). Inspect roller pin (3) for bent conditions. The pin
must pass freely through the planet pinion shafts.
insert a drift in small hole (see large arrow) from
inside of the planet pinion retainer and remove roller Replace parts as necessary.
pin (2).
Assembly (Later Units)
Pry under planet pinion retainer to remove the re-
tainer. NOTE: Tap on second planet pinion shafts (6) Thoroughly clean all parts before assembling.
while removing retainer to keep planet pinion assem-
blies in planetary housing. Apply John Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or an
equivalent to bearing rollers (4, Fig. 23) and assemble
Pull each planet pinion assembly from planetary bearing rollers in second planet pinion (1).
housing for disassembly.
Install second planet pinion shafts (2) in planet pin-
ions. Place thrust washers (5) on each side of pinion
assembly. NOTE: The hole inplanetpinionshafts must
be at the top of the pinion assemblies.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-79) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-l 9

l--Dowel Pin (3 used) 3--Second Planet Pinion l-Planet Pinion Retainer 3-Pipe Plug (3 used)
2-Second Planet Pinion Shaft (3 used) 2-Roller Pin (3 used) 4-Cap Screw (6 used)
Assembly
Fig. 25-Installing Planet Pinion Retainer
fig. 24installing Second Planet Pinion Assemblies
Install planet pinion retainer (1, Fig. 25) over dowel
Use care in handling the second planet pinion as- pins and pinion shafts.
sembly (2, Fig. 24) so roller bearings do not fall out.
Install each assembly into the planetary housing. Align holes in pinion shafts and planet pinion re-
tainer and install the roller pins (2). NOTE: Roller pin
Tap on pinion shafts (3) to secure pinion assemblies must pass freely through the retainer and shafts.
in planetary housing. Index shafts, so hole, points
toward the center of the planetary housing. Secure the roller pins with pipe plugs (3). Tighten the
pipe plugs with 7 to 8 lb-ft (10 to 11 Nm) (1 to 1.1
When replacing dowel pins (l), drive dowel pins in kg-m).
planetary housing until pins bottom out.
Secure planet pinion retainer with cap screws (4)
and special flat washers. Tighten cap screws to 85 lb-ft
(115 Nm) (12 kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-20 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Brake Backing Plate Assembly


Disassembly

l-Planet Brake Backing Plate 3-Second Planet Ring Gear 6-Spring (6 used)
2-Facing (2 used) 4-Planet Brake Pressure Plate

I Fig. 26-Brake Backing Plate Assembly

Disassemble brake backing plate assembly into inspect facings (2, Fig. 26) for wear or breaks. 1
parts as shown in Fig. 26. Replace when grooves are not visible or facing is
broken or chipped.
Inspect second planet ring gear (3, Fig. 26). Its side
surfaces should be free of chips and scoring since it is Check return springs (5) for proper strength and
also used as a brake for gear reduction. appearance. Springs should be 1.69 in. (43 mm) long
at 70 to 86 lbs. (312 to 383 N) (31 to 38 kg) load. Free
Inspect planet brake backing plate (1) and planet length should be 1.89 in. (48 mm).
brake pressure plate (4) for wear or scoring.

bitho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Ax/es and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-21

Assembly

l-Spring (6 used) 3-Facing l-Facing 2-Planet Brake Pressure Plate


2-Planet Brake Backing cl-Second Planet
Plate Ring Gear Fig. 28-Installing Planet Brake Pressure Plate

I Fig, 274nstalling Second Planet Ring Gear


Install other facing (1, Fig. 28) on second planet ring
gear.
Thoroughly clean all parts before assembly.
install planet brake pressure plate (2) with counter-
1 Install springs (1, Fig. 27) in planet brake backing
bores on tabs, toward springs.
plate (2).

Install facing (3) and second planet ring gear (4) in


planet brake backing plate.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-22 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) ’

Planet Brake Piston Housing Inspect backup rings (2, Fig. 30) and O-rings (3) for 1
damage.
Disassembly

Inspect planet brake piston (1) for chips or scoring.

Inspect planet brake piston housing (4) for chips,


cracks, or other damage.

Replace parts as necessary.

Fig. 29-Removing Planet Brake Pistons

Remove planet brake pistons (Fig. 29) from brake


housing by inserting a 5/16 inch eye bolt or cap screw
in threaded hole in end of piston. Pull piston out of its
bore.

l-Plug 2-O-Ring

Fig. 3 1-Inspeciing O-Ring

Remove plug (1, Fig. 31) and O-ring (2) from back of
planet brake piston housing. Insert a piece of wire into
oil passage to clean dirt or other foreign matter from
passage.
.,>,.)
,_l cI\n-1s..
\rrri.‘i*l.l
Assembly
l-Planet Brake Piston 3-O-Ring (12 used)
(12 used) 4-Planet Brake Piston Thoroughly clean all parts before assembling.
2-Backup Ring Housing
(12 used) Install plug (1, Fig. 31) and tighten. Apply John I
Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or an equivalent to O-ring
I Fig. 30-Planet Brake Piston Assembly
(2) and install on back of planet brake piston housing.

Position backup ring (2, Fig. 30) in front of O-ring (3) 1


and install in piston bores. Make sure they seat in their
grooves.

Install planet brake pistons (1) in bores of planet


brake piston housing (4). NOTE: Pistons may be in-
terchanged in other piston bores. When installing the
last brake piston, loosen plug (I, Fig. 31). This way you
defeat the “vacuum effect”.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 7 188 (Jun-83) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-23

Wheel Hub Assembly Inspect wheel hub for cracks or other damage. Re-
place wheel hub if necessary.
DisassemSbly
Inspect bearing cups and motor housing for grooved,
burred, or galled conditions that indicate the bearings
have been turning in its cups or on the motor housing. If
the damage cannot be repaired with crocus cloth, re-
place the defective part.

Assembly
Thoroughly clean all parts before assembling.

If the wheel hub and/or bearing cups were re-


placed, see Wheel Bearing Adjustment on page
0250-24 to determine the correct amount of shims to
be used.

Place the determined amount of shims against the


outer bearing cup shoulder and install outer and in-
ner bearing cups.

T91.837

l-Wheel Hub 3-Shims (as required)


2-Bearing Cup 4-Oil Seal Cup
(2 used) (401794- 1

fig. 32-Wheel Hub Assembly

On units with serial numbers from (40 1794- )>


remove oil seal cup (4, Fig. 32).

Drive bearing cups (2, Fig. 32) from wheel hub (1).
NOTE: Shims are located behind outside bearing cup so
be careful not to damage shims when removing bearing
cup.

Keep respective shim pack (3) with bearing cup.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-24 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT

l-Motor Housing 3-Inner Bearing Cone l-Wheel Hub 4-Washers (4 used)


2-Dowel Pin (2 used) 2-Outer Bearing Cone 5-Weight
3-Strap Iron (2 used)
Fig. 33-Installing Dowel Pins
Fig. 34-Measuring For Shim Replacement
When replacing dowel pins (2, Fig. 33) drive pins in
motor housing (1) until pins bottom out. 5. Tighten both strap bolts so washers are lightly
held.
Wheel Bearing Adjustment
6. Bolt a 3-lb. (14 N) (1.36 kg) weight (5, Fig. 34) at
I 1. install inner bearing cone (3, Fig. 33) over motor
the 2 o’clock position on the outer edge of the front
housing.
wheel hub.

NOTE: Do not install oil seal until after bearing


7. Release the weight from its 2 o’clock position.
adjustment.
Slightly tighten only one cap screw until weight fails to
turn wheel hub.
1 2. Install front wheel hub (1, Fig. 34) and outer
bearing cone (2).
8. Mark the cap screw and back off l/2 turn.

3. Bolt two pieces of strap iron (3) approximately 6


9. Release the weight again from its 2 o’clock posi-
in. (150 mm) long, to the front of the motor housing.
tion. Slightly tighten second cap screw until weight fails
to move the hub.
4. Place a washer (4) under each strap end so they
contact the edge of the bearing. Washers should not
10. Retighten the first cap screw the same amount it
contact motor housing.
was backed off.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Axle Shafts, Bearirw and Reduction Gears 0250-25

Wheel Bearing Adjustment-Continued

A-End Play E-Preload

I Fig. 35-Using Feeler Gauge to Measure


End Play or Preload
60509N
Il. Lay a straightedge across motor housing and
A-Additional Shims Required l-Strap Iron
outer bearing. Use a feeler gauge to measure between
B-Deduction of Shims Required 2-Motor Housing
straightedge and outer bearing to determine end play
1 (A) or preload (B, Fig. 35). Fig. 36-Adjusting Fronf Bearings

12. Vary the number of shims behind the outer


bearing cup in the front wheel hub until the bearing is
adjusted to 0.004 in. preload to 0.004 in. end play (0.10
mm preload to 0.10 mm end play) (Fig. 36).

13. Remove hub and bearings to install oil seal.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-26 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- I 188 (Jun-83)

Installation-Continued To install two-piece oil seal, put SILASTIC@ 732 RTV ’


Adhesive/Sealant or an equivalent on the inner surface
of seal. Install seal (2, Fig. 37A) on motor housing (3)
with spring load side facing inner bearing cone. Push
seal tight against housing. Fill seal lips with multi-pur-
pose grease.

Put SILASTIC 732 RTV Adhesive/Sealant or an


equivalent on outer surface of oil seal cup. Press oil seal
cup (4, Fig. 32) tight against wheel hub. Put multipur-
pose grease on inner surface of cup.

Install inner bearing cone.

Install wheel hub (1, Fig. 38) over inner bearing cone
and using the bearing as a guide, slide hub in until outer
bearing cone (2) can be installed.

Fig. 374nstaU One-Piece Oil Seal Slide wheel hub assembly carefully next to seal. Use
To install one-piece oil seal, coat oil seal (Fig. 37) with care not to tilt wheel hub damaging the motor housing.
clean oil and install oil seal with the small holes in the
seal, facing the inner bearing cone.

Make up a simple driver to install the seal, or if a seal


driver is not used, use a brass drift to drive the seal flush
to 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) below shoulder on motor hous-
ing. The inner bearing cone (3, Fig. 33) can also be used
to install the seal, but be sure to clean the bearing thor-
oughly before reusing. Refer to page 0250-9 for clean-
ing and inspecting bearings.

T60488NY

l-Wheel Hub 3-Motor Housing


2-Outer Bearing Cone
T91591
Fig. 384nstahg Wheel Hub
l-Spacer 3-Motor Housing
2-Seal SILASTIC is a trademark of Dow Corning Corp. 1

Fig. 37A-install Two-Piece Oil Sea/

Install spacer (1, Fig. 37A) if motor housing does not


have a machined shoulder for seal. See Figure 7.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jun-83) Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears 0250-27

T60486NY TKJ484

l-Special Screw P-Planet Brake Piston l-Planet Brake Backing P-Cap Screw (24 used)
(10 used) Housing Plate Assembly 3-O-Ring

Fig. 39hstall Planet Brake Piston Housing Fig. 40-installing Planet Brake Backing
Plate Assembly
install planet brake piston housing (2, Fig. 39) on
wheel motor houing. IMPORTANT: Be sure “UP” Position the planet brake backing plate assembly (1,
marked on housing is at top and make sure small O- Fig. 40) to planet brake piston housing. Make sure brake
ring is installed in oil port on back of brake piston pressure plate and springs are installed.
housing.
Secure backing plate assembly with cap screws (2).
Secure planet brake piston housing with special Tighten cap screws to 35 lb-ft (47 N.m) (5 kg-m).
screws (1). Tighten F-grade cap screws to 100 lb-ft (136
N.m) (14 kg-m). Tighten G-grade cap screws to 120 lb-ft Apply John Deere Multi-Purpose Grease or an equiv-
I (163 N.m) (17 ka-m). alent on O-ring (3) and install on wheel hub.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0250-28 Axle Shafts, Bearings and Reduction Gears TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

1 -Planetary Housing 3-Second Planet Sun


2-Wheel Hub Pinion T60512h11

1-Firat Planet Pinion l-First Planet Sun Pinion


Fig. 4 l-hstalling PlanetaryHousing Carrier Assembly 3-Gasket

Hoist planetary housing (1, Fig. 41) in position with Fig. 42-Installing First Planet Pinion Carrier Assembly
wheel hub. Align second planet pinions with second ring
gear. Be careful not to damage O-ring.

Secure planetary housing-to-wheel hub with cap


screws. Tighten cap screws to 35 lb-t? (47 N.m) (5 kg-
ml.
Install second planet sun pinion (3) in planetary hous-
ing.

Install first planet pinion carrier assembly (1, Fig. 42)


and align first planet pinions to first planet ring gear.
Install first planet sun pinion (2).

Apply John Deere Permatex Form-A-Gasket or


equivalent to gasket (3) and install on planetary housing.

Install cover (1, Fig. 43) and secure with cap screws
(2) and washers. Tighten cap screws to 50 lb-ft (69 N.m)
(7 kg-m).

Rotate planetary housing until plug (3) is in the top


position. Fill planetary housing with approximately 3 gal.
(11 L) of recommended oil. (See Section 1, Group V for
the type of oil used.
l-Cover 3-Plug
NOTE: Run grader with front wheel drive activated l-Cap Screw (8 used)
for a period of time and then check transmission oillevel.
Fig. 43-Installing Planetary Cover
Drain or fill transmission to proper dipstick level.

Refer to Group 0110 and install wheel to wheel hub.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Hydraulic System 0260-l

Group 0260
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
WHEEL MOTOR AND OIL MANIFOLD
REMOVAL
To remove left wheel motor and oil manifold, steer
front wheels to the full right. To remove right wheel
motor and oil manifold, steer front wheels to the full
left.

A-Sensor B-Cable Support Bracket

fig. lA-L. H. Wheel (Later Units)

Drain oil from planetary housing by removing plug


(Fig. 2).

l-Motor Housing 3-Front Sensor


2-Oil Manifold

Fig, 1 -L. H. Wheel (Early Units)

Fig. P-Planetary Housing Plug

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-2 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

IMPORTANT: Front and rear sensors are sensitive.


Caution should be exercised at all times to insure
that the sensor and lead wiring are not damaged.

IMPORTANT: Sensor and wiring to sensor are


serviced as one part. If wire breaks, it will be neces-
sary to also replace sensor. During removal and
installation, be sure to turn wire with sensor. Also, it
is important not to disconnect protective hose from
cover.

To remove front sensor on early units, carefully


disconnect harness (5, Fig.3) at frame. Remove sensor
cover (3). Loosen jam nut. Unscrew sensor turning
harness with cover to prevent twisting of the sensor
wire.

To remove front sensor on later units, remove


cover at front of equipment frame. Disconnect front
sensor connector. Remove tie bands and clamps
along sensor wire. Remove cap screws holding cable
support (B, Fig. 3A) and cable clamp to remove
support. Loosen locking nut on sensor. Unscrew
sensor and wiring harness to remove.

REPAIR

l-Brake Pressure Hose 3-Front Sensor Cover Disassembly


P-Cap Screw (6 used) 4--Tie Rod
IMPORTANT: When performing internal service on
S-Harness Connection
the motor, keep the work bench, tools, and equip-
ment clean. Cleanliness is very, important on this
fig. 3-Left Wheel Oil Manifold (Early Units)
unit.

Use only diesel fuel to clean parts. Solvents are


damaging to the internal components. Dry with clean
compressed air (do not exceed 30 psi [2 bar]
[kg/cm*]).

On early units, if the front sensor is attached to the


manifold, remove the front cap screw retaining the
sensor cover to obtain the maximum clearance when
removing the manifold.

Remove the six oil manifold cap screws (2).

A-Sensor B-Cable Support Bracket


IMPORTANT: Behind the oil manifold are a valve
plate and a bearing plate which have lapped
Fig. 3A-Left Wheel Oil Manifold (Later Units)
surfaces. DO NOT allow the two parts to drop when
removing oil manifold.
Jack up and block the front axle on the appropriate
c
side.
With one hand under oil manifold to hold the valve
plate and bearing plate, remove the oil manifold from
Disconnect tie rod (4, Fig. 3) and swing out of the
the dowels.
way.
IMPORTANT: Separately wrap the valve plate and
Remove brake hose (1).
bearing plate in lint free paper towels and set out of
the way.
Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-4 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Jul-78)

l-Knife Puller 2-Tape

Fig. 6-Wrapping Puller

IMPORTANT: Wrap the knife type bearing puller


(1, Fig. 6) with tape (2) so there is a cushion
between the metal surface of the puller and that of
the lapped surface of the motor cylinder block.

Attach bearing puller as shown in Fig. 7. Pull bear-


ing.

Fig. 7-Pulling Bearing

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Hydraulic Sys tern 0260-3

l-Oil Manifold 3-Bearing Cup


P-Valve Plate

Fig, 4-Oil Manifold

Remove valve plate (2, Fig. 4) from oil manifold (1)


by lifting with a wood dowel only at the retaining pin
l-Bearing Plate 3-Sensor Plate
groove. 2-Dowel Pin Groove 4-Gap Screw

IMPORTANT: If anyplace but the retaining pin Fig. 5-Bearing Plafe Removal
groove is used as a pry point, the lapped surface (L. H. Wheel)

may be damaged.
Carefully pull motor approximately 0.25 in. (6.4 mm),
Remove bearing plate (1, Fig. 5) by prying only at then rotate motor assembly 180” while removing it from
the dowel pin groove (2) with a wood dowel. the wheel to clear the wheel lean yoke.

Separately wrap the valve plate and bearing plate in


lint free paper towels. Set them away from the working
area.

Remove bearing plate pilot ring (17, Fig. 9).

Remove cap screw (4, Fig. 5) and sensor plate (3)


(L. H. Wheel Only).

IMPORTANT: The slipper side of the swashplate


and the bearing plate side of the cylinder block are
lapped surfaces. Be very careful not to damage
this part or allow metal to metal contact of these
surfaces.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM-1 188 (J&78) Hydraulic Sys tern 0260-5

Insert a bolt (1, Fig. 8) with a large washer (2)


through the I.D. of the cylinder block.

NOTE: Make sure washer (2) is not too large that it


contacts retaining ring (3).

Place another large washer and a nut at the splined


end of the cylinder block.

Tighten nut to compress the spring (3, Fig. 9).

Remove retaining ring.

IMPORTANT: Do not pry on the I.D. of the cylin-


der block to remove ring. A burr created on this I.D.
will cause leakage between the bearing plate and
cylinder block.

l-Bolt 2-Washer 3-Retaining Ring

Fig. &Removing Cylinder Block Parts

Remove spring guide (16, Fig. 9) from shaft.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-6 Hvdraulic Svstem TM- 1188 (J&78)

l-Retaining Ring 7-Large Bearing 12-Spring (6 used)


P-Spring Retainer 6-Swashpiate 13-Cylinder Block
3-Spring Q-Bail Guide W-Dowel Pin
4-Spring Seat 1O-Piston Retainer 16-Bearing Plate
6-Small Bearing 11-Piston Assembly (9 used) 16Spring Guide
6-Shaft 17-Bearing Plate Pilot

fig. O-Motor Assembly

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Hydraulic Sys tern 0260-7

Inspection The balance land (1, Fig. 10) balances the 5000 psi
(345 bar) (352 kg/cm2) system pressure, against the
Wash all parts in diesel fuel and dry thoroughly. Coat case pressure. Scoring of both lands (4) and (5) would
all Darts with clean oil. indicate fine contamination over a long period of time.
Deep scoring of one land would indicate the presence
IMPORTANT: Be very careful when handling of large contaminants in the system.
these parts during washing, drying and inspection.
Keep parts separated from each other by wrapping Bearing plates may be encountered where the bal-
the parts in lint free paper towels. ance land (1) appears good, but the outer foot (2, Fig.
10) is scored. This condition could arise from either a
NOTE: To dry parts after washing in diesel fuel, lack of lubrication or from a lubricant breakdown. This
shake off excess liquid and blow dry with clean com- condition would not indicate the presence of con-
pressed air. DO NOT dry with rags or paper towels. taminants in the system.

Inspect all surfaces for excessive wear, nicks, NOTE: Failure of a bearing plate can be caused by
scratches, or scoring. any one or a combination of the following:

Refer to Fig. 10 to familiarize yourself with the 1. Cavitation (caused by air in the system oil).
various parts of a valve or bearing plate.
2. Contamination (from either within the system or
from outside the system).

3. Water (indicated when oil in the reservoir is


white, milky, or light yellow in color and bearing plate is
discolored).

TE0383N

l-Balance Land 4-Outer Land


2-Outer Foot 5-Inner Land
3-Kidney

Fig. 70-Parts of a Valve or Bearing f/ate

NOTE: Replace bearing plate, valve plate or ball


guide if a scratch or groove can be detected with a lead
pencil.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-8 Hydraulic System TM- 1 I88 (Jul- 79)

Examples of Scored
Bearing Plates and Valve Plates

Fig. 12-Example of Deeply Scored Searing Plate

This bearing plate (Fig. 12) shows deep scoring only


Fig. 7 l-Example of Scored Searing P/ate through the area on the balance land between the
kidneys. This deep scoring indicates solid particles of
This bearing plate (Fig. 11) shows complete inter- contamination within the system.
face (bearing plate to valve plate) scoring due to fine
abrasive contamination (dust or dirt) suspended in the
hydraulic fluid. This example (Fig. 11) could also indi-
cate early stages of water contamination. When water
is present in the system, the oil in the reservoir is white,
milky, or light yellow in color.

NOTE: Replace bearing plate, valve plate, or ball


guide if a scratch or groove can be detected with a
fingernail or lead pencil.

Fig. 73-Example of Scored Valve Plate

This valve plate (Fig. 13) shows scoring between


valve plate kidney, indicating solid particle contamina-
tion within the system, such as brass particles.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Hydraulic Sys tern 0260-9

Examples of Eroded Bearing Plates

Fig. 15-Example of Eroded Area


in Bearing Plate Kidney
Fig. 14-Example of Eroded Areas on a Baaring Plate
This bearing plate (Fig. 15) shows erosion in the
This bearing plate (Fig. 14) shows eroded areas on bearing plate kidney. This erosion is characteristic of
the balance land. This erosion is characteristic of ca- cavitation. See Fig. 14 for another example.
vitation. Cavitation is usually caused by air in the
system. This can be caused by loose hose or incorrect
line connections or by a hole in the suction hose. See
Fig. 15 for another example.

NOTE: Erosion that can not be felt but seen on the


cylinder block side of the bearing p/ate and the lapped
surface of the cylinder block can cause excessive
leakage.

Lifho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-l 0 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

Examples of Smeared Bearing Plates

!EO398N

l-Bearing Plate t-cylinder Block


l-Block Lift (Block Tilt)

Fig. 17-Block Lift (Block Tilt)

Block lift (2, Fig. 17) sometimes referred to as block


tilt, occurs when the cylinder block (3) and the bearing
plate (1) separate, which is caused by overspeeding
l-Outer Foot
due to incorrect plumbing.
2-Balance Land

Fig. Id-Example of Smearing on a Bearing Plate

This bearing plate (Fig. 16) shows smearing of the


outer edge of the outer foot (1) and of the inner edge of
the balance land (2). This smeared condition indicates
that cylinder block lift or block tilt has occurred or
system contamination is present.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Hydraulic Sys tern 0260-11

F@. lb-Example of Smearing of Balance Land Fig. 79-Example of Partial Smearing of


on a Searing P/ate Balance Land on a Bearing Plate

This bearing plate (Fig. 18) shows smearing on most This bearing plate (Fig. 19) unlike (Fig. 18), shows
of the balance land due to water contamination. This partial smearing at the outer edges of the balance land,
plate shows the dull yellow or gold coloration and the due to water contamination. This plate also shows the
darker oxidation tarnish characteristic of water con- dull yellow or gold coloration and the darker oxidation
tamination. When water is present in the system, the oil tarnish characteristic of water contamination.
in the reservoir is white, milky, or light yellow in color.
NOTE: Fig. 18 shows more advanced deterioration
NOTE: The dark (tarnished) areas are exposed to by smearing than does Fig. 19.
case pressure, where the dull yellow or gold area is the
balance land and is exposed to high pressure.

The smearing at the outer edge of the balance land


occurs because this area is in contact with the valve
plate and is not receiving the lubrication of the system
high pressure fluid.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-12 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (J&78)

Piston and Piston Slipper Damage Replace pistons if pieces of filler are missing from
the ends of the pistons.
Inspect piston slippers for scoring across their bal-
ante lands. The balance land is the second land in
Check for piston to piston slipper play. Play of more
from the outside edge. Scoring, to some degree, may
than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) is excessive. Replace piston
be seen across the inner lands. When inspecting slip-
assembly. Excessive slipper play results from cavita-
pers, also check to be certain the oil hole in each
tion caused by incorrect plumbing.
slipper is open.

Replace if steel particles are imbedded in the slipper


faces or a path is eroded through the balance land.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Hydraulic System 0260-l 3

Assembly
IMPORTANT: Be very careful when handling
these parts during washing, drying and inspection.

NOTE: To dry parts after washing in diesel fuel,


shake off excess liquid and blow dry with clean com-
pressed air. DO NOT dry with rags or paper towels.

NOTE: Be certain to install new O-rings when as-


sembling motor.

Have a can of clean oil and a container of petroleum


jelly available. Apply a light coat of oil to each compo-
nent’s surface prior to assembly.
l-Retaining Ring lo--Piston Retainer
IMPORTANT: Use only JD bearings ordered by 2-Spring Retainer 1 l-Piston Assembly
specific part number as they are selected for close 3-Spring (9 used)
tolerances. Bearing manufacturer’s numbers may 4-Spring Seat 12-Spring (6 used)
6-Small Bearing IJ-Cylinder Block
be the same but not matched to the necessary
GShaft M-Dowel Pin
close tolerances. 1!5-Bearing Plate
7-Large Bearing
8-Swashplate 16-Spring Guide
If swashplate anchor dowel pin in motor housing g--Ball Guide 17-Bearing Plate Pilot
needs to be replaced it will be necessary to remove the
Fig. ZO-Motor Assembly
wheel, planetary housing assembly, and brake piston
housing. Refer to Group 0250. Press out old pin. Press
in new pin until inner end of pin protrudes 0.17 in. (4.32
mm) into housing bore.

Protect the face of the cylinder block when installing


parts into the block. Install spring seat (4, Fig. 20) bevel
side first into cylinder block.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-14 Hvdraulic Svstem TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Install spring (3, Fig. 20), spring retainer (2), and Lubricate piston assemblies (11, Fig. 20) and piston
retaining ring (1) by using the same “bolt and washer retainer (10). Place piston retainer on ball guide with
press” method to seat the retaining ring as for removal beveled side toward the cylinder block. Install pistons
of the ring. alternately into the cylinder block.

Remove bolt press tool. Place swashplate (8, Fig. 20) on shaft (6).

Install springs (12, Fig. 20) in cylinder block. Lubricate the lapped surface of the swashplate.
Gently install cylinder block assembly onto shaft while
Place ball guide (1, Fig. 21) onto cylinder block (4). aligning the missing tooth on the shaft with that in the
Align missing tooth (2) on the ball guide with the narrow ball guide.
valley (3) in the spline of the cylinder block.
Install spring guide (16) onto shaft.

Lubricate small bearing (5). Carefully press small


bearing onto shaft.

Install dowel pin (14, Fig. 20) into cylinder block.

Install wheel motor into motor housing with the thick


side of the swashplate forward to clear the wheel lean
yoke. After the motor is in the housing rotate it 180” so
the thick side of the swashplate (both wheels) is clo-
sest to the steering arm.

Make sure the groove in the swashplate drops over


the dowel pin in the motor housing.

NOTE: The swashplate has a groove for a dowel


pin on both the thick and thin side. The groove on the
thick side is longer. This is the groove in which the
housing dowel pin must be located.

NOTE: Incorrect installation of the motors will make


l-Ball Guide 3-Narrow Valley the motors turn backwards.
P-Missing Tooth 4-Cylinder Block

F/g. PI-Alignment of Ball Guide and


Cylinder Block

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM-l 188 (J&78) Hvdraulic Svstem 0260-15

Install sensor plate (3, Fig. 22) and cap screw (4).

Install bearing plate pilot (17, Fig. 20) in cylinder


block.

Lubricate bearing plate. Install bearing plate (1, Fig.


22) onto cylinder block aligning dowel pin groove (2)
over dowel pin (14, Fig. 20).

l-Bearing Plate 3-Sensor Plate


2-Dowel Pin Groove 4-Cap Screw

Fig. 2243earing Plate /nsia//ation


(L. H. Wheel)

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-l 6 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (J&78)

Lubricate valve plate (2, Fig. 23) and install onto the
oil manifold aligning dowel pin and groove.

P60402N
l-Oil Manifold 3-Bearing Cup
2-Valve Plate
l-Cap Screw (6 used) 6-Packing
2-Plug (2 used) g-Bearing Cup
Fig. 23-Oil Manifold
3-O-Ring (2 used) lO-Shim (as required)
4-Manifold 11-Shim (as required)
Replace all Q-rings and packings. 6-Dowel Pin (2 used) la-Packing (2 used)
6-O-Rlng 13-O-Ring (2 used)
Install new packing (8, Fig. 24) in motor housing 7-Dowel Pin 14-Plug (2 used)

packing groove.
Fig. 24-Oil Manifold

Carefully install oil manifold with valve plate and new


O-rings onto the motor housing. The dowels in the
motor housing will help guide the oil manifold while
holding onto the valve plate.

IMPORTANT: Do not allow valve plate and


bearing plate to shift or drop when installing oil
manifold.

Tighten cap screws (1, Fig. 24) to 35 lb-ft (47 Nm) (5


kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-79) Hydraulic Sys tern 0260-17

Motor Shaft Endplay Adjustment


NOTE: This adjustment can be performed with the
wheel assembly on or off the unit.

Turn front wheels as far as possible in one direction


to gain clearance to the oil manifold (3, Fig. 25).

Drain oil from the drain plug in the planetary hous-


ing.
Remove front cover, the first planet pinion carrier
assembly and the first planet pinion shaft.

Proceed with the motor shaft adjustment as follows:


1. Install a 3/8 x 3.75 in. (95 mm) - 12 UNC cap
screw (2, Fig. 25) with a 24H1300 washer (1)
(25/64x 2 in. [51 mm], 0.194 in. 15 mm1 thick)
into the splined end of the motor shaft.

2. Tap the head of the cap screw to seat the bearing


assembly into the inboard bearing cup.

3. Set up a linear dial indicator on the motor hous-


ing. Remove center plug from rear of oil manifold
or refer to page 0260-2 in removing the front
sensor assembly. This depends on which wheel
assembly is being adjusted.

4. Install the stylus of the indicator on end of motor


shaft. (See large arrow, Fig. 26).

5. Tighten the cap screw (2) to approximately 60


lb-in. (6.75 Nm) to overcome the spring bias in
the motor assembly and seat the shaft assembly
into the outboard bearing cup. NOTE: Perform
this step with a small torque wrench to feel the
bearing seat.
6. Note the motor shaft end play indicated on the
dial indicator.
Correct end play is 0.006 to 0.012 in. (0.152 to 0.305 l-24H1300 Washer 3-Oil Manifold
mm). Adjust by adding or removing shims (10 and 11, a--Cap Screw

Fig. 24) behind the oil manifold bearing cup (9).


Fig. 25-Motor Shaft End Play Adjustment

Install all parts that were removed for this adjust-


ment.

Fill planetary housing with approximately 3 gal. (11


L) of the recommended oil. (See Section I, Group V for
the type of oil used).
NOTE: Run grader with front wheel drive activated
for a period of time and then check transmission oil
level. Drain or fill transmission to proper dipstick level.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-18 Hvdraulic Svstem TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

INSTALLATION IMPORTANT: Improper routing of hoses to the


wheel motor will result in hose and wire damage.
Connect brake hose (1, Fig. 26). Brake hose fitting
Upon start-up, cycle front axle to all extreme posi-
should be rotated clockwise toward the motor housing
tions; check and adjust hose and wiring clearances
as much as possible.
with wheel hub and rim so hoses have a minimum
clearance of 0.75 in. (19.1 mm).
Turn motor until a sensor plate tooth is centered
on the thread sensor hole in the manifold.

IMPORTANT: The front sensor and wiring to sensor


are serviced as one part. if wire breaks, it will be
necessary to also replace sensor. During installation,
be sure to turn wire with sensor. Also, it is important
not to disconnect protective hose from cover.

To reinstall front sensor on early units, install jam


nut with nylon insert toward wheel. Turn harness
with cover while screwing in sensor to prevent
twisting of the sensor wire.

Turn sensor and wire in until it contacts sensor


plate. Rotate sensor counterclockwise 270 degrees
and tighten jam nut to 10 to 12 lb-ft (14 to 16 N-m).

Reinstall cover gasket and cover and connect


harness.

To install front sensor on later units, install locking


nut and adjust all the way towards wire end of
sensor. Turn wiring harness and cover while screwing
sensor into manifold until it contacts sensor plate or
locking nut contacts manifold.

If locking nut contacts the manifold first, remove


l-Brake Pressure Hose 4-Tie Rod
nut and grind to reduce thickness. Reinstall nut and
P-Cap Screw (6 used) B-Harness Connection
turn sensor in until it contacts sensor plate. 3-Front Sensor Cover

IMPORTANT: Overtightening the lock nut will Fig. 26-Brake Hose and Front Sensor
cause sensor damage. Installation (L. H. Wheel)

Turn sensor out three quarters of a turn (270


degrees). Hold sensor and tighten lock nut to 11 lb-ft
(15 N.m) (1.5 kg-m).

Install cable support bracket (B, Fig. 8A) and cable


clamp. Route wire to front of equipment frame and
attach connector. Install clamps and tie bands around
wire. Install cover to equipment frame.

Connect tie rod.

Fill planetary housing with proper oil (see Section


I, Group V for the correct type of oil). A-Sensor B-Bracket

IMPORTANT: Do not start engine at this time. Fig. 26A-Front Sensor Installation
Refer to the Start-Up procedure in Group 9016.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Hydraulic System 0260-19

MOTOR HOUSING

REMOVAL Disconnect hoses and lines (1, 4 and 9, Fig. 27),


from motor housing.
Jack up and block the front axle on the appropriate
side.
Disconnect brake supply hose (6) from oil manifold.

Remove front wheel. Refer to Group 01 IO.


Remove appropriate hose clamps; disconnect har-
ness (7) at frame connection (5). Protect wiring con-
NOTE: If motor housing is damaged it will also be
nectors from dirt and damage.
necessary to remove the planetary assembly. Refer to
Group 0250.
Disconnect tie rod at motor housing.

IMPORTANT: Before completely removing motor


housing pivot pins (a), attach an overhead hoist to
the motor housing.

Remove four cap screws from each pivot pin (3).


Use two of the cap screws (2) to pull the pivot pins from
the motor housing by inserting them into the pivot pin
blind holes. Turn cap screw equally to pull pivot pins
from motor housing.

Remove motor housing from unit.

l-Motor Drain Hose B--Brake Pressure Hose


2-Cap Screw (8 used) T-Wiring Harness
3-Pivot Pin (2 used) 8-Remove Tie Rod Here
4-Forward Pressure Line 9-Revyse Pressure Line
5-Wiring Harness Frame IO-Motor Housing
Connection

Fig. 27-Motor Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-20 Hydraulic Sys tern TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

REPAIR
Replace quad rings (6, Fig. 28) and backup rings (5).

Inspect bushing (11). If replacement is necessary


press new bushing into housing flush to 0.010 in. (0.25
mm) below edge of bore with grease hole aligned.

l-Thrust Washer (2 used) E&Backup Ring (4 used) 8-O-Ring (2 used)


2-Wheel Lean Yoke 8-O-Ring (4 used) g--Motor Housing
3-Pivot Pin (2 used) 7-Tube (2 used) lo-Grease Fitting (2 used)
4-Cap Screw (8 used) ll-Bushing (2 used)

fig. 28-Motor Housing Assembly


(1. H. Shown)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jut- 79) Hydraulic System 0260-21

INSTALLATION Install front wheel. Refer to Group 0110.

Install motor housing in wheel lean yoke. Be sure to


IMPORTANT: Do not start engine at this time.
install a thrust washer between each end of the motor
Refer to Start-Up procedure in Group 9016.
housing and the wheel lean yoke.

Install tubes (7, Fig. 28) and pivot pins (3).

Install hose retaining brackets. Install cap screws


and tighten to 35 lb-ft (47 Nm) (5 kg-m).

Connect tie rod.

Connect forward and reverse pressure lines.

Connect brake pressure hose to oil manifold with


fitting pointing rearward and as close to the motor
housing as possible.

Connect motor drain hose to motor housing with


fitting pointing rearward and toward wheel.

Connect wiring harness.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0260-22 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

FRONT WHEEL CASE RELIEF VALVE

l-O-Ring %-Spring
2-Relief Valve 6-Retainer
3-Valve Body 74tetaining Ring
4-O-Ring

Fig. 30-Case Relief Valve Disassembled

Inspect spring (5) for the following specifications:


Free length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.37 in.
(60.2 mm)
Test length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13 in.
(28.7 mm)
when compressed with 22.5 L 2.3 lb.
(100.1 2 10.2 N) (10.2 ? 1 kg)

I Fig. 29-Case Relief Valve


Inspect seating area of relief valve (2) and valve
body (3) for nicks, scratches or embedded material.
I Remove case relief valve (Fig. 29) from front wheel
motor housing. Replace O-rings.

I Remove retaining ring (7, Fig. 30) from case relief Assemble case relief valve and hold together with
valve to disassemble parts. retaining ring.

Install case relief valve in motor housing.

Replace any oil lost with recommended oil. Use plug


in planetary housing to replenish oil.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-l

Group 0299
SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
DRIVE AXLE HOUSING AND SUPPORT
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1 - Final drive housing-to-


transmission case cap screws . . . _ . . 170 lb-ft
(230 Nm) (24 kg-m)

2 - Pivot retainer-to-final
drive housing cap screws . . . . . . . . . . . 300 lb-ft
(407 Nm) (42 kg-m)

3 - Sprocket retainer-to-final drive


shaft cap screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 lb-ft
(230 Nm) (24 kg-m)

F/g. l-final Drive and Pivot Housing Retainer

1 - Shim pack clearance between


thrust washer and pivot retainer
to.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.‘002 + 0.002 in.
(0.05 + 0.05 mm)

-
T60514N -Ii3
Fig. P-Shim Pack Measurement

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-2 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

DRIVE AXLE HOUSING AND SUPPORT


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

l- Pivot housing-to-tandem
housing cap screw . . . . .

Fig. 3-Pivot Housing

1 - Front axle pin-to-main


frame cap screws . . . . . .

Fig. 4-Front Ax/e Pin

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-3

DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL DRIVE


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES
1 - Differential housing cover-to-
Ft. H. differential housing cap
screws . . .. ........ . . . 85 lb-ft
(115 Nm) (12 kg-m)

2- Differential ring gear-to-right


hand differential housing cap
3

P
-27 3-
screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 lb-ft

L. H. differential housing-to-
R. H. differential housing cap
(230 Nm) (24 kg-m)

screws . . . . . . . . . . _. . . . . . . . . 85 lb-ft
(115 Nm) (12 kg-m)
IT12231

Fig. 5-Differential Housing

1 - Differential lock line connector-to


L. H. bearing quill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 lb-ft
(41 Nm) (4 kg-m)

Fig. B-Lock Line Connector

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-4 Specificafions and Special Tools TM- 1188 (J&78)

DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL DRIVE


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUE&Continued

1 - Pinion shaft special nut


torqued to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 lb-ft
(542 Nm) (55 kg-m)

with a rolling torque of . . . . . . . . . .17 to 27 lb-in.


(1.9 to 3.1 Nm) (0.20 to 0.31 kg-m)

NOTE: Refer to paQe 02.1O-1 1 for cone point ad-


justment. Refer to page OZlO- 12 for adjusting the spiral
bevel pinion rolling torque.

Fig. 7-Pinion Shaft Adjustment

1 - Differential bearing quill-to-differential


case cap screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 lb-ft
(115 Nm) (12 kg-m)

2 - Differential bearing preload . . 0.002 to 0.005 in.


(0.05 to 0.13 mm)

NOTE: Refer to page 0270- 13, for adjusting dif-


ferential preload.

Fjg, d-Differential Bearing Quill Preload

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Specifications and Special Tools 02994

DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL DRIVE


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued
1 - Backlash between ring gear and pinion
shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.007 to 0.015 in.
(0.19 to 0.39 mm)

Fig. 9-Differential Back/ash

1 - Tooth pattern located from end of pinion


shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.35 + 0.59 - 0.12 in.
(9 + 15 - 3 mm)

2 - Tooth pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.50 + 0.31 in.


(38 + 8 mm)

Fig. IO-Tooth Pattern

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-6 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Ma:-80)

DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL DRIVE


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - I.D. of housing bore . . . . ~ 0.5610 to 0.5630 in.


(plunger end) (14.25 to 14.30 mm)

2 - I.D. of housing bore . . . . . . 0.4995 to 0.5005 in.


(control valve end) (12.69 to 12.71 mm)

Fig. 1l-Differential Lock Valve Musing Bore

1 - O.D. of plunger . . . . . . . . 0.5550 to 0.5590 in.


(14.1 to 14.2 mm)

l’27857

Fig. 12-Differential Lock Valve Plunger

1 - O.D. of control valve. . . . 0.4978 to 0.4984 in.


(12.6 to 12.7 mm)

T27858

Fig. 13-Differential Lock Valve Control Valve

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (J&78) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-7

DIFFERENTIAL OR BEVEL DRIVE


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued
1 - Check valve spring free length. . . . . . .0.62 in.
(15.7 mm)

2 - Check valve spring test length . . . . 0.38 inches


(9.7 mm) when compressed with 4.0 to 5.0
oz. (1.1 to 1.4 N) (114 to 142 g) of force.

3 - Return spring free length. .. 2.56 inches


(65.0 mm)

4 - Return spring test length . . . . . . . 1.31 inches


(33.3 mm) when compressed with 9.5 to 11.5 Ibs
(42 to 51 N) (4 to 5 kg) of force.
T42474N

5 - Plunger spring (smallest)


Fig. 74-Differential Lock Valve Springs free length . . . .‘. . . . 2.18 inches
(55.4 mm)

Plunger spring (smallest)


test length . ... . ..... . . 1.80 inches
,(45.7 mm) when compressed with 25 to 31 Ibs
(111 to 138 N) (11.3 to 13.9 kg) of force.

Plunger spring (largest)


free length.. . . . . . . .... 2.28 inches
(57.9 mm)

Plunger spring (largest)


test length . . . . . . ... . .. 1.92 inches
(48.8 mm) when compressed with 103 to 125 Ibs
(458 to 556 N) (46.7 to 56.7 kg) of force.

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-8 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (J&78)

NON-POWERED WHEEL AXLES


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1 - Front axle hub-to-spindle


nut*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 lb-ft
(95 Nm) (10 kg-m)

*Nut threads must be lubricated.

T41022N

Fig. 15-Front Axle Hub

Front axle pin-to-main


frame cap screws . . . . . .

Fig. l&Front Axle Pin

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-g

AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND REDUCTION GEARS


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1 - Chain replacement should be


made when slack exceeds .. . .3 in.
(76 mm)

T60517N

Fig. 17-Tandem Drive Chains

1 - Oil seal stand out from


wheel axle housing . .. . ..... .0.06 in.
\ Id 2 - Wheel axle drag torque
(1.5 mm)

r-l
T37819N
I I
A. Measure drag torque without bearing preload.
B. Nominal drag torque . . . .10 to 25 lb-in.
(1.1 to 2.8 Nm) (0.12 to 0.29 kg-m)
C. Tighten slotted hex. nut to give a drag torque
equal to the sum of steps A and B.

Fig. IS-Wheel Axle and Bearings

1 - Tandem drive shaft drag torque


A. Measure drag torque with end play in bearings
(3).

B: Nominal drag torque . . . . .15 to 35 lb-in.


(1.7 to 4.0 Nm) (0.17 to 0.40 kg-m)

C. Tighten the planet pinion carrier retaining


screw (2) to give a drag torque equal to the
sum of steps A and B.

Fig. 19-Tandem Drive Shaft and Planetary System

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-10 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND REDUCTION GEARS


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Cbntinued

1 - Planet pinion retainer-to-


planetary housing cap screws . . . . . 50 lb-ft
(68 Nm) (7 kg-m)

I Fig, ZO-Planet Pinion Retainer (Early Units)

1 - Roller pin retaining pipe


plugs to . . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . i to 8 lb-ft
(10 to 11 Nm) (1 to 1.1 kg-m)

2- Planet pinion retainer-to-


planetary housing cap screws . . . . . . 85 lb4
(115 Nm) (12 kg-m)

Fig. PI-Pressure Pinion Retainer (Later Units)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 ‘(Jul- 79) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-11

AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND REDUCTION GEARS


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Return spring test length . . . .. 1.69 in.


(43 mm) with 70 to 80 Ibs
(312 to 383 N) (31 to 38 kg)
force applied.

2 - Return spring free length . . . . ... . . 1.89 in.


(48 mm)

T38675N

I Fig. 22-Pressure Plate Return Spring

1 - Wheel hub bearings adjusted


to. . . . .0.004 in. preload to 0.004 in. end play
(0.10 mm preload to 0.10 mm end play)

NOTE: Refer to page 0250-24 when making this


adjustment.

Fig. 23-End Play or Preload on Wheel


Hub Bearings

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-12 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND REDUCTION GEARS


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

Motor housing oil seal flush to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)


below shoulder on motor housing.

Fig. 24-Motor Housing Oil Seal

1 - Planet brake ! piston housing-to-motor


housing cap screws . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 lb-ft
(136 Nam) (14 kg-m)

Fig. 25-Planet Brake Piston Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-13

AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND REDUCTION GEARS


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Planet brake backing plate-to-


wheel hub cap screws . . . . . . . . 35 lb-ft
(47 Nm) (5 kg-m)

Fig. 26-Planet Brake Backing Plate

1 - Planetary housing-to-wheel hub


cap screws .. . . . . .... . 35 lb-ft
(47 Nm) (5 kg-m)

Fig. 27-Planetary Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-14 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND REDUCTION GEARS


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued
1 - Planetary cover-to-planetary
housing cap screws . . . . . . 50 lb-ft

Fig. 28-PlanetaryCover

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-15

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1 - Swashplate anchor dowel pin


protrusion length . .’ . . 0.17 in. (4.32 mm)

Fig. 29-Swashplate Anchor Dowel Pin

Oil manifold cap screws.

Fig. 30-Oil Manifold Cap Screws

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-I 6 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

Motor shaft endplay . . , . . . , . , . 0.006 to 0.012 in.


(0.152 to 0.305 mm)

NOTE: See page 0260- 17 for this adjustment.

Fig. 314otor Shaft Endplay

Front sensor - Turn sensor in until it


contacts sensor plate. Rotate sensor
270’ counterclockwise.
Tighten jam nut , , . . . , . . . , , . . . . . 10 to 12 lb-ft
(14 to 16 N-m)

Fig. 32-Front Sensor (Early Units)

Fig. 32A-Front Sensor (Later Units)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Axles and Suspension System 2
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Specifications and Special Tools 0299-17

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE YALUES-Continued

1 - Press bushing into housing flush to


0.10 in. (0.25 mm) below edge of bore
with grease holes aligned.

2 - Cap screw torque . . ... . . 35 lb-ft


(47 Nm) (5 kg-m)

Fig. 33-Motor Housing

1 - Case relief valve spring:


Free length.. . . . _.2.37 in. (60.2 mm)

ep
Test length . . . .1.13 in. (28.7 mm)
when compressed with 22.5 i 2.3 lb.
(100.1 2 10.2 N) (10.2 i 1 kg)

Fig. 34-Case Relief Valve

Litho in U.S.A.
2 Axles and Suspension System JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0299-18 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

AXLE SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND REDUCTION GEARS


SPECIAL TOOLS

Essential Tools

Tool Tool Number Use

*JT38031 Driver - To install wear sleeve and


bearing cone on axle.
--__------- --

B c

----e-w--- I::

T6240AB
A-9.50 in. (241.3 mm) C4.50 in. (101.6 mm)
B-3.826 in. (95.25 mm)

Material: 4.00 in. Extra Heavy Black Pipe

Fig. 35-Driver

*JT38058 Spacer plates - To install tandem


axle seal in housing.

hUT
T6240At
A-l.00 in. (25.4 mm) C-4.80 in. (122 mm)
B-O.50 in. (12.7 mm) D-8.00 in. (203 mm)

Material: 3/16 in. (4.57 mm) Steel Plate

Fig. 36-Spacer Plates

*Make in dealer shop.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Controls 0315-l

Section 3
TRANSMISSION
CONTENTS OF THIS SECTION
Page Page

GROUP 0315 - CONTROLS GROUP 0350 - GEARS, SHAFTS,


Clutch Valve Linkage BEARINGS AND POWER
Removal ............................ 0315-3 SHIFT CLUTCH-Continued
Repair .............................. 0315-3 Repair
installation. .......................... 0315-4 Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . 0350-4
Adjustment .......................... 0315-4 Low and High-Range Drive Shafts . . . 0350-5
Direction Selector Lever and Linkage Clutch Pack Assembly. . . . . . . . . . 0350-5
Removal ............................ 0315-5 Planetary Pack Assembly . . . . . , . . . . . 0350-l 1
Repair.. ............................ 0315-5 Tow Disconnect and Reduction
Installation. .......................... 0315-5 Gear Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . 0350-22
Adjustment ....................... .-. 0315-6 installation
Shift Lever and Linkage Planetary Pack . . . . . . . _. . . . 0350-24
Removal ............................ 0315-7 Reduction Gear Shaft and Tow
Repair .............................. 0315-7 Disconnect . . . . . . _. . . . . . . 0350-24
Installation. .......................... 0315-8 Reduction Gear Shaft Bearing Preload
Adjustment .......................... 0315-8 Adjustment. . . . . . . . . ... .. 0350-25
Transmission Clutch Pack. . . . . . . . . 0350-25
GROUP 0341 - HOUSINGS AND COVERS
Transmission Clutch Housing GROUP 0360 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
General Information .................. 0341-l Transmission Oil Pump
Removal ............................ 0341-l General Information . . . . . .. . 0360-l
Repair .............................. 0341-2 Removal . . . . .._................. 0360-l
Installation. .......................... 0341-3 Repair .. . .. .... . .. ..... 0360-l
Transmission Case and Covers Installation. . ... .... . .. .. 0360-3
General Information .................. 0341-4 Transmission Control Valve Assembly
Removal ............................ 0341-4 General Information . . . . ... ._ 0360-3
Repair .............................. 0341-4 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .._.......... 0360-3
Installation. .......................... 0341-7 Repair . . . . . . . . _. . . ... ... 0360-4
Transmission Control Valve . . . _. 0360-4
GROUP 0350 - GEARS, SHAFTS, Shift Valve Housing . . . . . _ . . . 0360-6
BEARINGS AND Installation. . ... ..... ... . .. 0360-6
POWER SHIFT CLUTCH Transmission Oil Pressure Regulating
General Information .................... 0350-l Valve
Removal General Information . .. _ .... 0360-7
Transmission Clutch Pack. ............ 0350-2 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . 0360-7
Low- and High-Range Drive Shafts Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0360-7
and Planetary Pack ................ 0350-2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0360-8
Reduction Gear Shaft and Adjustment . . . ... . .,...... 0360-8
Tow Disconnect ................... 0350-3
Contents continued on next page

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor’ Graders
0315-2 Controls TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

CONTENTS OF THIS SECTION-Continued


Page Page
GROUP 0360 _ HYDRAULIC SYSTEM-Continued GROUP 0370 - CLUTCH DISCONNECT
Transmission Clutch Valve AND CONTROLS
General information .................. 0360-9 Clutch Linkage
Removal ............................ 0360-9 General Information ................ . 0370-l
Repair .............................. 0360-9 Removal .......................... 0370-2
Installation. .......................... 0360-l 1 Repair ............................ 0370-2
Adjustment ......................... 0360-l 1 Installation. ........................ 0370-2
Forward-Reverse Modulator Adjustment ........................ 0370-3
General Information ................. 0360-l 1 Clutch Shaft and Carrier Assembly
Removal ........................... 0360-l 2 Removal .......................... ,. 0370-3
Repair ............................. 0360-l 2 Repair ............................ 0370-3
Installation. ......................... 0360-l 2 Installation. ........................ 0370-3
Transmission Oil Filter Assembly Clutch Elements
General Information ................. 0360-l 3 General Information ................ 0370-4
Removal ........................... 0360-l 3 Removal .......................... 0370-4
Repair ............................. 0360-l 3 Repair ............................ . 0370-5
Installation .......................... 0360-13 Installation. ........................ . 0370-6
Transmission Filter Restriction Switch
General Information ................. 0360-l 4 GROUP 0399 - SPECIFICATIONS AND
Removal ........................... 0360-l 4 SPECIAL TOOLS
Repair ............................. 0360-l 4 Specifications and Torque Values
Installation .......................... 0360-l 4 Housings and Covers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0399-l
Gears, Shafts, Bearings and
Power Shift Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0399-2
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0399-8
Clutch Disconnect and Controls . . . . . b399-15
Special Tools
Gears, Shafts, Bearings and
Power Shift Clutch . . _ . . . . . . . . . . 0399-l 6
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0399-l 6
Clutch Disconnect and Controls ... 0399-l 7

Litbo in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Controls 0315-3

Group 0315
CONTROLS
CLUTCH VALVE LINKAGE
REMOVAL REPAIR

I-Nut (2 used) 14-Cotter Pin (2 used)


2-Clutch Pedal Pivot l&Cap Screw
Pin Support 16-Clamp (2 used)
3-Cap Screw (2 used) 17-Boot
4-Washer (2 used) 16-Cable Spacer
6-Cap Screw (3 used) 1 g--Pin
6-Washer (2 used) tO--Yoke
7-Bushing (2 used) 21-Nut
8-Clutch Pedal 22-Clutch Cable
g--Pin Support Clamp Bracket
lo--Cap Screw 23-Lock Washer (2 used)
1 l-Spacer 24-Cap Screw (2 used)
12-Clamp 2!5-Seal
13-Pin 26-Clutch Cable

l-Clutch Cable J-Clutch Pedal


Fig. P-Clutch Valve Linkage ( -08636)
2-Cap Screw (3 used)

Fig. I-Clutch Pedal Valve and Clutch Cable Inspect bushing (7, Fig. 2 or 10, Fig. 3) for wear or
damage. Replace as necessary.
Remove panel from left-hand side of control con-
sole. inspect clutch cable (26 or 22) for bends or kinks.
Replace if defective.
Disconnect control cable (1, Fig. 1).

Remove cap screws (5 and 10, Fig. 2 or 4 and 18,


Fig. 3).

Slide out clutch pedal pivot pin support (2 or 5) and


clutch pedal (8 or 11).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0315-4 Controls TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

INSTALLATION
Secure cable (26, Fig. 2 or 22, Fig. 3) to bracket (22
or 23) with clamp (15 or 17) and cap screws (16 or 18).

Secure yoke (20) to clutch valve lever extension with


pin (19) and cotter pin (14).

Secure cable (26 or 22) to clutch pedal pivot pin


support (2 or 5). Be sure to install cable spacer (18 or
15) between pivot pin support and cable.

Position clutch pedal (8 or 11) on pin support (9).

Secure pivot pin support to pin support (9) with cap


screws (5 or 4).
l-Nut (4 used) 14-Clevis
P-Washer 16-Strap (2 used)
I-Nut %-Nut Secure cable to pedal with pin (13 or 12) and cotter
4-Cap Screw (2 used) 17-Clamp (2 used) pin.
6-Clutch Pedal Pivot la--Cap Screw (4 used)
Pin Support 1g--Pin ADJUSTMENT
B-Pipe Spacer 20-Yoke
7-Cap Screw Pl-Nut Depress the clutch pedal (8, Fig. 2 or 11, Fig. 3) until
E-Cap Screw (2 used) 22-Clutch Cable a heavy spring resistance is felt. Release the pedal.
g--Pin Support 23-Clutch Cable
Adjust the clutch cable yoke (20) so the height between
1 ’IO-Bushing (2 used) Clamp Bracket
I I-Clutch Pedal 24-Lock Washer (2 used) the clutch pedal and brake pedal is within 0.25 in. (6
I l-Pin 26-Cap Screw (2 used) mm).
13-Cotter Pin (2 used)
Turn the unit in both directions to make sure the
Fig. 3-Clutch Valve Linkage (08637- )
cable is not binding or stressed.

If a high-pressure washer was used in the clutch


:able area before S.N. 08637, the following procedure
should be followed to remove any moisture that may
have been forced into the cable to prevent possible
freeze-up problems in cold climates.

Loosen cables at both ends and remove seals.


Attach a dry compressed air line to transmission end.
B!ow dry air through cable to completely purge all
moisture. Do not add lubricant, since the cable’s origi-
nal special lubricant will be damaged. Reinstall cable,
making sure all seals are replaced tightly.

NOTE: If a new clutch cable kit is installed, the


above procedure will not be necessary.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Controls 0315-S

Remove L.H. control console cover.


DIRECTION SELECTOR
LEVER AND LINKAGE To remove cable (21, Fig. 4), remove cap screws
REMOVAL (14, Fig. 5) cotter pin (12) and pin (20).

To remove lever (1, Fig. 4), disconnect ball joint (20)


and remove retaining ring (2).

To remove arm (9), remove nut (17) and disconnect


link (6) and rod (3).

REPAIR
Inspect cable for wear, damage and binding.

Inspect pivot points for wear.

Inspect all parts for wear and damage and replace


as necessary.

Use John Deere Never-Seez or an equivalent on all


pivot point areas. I

INSTALLATION
Install nut (4, Fig. 5) on rod (7). Install ball joint (6) on 1
rod (7) so as to have 0.67 in. (17 mm) thread engage-
ment. Lock ball joint with nut (4).

Install nut (27) on rod (7). Install yoke (26) so that


distance between yoke pin cross hole and stud on ball
joint (6) is 8.56 in. (217.5 mm). Do not lock yoke in
l-Direction Selector 1 l-Yoke
position until final adjustment is made.
Lever 12-Pin
2--Retaining Ring 13-Retaining Ring
3-Rod 14-Nut install jam nut and yoke on link (6, Fig. 4). Adjust 1
cl--Retaining Ring 16-Eccentric yoke so that distance between center of washer on link
6-Pin 16-Washer (6) and yoke pin cross hole is 3.31 in. (84 mm). Do not
B-Link With Yoke 17-Nut
lock yoke in position until final adjustment is made.
7-Interlock Cam 18-Clamp
I-Cotter Pin 1O-Cap Screw
g--Arm 20-Ball Joint Install cable (18, Fig. 5) and secure with clamps (15
IO-Jam Nut 21-Cable and 31).

Fig. #-Direction Selector Lever


Set direction lever on transmission control valve in
the neutral (center detent) position. Adjust yoke (19) on
cable (18) so that when it is connected to the direction
lever on the control valve the distance between the
center of the hook on the other end of the cable and the
center of the mounting clamp (15) is 5.32 in. (135 mm).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0315-6 Controls TM-7 788 (Dee-87)

CLAMP PLATE

I - 418
VALVE ARM

i"61624N

l-Cap Screw (2 used) g-Washer 1 ‘I-Washer 25-Pin


2-Nut (2 used) lQ-Bushing 18-Cable 26-Yoke
3-Knob 11-Arm 1 g--Yoke 27-Nut
4-Nut 12-Cotter Pin 20-Pin 28-Bushing
5-Washer 13-Cotter Pin 21-Lock Washer 29-Direction Selector
6-Ball Joint 14-Cap Screw (2 used) PP--Retaining Ring Lever
7--Rod 15-Clamp 23-Eccentric ( -509129) 30-Nut ( -509129)
8-Lock Nut 16-Nut Screw (509130. 1 Nut (509130- 1
24-Retaining Ring Washer (2 used) (509130. 1
Sl-Clamp (2 used)

Fig, 5-Direction Selector Linkage

Install direction selector lever (29, Fig. 5) and ADJUSTMENT


secure with retaining ring (22).
Apply parking brake.
Install eccentric ( -509129) or screw
(509130- ) (23) into arm (11) and secure with Rotate eccentric (23, Fig. 5) until it moves interlock
nut (30). cam to the point where the tab welded to the cam
contacts the parking brake pedal. Tighten eccentric
Install washer (17), interlock cam, arm (1 l), washer lock nut ( -509129) (30) or nut and washer
(9) and lock nut (8) in that order. (509130- )

Install rod (7). Secure ball joint (6) to direction Adjust length of link (6, Fig. 4) so that pin (5) just
selector lever (29) and yoke (26) to arm (11). Pin (25) bottoms in slot in the rod brackets.
must be installed with retaining ring (24) to the
outside. Release parking brake.

Install link (6, Fig. 3). Secure yoke to rod (3) and Adjust direction selector lever stop screws (1, Fig.
washer to interlock cam (7). 5) so that a slight override of forward and reverse
detents is possible.
Connect cable (21) to arm (9).
Tighten all lock nuts after adjustments are made.

Operate the rear steer control lever to turn the unit


in both directions to make sure the cable is not
binding or stressed.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-so) Controls 0315-7

SHIFT LEVER AND LINKAGE

f+
I
19

l-Nut (2 used) g--Yoke 11 -Cotter Pin 16-Cap Screw


2-Lock Washer (2 used) 7-Cotter Pin 12--Retaining Ring 17-Nut
3-Clamp (2 used) 8-Pin 13-Knob 18-Nut
4-Cap Screw (2 used) g--Cap Screw 14-Bushing 1 g--Clamp
6-Nut IO-Shift Cable 15-Shift Lever

Fig. B-Shift Lever and Linkage

REMOVAL Remove R.H. control console cover.

Remove shift lever (2, Fig. 7) by disconnecting cable 1


(5) and removing retaining ring (1).

Remove cable (5) by removing clamps (4, Fig. 7 and 1


3, Fig. 6) and pin (8).

REPAIR
Inspect cable for wear, damage and binding and
replace if necessary.

Inspect bushing (14, Fig. 6) for wear.


l-Retaining Ring 4-Clamp
2-Shift Lever 5-Cable Inspect all parts for damage and replace as neces-
3-Cap Screw sary.

Fig. 7-Shift Lever


Use John Deere Never-Seez or an equivalent on all
pivot point areas.

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0315-a Controls TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

INSTALLATION ADJUSTMENT
install shift lever (15, Fig. 6) on pivot pin and secure Move the shift arm on the transmission control valve
with retaining ring (12). to neutral. To find neutral, rotate shift arm counter-
clockwise against the stop, then rotate arm clockwise
Secure cable (10) to machine with clamps (3 and to the first detent position.
19).
Move shift lever (15, Fig. 6) to the neutral position.
Connect cable (10) to shift lever (15) and secure
with cotter pin (11). Adjust yoke (6) so pin (8) will align with hole in shift
arm.
Connect yoke (6) to valve arm with pin (8) and cotter
pin (7). Adjust shift lever stop screws (9 and 16) so that a
slight override of the neutral and eighth speed detents
Install R.H. control console cover. is possible.

Operate the rear steer control lever to turn the unit in


both directions to make sure the cable is not binding or
stressed.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jwl-78) Housings and Covers 0341-l

Group 0341
HOUSINGS AND COVERS
TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HOUSING
GENERAL INFORMATION Remove transfer drive housing lube line from clutch
housing.
The transmission clutch housing, located at the rear
of the power unit, contains the transmission oil pump
Remove lube pressure gauge tube from connector
and clutch pack assembly.
at clutch housing.

The transmission clutch housing bolts directly to the


Disconnect pump charge line from clutch oil pres-
rear of the transmission case.
sure regulating valve and remove from unit.

REMOVAL Attach a sling around clutch housing and attach to


Refer to Section 42 and remove rear mounted ripper an overhead hoist.
and rear valve (if so equipped).
Make sure all lines and hoses to clutch housing are
Drain lubricant from transmission. disconnected.

Refer to Group 0400 and remove engine. Remove cap screws securing clutch housing to
transmission case and remove clutch housing from
Refer to Group 0841 and remove transfer drive transmission case.
housing.
NOTE: There are two internal cap screws securing
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic front wheel the transmission clutch housing to the transmission
drive oil lines, take care so that contamination does not case. The clutch pack must be removed before these
enter system. Plug or cap all fittings. two cap screws can be removed.

NOTE: The engine and transfer drive housing can


be removed as a unit.

Remove cap screws securing transmission oil pump


and clutch pack assembly to clutch housing. Remove
oil pump and clutch pack assembly.

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0341-2 Housings and Covers TM- 1188 (Jul- 78)

REPAIR

l-Gasket 5-Dowel Pin (2 used) g-O-Ring (3 used)


2-O-Ring (2 used) 6-O-Ring - lO-Dowel Pin
3-Clutch Housing 7-Plug (Lube Oil Pressure 11-Pin
d--Special Cap Screw (2 used) Check 12-O-Ring
8-Gap Screw (8 used) 13-Plug

Fig. l-Clutch Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Housings and Covers 0341-3

Refer to Group 0360 and remove transmission Replace all O-rings.


clutch and pressure regulating valve.
Lubricate O-rings with oil before installation.
I
All parts must be clean to permit effective inspection.
Press dowel pins (5, Fig. 1) to bottom of bores in
All metallic parts of the transmission clutch housing clutch housing flange.
should be cleaned thoroughly with volatile mineral
spirits, or by the steam-cleaning method. Do not use a Refer to Group 0360 and secure transmission clutch
caustic soda solution for steam cleaning. Gum and valve and transmission pressure regulating valve to
varnish deposits should be removed by allowing the clutch housing.
parts to soak in varnish remover.
INSTALLATION
Parts should be dried with compressed air. Steam-
Position a new gasket to the transmission clutch
cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying.
housing.

Clean oil passages by working a piece of soft wire


Install O-rings (2 and 9, Fig.
- 1).
back and forth through the passages and flushing with
spirits. Dry the passages with compressed air.
Align the transmission clutch housing with the
transmission case and push housings together.
After cleaning, examine the parts and especially the
oil passages to make certain they are entirely clean.
Tighten internal clutch housing-to-transmission
Reclean them, if necessary.
case cap screws (4, Fig. 1) to 170 lb-ft (230 Nm) (24
kg-m).
Check clutch housing (3, Fig. 1) for cracks and other
possible damage.
Tighten clutch housing-to-transmission case cap
screws (8) to 300 lb-ft (407 Nm) (41 kg-m).
Replace all defective parts as necessary.
Install support housing and secure with snap ring.

Install high and low-range drive shafts.

Install a new gasket on the transmission oil pump


manifold and install clutch packs. Tighten cap screw to
35 lb-ft (47 Nm) (5 kg-m).

Connect hydraulic lines and electrical wires.

Refer to Group 0841 and install the transfer drive


housing.

Refer to Group 0400 and install the engine.

Fill the transmission case with recommended oil, at


filler cap, to dipstick level. (See Section I, Group V for
the type of oil used.)

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0341-4 Housings and Covers TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

TRANSMISSIQN CASE AND COVERS


GENERAL lNFORMATlON REMOVAL
The transmission case, located below the engine in Refer to Group 0400 and remove the engine.
the power unit, consists of two compartments. The
forward compartment contains the differential assem- Refer to Group 0841 and remove the transfer drive
bly and the rearward compartment contains the plane- housing.
tary pack.
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic front wheel
The transmission mounts to the engine frame and drive oil lines, take care so that contamination does not
supports the engine and final drive systems. The enter system. Plug or cap all fittings.
transmission clutch housing bolts directly to the rear of
the transmission case. Attach a hoist to the transmission case and clutch
housing.

Refer to Group 0201 and remove the final drive


housing and tandem housing as a unit.

Remove cap screws attaching front of transmission


case to engine frame and remove transmission.

REPAIR

T59893F

l-Special Cap Screw (4 used) &O-Ring (2 used) 11 -Rear Cover


2-Cap Screw (7 used) ‘I-Nut (9 used) 1 P-Gasket
3-Lock Washer (8 used) I-Lock Washer (21 used) 13-Front Cover
4-Nut Q-Special Washer (15 used) 14-Gasket
5-Dipstick lO-Cap Screw (12 used)

Fig. 2-Transmission Case Top Covers

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jun-83) Housings and Covers 0341-5

Remove transmission clutch housing as described Clean oil passages by working a piece of soft wire
previously in this group. back and forth through the passages and flushing with
spirits. Dry the passages with compressed air.
Refer to Group 0360 and remove transmission con-
trol valve and forward and reverse modulator. After cleaning, examine the parts and especially the
oil passages to make certain they are entirely clean.
Remove transmission rear cover (11, Fig. 2). Reclean them, if necessary.

Remove brake caliper from front cover and brake disk For units (002356- ), install retainer screws
from brake support on front cover. (31, Fig. 3) through teardrop holes on right side of trans-
mission case (5). Fasten with cover (32) and nut (33).
Remove parking brake shaft assembly from trans-
mission front cover. Check transmission case (5, Fig. 3) and covers (11
and 13, Fig. 2) for cracks and other possible damage.
Remove transmission front cover (13).
Replace parts as needed.
Refer to Group 0210 and remove differential assem-
bly. Install steel balls (18, Fig. 3) O-rings (13), and brake
bleed valve screw (16) and jam nuts (17).
Refer to Group 0350 and remove planetary pack and
reduction gear shaft. Press clutch housing to transmission case dowel pins
(10) into transmission case until they project 1.06 in.
All parts must be clean to permit effective inspection. (26.9 mm) from base of transmission case (5).

All metallic parts of the transmission case should be Coat stud and pipe plug threads with Dow Corning
cleaned thoroughly with volatile mineral spirits, or by the Silastic 732 RTV (Black) or an equivalent before assem-
steam-cleaning method. Do not use a caustic soda solu- bly.
tion for steam cleaning. Gum and varnish deposits
should be removed by allowing the parts to soak in Coat outside of plug (24) with Dow Corning Silastic
varnish remover. 732 RTV (Black) or an equivalent before installing.

Parts should be dried with compressed air. Steam- install plug (24) 5/8 inch (16 mm) below outside sur-
cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying. face of transmission case, measured from flat surface of
plug with flange of plug facing outward.

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0341-6 Housings and Covers TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

/20
0
T91503

l-Retainer, Storage Bore 12-O-Ring (2 used) 24-Plug


2-Dowel Pin (2 used) 13-O-Ring (4 used) 25-Lock Washer (6 used)
3-Special Pipe Plug (4 used) 14-Plug 26-Cap Screw (4 used)
4-Dowel Pin (2 used) IS-Pipe Plug (2 used) 27-Nut (2 used)
B-Transmission Case ( -002355) Is-Brake Bleed Valve Screw (2 used) 26-Rear Cover
Transmission Case (002356- ) 17-Jam Nut (2 used) 29-Gasket
B-Stud (3 used) 16-Steel Ball (2 used) 30-Stud (2 used)
7-Stud 19-Dowel Pin (4 used) 31--Retainer Screw (2 used - Right
6-Dowel Pin (2 used) 20-Plug (2 used) Side Only) (002356- )
g-O-Ring (2 used) 21-Drain Plug 32-Cover (2 used - Right Side Only)
lo-Dowel Pin (2 used) 22-Special Washer (002356- )
11 -O-Ring (3 used) 23-O-Ring 33-Nut (2 used - Right Side Only)
(002356- )
Fig. 3-Transmission Case 34-Funnel (002356- )

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (J&78) Housings and Covers 0341-7

Refer to Group 0210 and install differential assem- INSTALLATION


bly.
Hoist transmission into engine frame and install cap
screws.
Refer to Group 0350 and install reduction gear shaft
and planetary pack.
Refer to Group 0201 and secure the final drive
assembly to transmission case.
Install transmission front cover.
Connect hydraulic lines, wires and control linkages.
Refer to Group 1111 and install parking brake shaft
assembly.
Refer to Group 0841 and install the transfer drive
housing.
Install brake caliper and brake disk to front cover.
Refer to Group 0400 and install the engine.
Install transmission rear cover.

Refer to Group 0360 and install transmission control


valve.

Assemble transmission clutch housing to transmis-


sion case as described in this group.

Lifho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0341-8 Housincp and Covers TM- 1188 (Jut-78)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-l

Group 0350
GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND
POWER SHIFT CLUTCH
GENERAL INFORMATION

7
b
24 2
22

T41056N

l-Spiral Bevel Pinion +Transmission Clutch Housing 18-Support Housing


2-Disconnect Shifter Collar l&-C2 Clutch Pack 19-Transmission Case
3-Reduction Gear Shaft Ii-Cl Clutch Pack 28--81 Brake Pack
Bearing Retainer 12-Oil Pump Housing 21--82 Brake Pack
4-Disconnect Shifter Yoke 13-Clutch Oil Pump 22--83 Brake Pack
5-Reduction Gear 14-Clutch Drive Shaft 23-B4 Brake Pack
8-Reduction Gear Shaft 15-Clutch Manifold 24-Gear
7-C3 Clutch Pack E-Clutch Separator Plate
8-Transmission Case Rear Cover 17-Clutch Backing Plate

fig. 1-Power Shift Transmission

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-2 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (J&78)

The John Deere Power Shift Transmission provides The transmission consists of a clutch pack located in
eight forward and four reverse speeds. Speed ranges the clutch housing and a planetary pack located in the
are controlled by the speed selector lever. Shifting transmission case.
on-the-go and under load is accomplished by two
compound planetary pinion sets which are controlled /A tow disconnect lever can be engaged to discon-
by three clutches and four brakes. These are hydrauli- nect the transmission from the differential for towing
tally actuated by pressure oil from the transmission oil the grader and for transmission control pressure
pump. checks.

REMOVAL
NOTE: Careful determination of the transmission Low- and High-Range Drive Shafts
component to be serviced is required in order that on/y and Planetary Pack
the necessary grader components need be removed
Refer to Group 0841 and remove the transfer drive
for servicing.
housing.

Transmission Clutch Pack


Refer to Group 0400 and remove the engine.
Refer to Group 0841 and remove the transfer drive
housing. Remove the transmission oil pump and clutch pack
assembly from the transmission clutch housing.
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic front wheel
drive oil lines, take careso that contamination does not To remove the low- and high-range drive shafts, pull
enter system. Plug or cap all fittings. shafts from their mounted position in the transmission
clutch housing.
Remove cap screws securing the transmission
pump to the transmission clutch housing. Remove snap ring and pull support housing (18, Fig.
1) from the clutch housing.
The transmission oil pump and clutch pack are
removed from the transmission clutch housing as a unit Remove transmission case rear cover, front cover
(Fig. 2). and parking brake assembly.

Remove reduction gear shaft bearing retainer from


inside differential compartment.

Use a long brass drift to reach through bore in


planetary pack from the rear. Drive reduction gear
shaft forward enough to free planetary pack.

l-Clutch Separator Plate 3-42 Clutch Pack


2-Clutch Backing Plate 4-Cl Clutch Pack

Fig. PTransmission Oil Pump and Clutch Pack

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-3

Remove cap screws securing planetary pack to Reduction Gear Shaft and
transmission case. Tow Disconnect
Refer to Group 0400 and remove engine.

Remove transmission case top covers.

Remove reduction gear shaft bearing retainer from


inside differential compartment.

Remove reduction gear shaft from transmission


case.

Remove disconnect shifter lever (16, Fig. 42) from


shaft (9).

Remove disconnect shifter stop (14).

Remove retainer (7) and pull shaft (9) from trans-


mission case.

Remove left hand shifter yoke shaft (12).


Fig. 3-Removing Planetary Pack
Hold yoke (10) forward and lift reduction gear out of
Install two eye bolts or lifting eyes to remove the transmission case.
planetary pack. The B3 housing has two 9/16 inch
c Remove yoke (lo), disconnect shifter collar (12),
tapped holes for this purpose.
Fig. 41), rear bearing cone (14) and cup (15).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-4 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- I 188 (Jul- 79)

REPAIR
Cleaning and Inspection NOTE: Never spin dry bearings with compressed 1
air. Do not rotate bearings while they are not lubricat-
Parts which have close operating tolerances must
ed.
be handled carefully to prevent nicking, scratching, or
Inspect bearings for roughness of rotation. Replace
denting. The slightest damage to these parts can result
a bearing if its rotation is still rough after cleaning and
in erratic operation and possible malfunction of the
oiling.
transmission. These parts should be carefully handled
and protected during removal, cleaning, inspection,
Inspect bearings for scored, pitted, scratched,
and installation.
cracked or chipped races, and for indication of exces-
sive wear of rollers or balls. If one of these defects is
All parts must be clean to permit effective inspection.
found, replace the bearing.
During assembly, it is very important that no dirt or
foreign matter enters the transmission, Even minute
Inspect the defective bearing’s housing and shaft for
particles can cause the malfunction of close-fitting
grooved, burred, or galled conditions that indicate the
parts.
bearing has been turning in its housing or on its shaft. If
the damage cannot be repaired with crocus cloth,
All metallic parts of the transmission (except bear-
replace the defective part.
ings) should be cleaned thoroughly with volatile min-
eral spirits, or by the steam-cleaning method. Do not
Inspect lip-type oil seals for cuts and hardness.
use a caustic soda solution for steam cleaning. Gum
Replace the oil seals if these defects are found.
and varnish deposits should be removed by allowing
the parts to soak in varnish remover.
When replacing lip-type oil seals, make sure the lip
of each oil seal is toward the oil to be sealed (toward
Parts should be dried with compressed air. Steam-
the inside of the unit). Use a nonhardening sealing
cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying.
compound on the outside of the seal to help prevent oil
leaks. Coat the inside of the seal with high temperature
Clean oil passages by working a piece of soft wire
grease (AT30408 or equivalent) to protect the seal
back and forth through the passages and flushing with
during shaft installation and to provide lubrication dur-
spirits. Dry the passages with compressed air.
ing initial operation.

After cleaning, examine the parts and especially the


Inspect gears for scuffed, nicked, burred, or broken
oil passages to make certain they are entirely clean.
teeth. If the defect cannot be removed with a soft
Reclean them, if necessary.
honing stone, replace the gear.

Bearings that have’ been in service should be


Inspect gear teeth for wear that may have destroyed
thoroughly washed in volatile mineral spirits.
the original tooth shape. If this condition is found,
replace the gear.
If the bearings are particularly dirty or filled with
hardened grease, soak them in the spirits before trying
Inspect the thrust faces of gears for scores,
to clean them.
scratches, and burrs. Remove such defects with a soft
honing stone.
Before inspection, oil the bearings with the same
type of oil that will be used in the transmission.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-5

Low- and High-Range Drive Shafts Clutch Pack Assembly

l-Snap Ring 5-High-Range Drive


P-Clutch Support Shaft W$” :>““I.y
-,J,b‘CL/,.

Housing 6-Bushing
3-Spring Pin 7-Thrust Washer l-Cap Screw 3-Cl Clutch Drum
4-Low-Range Drive 6-Snap Ring 2-C2 Clutch Drum 4-Clutch Manifold and
Shaft ( -005298) 9-Support Sleeve Pump Assembly
Low-Range Drive
Shaft (005299- ) Fig.5-Clutch Pack Assembly

Fig.4-Low- and High-Range Drive Shafts For easy disassembly and assembly of clutch pack
position clutch shaft through a hole in work bench or
Refer to Figure 4 during disassembly and assembly in a suitable stand.
of drive shafts.
Remove cap screws (1, Fig. 5) holding clutch
Slide low-range drive shaft (4, Fig. 4) from high- drums together.
range drive shaft (5).
Remove C2 clutch drum (2) from Cl drum (3).
Remove clutch support housing (2) from clutch
housing. Remove clutch plates (11, Fig. 6) and disks (12),
clutch hub (10) and clutch separator plate from Cl
Inspect and replace parts as needed. clutch drum (3, Fig. 5).

Press bushing (6) into high-range drive shaft (5) Remove snap ring from clutch drive shaft and
0.400 in. (0.0157 mm) below end of shaft. remove Cl clutch drum.

I. D. of new bushing is 1.327-l .329 in. (33.71-33.76


mm).

Install clutch support housing (2) with spring pin


(3) into clutch housing so that spring pin fits into cast
notch of clutch housing. Spring pin must fit inside
end gap of snap ring (1).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350.6 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM-1 188 (Dee-87)

8
6

,i-

T61630N

I-Cap Screw (6 used) S-Outer Seal g--Snap Ring


2-C2 Clutch Drum S-High-Range Clutch Piston lo--High-Range Clutch Hub
L-Bushing I-Clutch Plston Return Spring ( -005296) 1 l-Clutch Drive Plate
4-tnner Seal Disk Spring (6 used) (005299- ) (1 flat and 5 wavy used)
S-Spring Retainer ( -005296) 12-Clutch Drive Disk (6 used)

Fig. &Transmission C2 Clutch Pack

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM-1 188 (Dee-87) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-7

10

l--Clutch Separator Plate ( -005298) 8-Snap Ring 11-Inner Seal


Clutch Separator Plate (005299- 1 ‘I-Spring Retainer ( -005298) ll-Snap Ring (2 used)
a--Dowel Pins (2 used) ( -005298) 8-Clutch Piston Return Spring ( -005298) 13-Cl Clutch Drum
3-Clutch Drive Plate (1 flat and 4 wavy used) Disk Spring (8 used) (005299- ) 14-Bushing
4-Clutch Drive Disk (5 used) g-Low-Range Clutch Piston 15-Clutch Drive Shatt
5-Low-Range Clutch Hub lo-Outer Seal

Fig. 7-Transmission CI Clutch Pack

Use a JDT-24 spring compressor (1, Fig. 8) to


depress clutch piston return spring in Cl and C2
clutch drum until snap ring (2) can be removed.

Remove clutch pistons (6, Fig. 6 and 9, Fig. 7) from


the Cl and C2 clutch drums.

l-JDT-24 Spring P-Snap Ring


Compressor 3-Clutch Drum

Fig. B-Spring Compressor Tool

Litho in U.S.A.
3 TfXLSmiSSiOn JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
8350-a Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (J&78)

l-Sealing Ring 2-Ring Grooves


(3 used) 3-Oil Manifold

3 Fig. 9-Sealing Ring Location


l--Cl Clutch Drum 3-Polished Surface
m
2-Seal Ring
Turn sealing rings (1, Fig. 9) in their grooves and
check for freedom. If they are stuck, check for con- Fig. IO-C.2 Clutch Drum
tamination or a bad manifold.
Inspect the sealing ring pattern (3, Fig. 10) in the Cl
Remove the rings and inspect for wear. The sides of clutch drum (1).
the ring opposite the pressure side should be smooth
and polished. The polished area should cover all but There should be three smooth, even polished sur-
the extreme outer edge of the ring. faces with a full 360 degrees of contact. Skips in the
pattern indicate a defective clutch drum or sealing
If a thin wear line is present, look for the edge of the rings.
housing rolled over into the ring groove or burrs holding
the sealing ring away from the side of the groove. If the ring pattern is worn into the clutch drum, the
sealing rings are sticking in the ring grooves.
Improper seating of the rings will cause high leak-
age. Inspect the clutch drum for scratches, nicks or
porosity across the sealing ring pattern as this will
increase leakage.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM-1 188 (Dee-87) Gears. Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-g

1 -Bushing ( -005298) 13-Bushing


Needle Bearing (005299- ) i4-Gasket
P-Clutch Drive Shaft ( -005298) 15-Steel Ball (2 used)
Clutch Drive Shaft (005299- ) 1 B-Cap Screw
3-Snap Ring (2 used) 17-011 Pump Housing
4-Thrust Washer 18-Cap Screw
5-Ball Bearing 1 O-Cap Screw (2 used)
g--Snap Ring 20-011 Pump Drive
7-Bushing Gear
l-Puller 3-Bushing 8-Sealing Ring (3 used) 21-Cap Screw (3 used)
g--Gasket 22-011 Pump Internal
2-C2 Clutch Drum
1 O-Snap Ring Gear
1 l-Cap screw (8 used) 23-Packing
Fig. 11 -C2 Clutch Drum Bushing 12-Clutch Manifold 24-Oil Pump Body

Inspect the bushing (3, Fig. 11) and replace if Fig. 1BClutch Drive Shaft and Oil Pump
necessary.

Press bushing (3) 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) below rear


surface of C2 clutch drum.

Remove snap ring (10, Fig. 12) and pull clutch


drive shaft (2) from the manifold (12).

NOTE: If clutch manifold (12) is removed from oil


pump housing (17), be careful not to lose steel balls
(15).

Remove snap ring (6) ball bearing (5) and thrust


washer (4) from clutch drive shaft (2). Inspect parts
and replace as required.

Inspect bushing ( -005298) (1, Fig. 12) or needle


bearing (005299- ) and (2, Fig. 13) for wear and
scoring.

Press bushing ( -005298) (1, Fig. 12) or needle


bearing (005299- ) flush with edge of bushing
!I'536288
bore.
l-05 Manifold l-Bushing

Fig. 1%Bushing Location

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-10 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

Lubricate all parts with the same type of oil used in Install the three sealing rings (1, Fig. 9) in their
the transmission before assembling clutch pack. proper location on clutch oil manifold. Make sure
tangs are interlocked.
Install the thrust washer (4, Fig. 12) ball bearing
(5), and snap ring (6) on the clutch drive shaft (2). Install snap ring (3, Fig. 12) in the groove nearest
the manifold.
Install drive shaft (2) and secure with snap ring
(10). Apply petroleum jelly or an equivalent on sealing
_- rings before installing Cl clutch drum.

Position Cl clutch drum (2, Fig. 15) on clutch oil


manifold assembly. Be careful not to damage sealing
rings on clutch oil manifold.

i ,,sj,\
“jj&?j<” ,,:,, .I

l-Clutch Piston G-inner Seal


2-Outer Seal

Fig. 14-Clutch Piston Seals

Thoroughly clean and install new inner and outer


piston seals (2 and 3, Fig. 14). Make sure the lip of !rS363S?.7’-v ,;., 1

the inner seal (3) is in the down position when l--Snap Ring 2-Cl Clutch Drum
installed on clutch drums.
Fig. 15-Installing the Cl Clutch
Clutch Drum
Coat inner and outer clutch piston seals and inside
and outside surfaces of clutch pistons with oil before Install snap ring (1).
assembly.

Install clutch pistons in Cl and C2 clutch drum.


Protect clutch piston inner seals with suitable thin
sleeve when installing.

Install clutch piston return springs and spring


retainers ( -005298) or disk springs (005299- ).
Use a spring compressor to compress springs and
install snap rings (Fig. 8).

bitho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-I 1

Planetary Pack Assembly


Protect assembly from dirt contamination at all
times.

Use the exploded view (Fig. 18) to identify parts


and as a reference for disassembly.

l-C2 Clutch Hub 4-Cl Clutch Drum


2-Drive Disk 5-Drive Plate
3-Separator Plate

Fig. 76-C/&h Plates and Disks

Inspect Cl and C2 clutch plates and


signs of excessive heat and warping. If evident,
l-C3 Clutch Housing 4--83 Brake Housing
install new plates and disks. a--Cap Screw (5 used) 5--82 Brake Housing
3--84 Brake Housing 6-Bl Brake Housing
IMPORTANT: Clutch drive plates with wavy configu-
ration have a notched tang and a punch mark on Fig. 17-Planetary Pack
one side. For smooth transmission engagement,
punch marked side of wavy plates must be installed Place planetary pack on work bench with B-l
alternately in pack. housing down. Remove five hex. bolts (2, Fig. 17)
securing brake housings together.
Place low-range clutch hub in Cl clutch drum
with flat side up. Starting with the flat clutch drive Lift B-4 housing off while applying finger pressure
plate against the piston, alternately install five clutch to separator plate next to piston to keep piston from
drive disks and four wavy clutch drive plates. Install dropping out of bore. Remove plates, disks and
the wavy plates in pack so punch marked side is springs.
installed alternately, marked side up, marked side
down, marked side up, etc. Lift C-3 clutch housing out of pack.

Place high-range clutch hub in the C2 clutch drum Remove B3 housing, plates, disks, springs and B3
with the flat side up. Starting with the flat clutch drive ring gear.
plate against the piston, alternately install six clutch
drive disks and five wavy clutch drive plates. Install Remove B2 housing, plates, disks and spring,s
the wavy plates in pack so punch marked side is from brake backing plate.
installed alternately, marked side up, marked side
down, marked side up, etc. After removing 82 brake housing, the planetary
carrier assembly (14, Fig. 18) can be removed from
Position clutch separator plate (3, Fig. 16) with Bl brake housing. Bl and 82 ring gears will come
dowel pins to C2 clutch drum. with the planetary unit.

Pick up assembled C2 clutch drum and position to


Cl clutch drum assembly.

Install six long cap screws and tighten to 20 lb-ft


(27 N.m) (3 kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-l 2 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (J&78)

‘A

lW633N

1 -Cap Screw 7A-Bushing (rear) 9 -Spring (8 used in 83)


2 -B4 Brake Piston Housing and 7B-C3 Clutch Piston Housing 10 -B3 Ring Gear
Piston Assembly 7C-Bushing (front) 11 -Fourth Planet Sun Pinion
2A-B4 Brake Piston Housing 7D-Housing Sealing Ring 12 -B2 Brake Piston Housing and
28-64 Housing Seat 7E-Piston Sealing Ring Piston Assembly
2CB4 Piston Seal 7F-C3 Clutch Piston 12A-B2 Brake Piston Housing
2D-B4 Brake Piston 7G-Piston Return Spring 12B-82 Housing Seal
3 -Brake Piston Return Plate 7H--Spring Retainer 12CB2 Piston Seal
(4 used) 71 -Snap Ring 12D--82 Brake Piston
4 -Spring (8 used in 81, 82 and 84) 7J -C3 Clutch Hub 13 -Planetary Brake Backing Plate
5 -Brake Disk 7K-C3 Clutch Plate (5 used) 14 -Planet Pinion Carrier Assembly
(2 used in 84) 7L-C3 Clutch Disk (5 used) (see Fig. 25)
(3 used in Bl and 82) 7M-C3 Clutch Drum 15 -Bl Brake Piston Housing and
(5 used in B3) 8 -B3 Brake Piston Housing and Piston Assembly
6 -Brake Plate Piston Assembly 15A-Bl Brake Piston Housing
(1 used in 84) SA-B3 Brake Piston Housing 15B-81 Housing Seal
(2 used in Bl and 82) SB--83 Housing Seal 1X-Bl Brake Piston Seal
(4 used in B3) SC-B3 Piston Seal 15D-Bl Brake Piston
7 -C3 Clutch SD-Brake Piston
SE-B3 Housing Bushing

Fig. Id-Planetary Pack Components

Remove brake backing plate by prying off of dowel Inspect all brake separator plates and brake disks
pins in B, housing. for cracks, unusual grooving, broken teeth on disks, or
warping.
Remove B, disks, plates and springs.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-13

l-Brake Housing 3-Inner Seal l-B3 Brake Housing P-Bushing


2-Brake Piston 4-Outer Seal
Fig. 2OBushing Locaiion
Fig. 194nner and Outer Seals
Inspect bushings (2, Fig. 20) in B3 brake housing.
Remove brake pistons from housings. I.D. of new bushing is 3.7562 inches (95.407 mm). If
bushing requires replacement, align notches in bush-
Inspect brake housings for possible cracks. Check ing with notches in housing when installing.
ring gear for damage.
Check piston return springs for proper strength. Bl,
Remove all brake housing and piston seals. Inspect B2 and 84 return spring free length should be approx-
the housing piston bores for sharp edges and remove imately 0.83 in. (21.1 mm). With 23.5 to 28.5 Ibs (105 to
with emery paper or a fine file. Thoroughly clean the 127 N) (11 to 13 kg) compressive force, length should
housings and install new inner and outer piston seals be 0.625 in. (15.88 mm).
(3 and 4, Fig. 19). Make sure the lips of inner and outer
seals are in the down position when installed in brake B3 piston return springs have an approximate free
housings and pistons. length of 1.54 in. (39.1 mm). With a compressive load
of 23.4 to 28.6 Ibs (104 to 127 N) (11 to 13 kg), length
Coat planet brake piston seals and their mating should be 1.12 in. (28.5 mm).
surfaces with the same type of oil used in the trans-
mission before assembly. Protect seals with suitable
thin sleeve during assembly.

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-14 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

l-Piston Housing 6-Rear Bushing


2-Ball 7-Dowel Pin
3-Plug 6-Clutch Piston
4-Inner Seal g-Outer Seal
!5-Front Bushing

Fig. 22-C3 Piston Housing

l-C3 Clutch Housing 3-Front Bushing Inspect bushings (5 and 6, Fig. 22) in the C3 clutch
2-Rear Bushing 4-Cap Screw (6 used) piston housing. I.D. of front bushing is 1.9425 to 1.9445
inch (49.340 to 49.390 mm) and I.D. of rear bushing is
Fig. 21 -C3 Clutch Assembly
2.128 to 2.130 inches (54.05 to 54.10 mm). Install front
bushing (5) 0.19 inch (4.8 mm) deep. Rear bushing
Disassemble the C3 clutch housing (1, Fig. 21) by
must be installed with the large chamfer on inside
removing six cap screws (4) securing unit together.
diameter facing the outside.

Use a JDT-24 spring compressor to depress clutch


If dowel pin (7, Fig. 22) is replaced, press into piston
piston return spring (7G, Fig. 18) in C3 piston housing
housing (1) until 0.39 in. (10 mm) remains exposed.
until snap ring (71) can be removed.

Inspect C3 clutch plates and disk for signs of ex-


Check piston return spring (7G) for proper strength.
cessive heat and warping. If evident, install new plates
Free length is 2.70 inches (68.5 mm). With 275 +- 27
and disks.
Ibs. (1223 or 122 N) (125 +- 12 kg) compressive load,
length should be 1.12 inches (28.5 mm)
Coat inner and outer clutch piston seals and inside
and outside surfaces of clutch pistons with oil before
Remove clutch piston from C3 piston housing.
assembly.
Thoroughly clean and install new inner and outer pis-
ton seals. Make sure the lip of inner seal is in down
Install the clutch piston in C3 clutch drum. Protect
position when installed on housing.
clutch piston inner seal with suitable thin sleeve when
installing.
Make sure C3 air bleed ball (2, Fig. 22) is free to
move. Clean passage if required.

Plug (3) is to protrude 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) from bottom


of piston bore.

Plug (3) must retain ball (2) when a 5 lb. (23 N) (2 kg)
force is applied to ball from the opposite side.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (J&78) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-l 5

l-Clutch Hub 3-Plates and Disks


2-Clutch Drum

Fig. 23-C3 Clutch Assembly

Install clutch piston return spring and spring retainer.


Use a JDT-24 spring compressor to compress spring
l-B1 Ring Gear 4-Front Cover
and install snap ring.
2-Front Retainer 5-Cap Screw (3 used)
I-Bushing GCap Screw (3 used)
Place clutch hub (1, Fig. 23) in C3 clutch drum (2).
Starting with the clutch drive plate, alternately install Fig. 24-Planet Pinion Carrier Front Cover
five clutch drive plates and five clutch drive disks (3) in
the Cl clutch drum. Remove cap screws securing retainer (2, Fig. 24)
and front cover to planetary carrier and remove re-
Position the C3 clutch piston housing on the C3 tainer. Lift front cover (4) from carrier and disassemble
clutch drum and secure with cap screws. Tighten cap front gears. Plate may have to be pried off dowel pins.
screws to 20 lb-ft (27 Nm) (3 kg-m). BE CAREFUL not to lose the bearing rollers (8, Fig.
25). There are 62 in each planet pinion gear.

Examine planet pinion shafts (5) for wear. Replace if


necessary. Check sun and planet pinion gears for
chips or unusual wear. Replace if necessary.

Turn carrier onto opposite end. Remove retaining


cap screws and disassemble this part of carrier as-
sembly in the same manner as the other end. Inspect
bearing rollers, shafts and pinions. Replace if neces-
sary.

Inspect B2 and B3 sun pinion thrust washers for


wear and damage. Replace sun pinions if necessary.

Inspect bushing (3, Fig. 24) in planet pinion carrier


front cover. I.D. of bushing is 2.366 to 2.368 inches
(60.10 to 60.15 mm).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-16 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (Jul-78)

&g$- 30
IT61
634N

l-Thrust Washer ll--83 Sun Pinion with Thrust Washer 21-Cl Sun Pinion (B2)
2-Cap Screw (3 used) 12-Fourth Planet Pinion (3 used) 22-C2 Sun Pinion (Bl)
3-Rear Retainer 13-Steel Ball (9 used) 23--81 Ring Gear
4-Rear End Plate 14-Hollow Bowel (3 used) 24-Bushing
E-Shaft (6 used) 16-Bowel Pin (3 used) 26-Front End Plate
B-Thrust Washer (16 used) 16Planet Pinion Carrier 26-Front Retainer
7-Third Planet Pinion (3 used) 17--82 Ring Gear 27-Cap Screw (3 used)
I-Roller Bearing (372 used) 18-Roller Bearing (144 used) 28-Washer (3 used)
B-Spacer (6 used) 19-Spacer (3 used) 29-Gap Screw (6 used)
l&B4 Sun Pinion 26-First and Second Planet Pinion 36-Washer (6 used)
(3 used) 31-Shaft (3 used)

Fig. 25-Planet Pinion Carrier Paris

Press bushing (24, Fig. 25) in end plate flush to 0.02


inch (0.5 mm) below the face of end plate (25) with
notched end of bushing toward the bottom of bore in
the end plate.

When assembling planetary, position planet pinion


carrier (16) front side up, on work bench.

Apply grease to steel ball (1, Fig. 26) and place ball
in recessed hole of planet pinion shaft (2).

IMPORTANT: Do not place bail in lubricating


holes (3) on shaft.

Press shaft with ball into planet pinion carrier (4)


until shaft bottoms out.

Inspect first and second planet pinion shafts (2) to


insure oil lube holes will face front end plate (25, Fig.
25). T53573:i_v

l-Steel Bail (3 used) 3-Lube Hole


2-1st and 2nd Planet Q-Planet Pinion
Pinion Shaft (3 used) Carrier

Fig. 26-hstahg Planef Pinion Shafts

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1 I88 (Jui- 79) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-17

1-1st and 2nd 3-Bearing Roller


Planet Pinion (144 used)
2-Spacer 4-Thrust Washer
l-B2 Ring Gear 4-Bl and 82 Planet
(3 used) (6 used)
P-Timing Marks Pinions
3--82 Sun Pinion j-Thrust Washer
Fig. 27-Planet Pinion Assembly
(6 used)

Install thrust washer (4, Fig. 27) onto planet pinion FQ. 28-Timing Planetary
shaft.
Install B2 ring gear (1, Fig. 28) with protruding side
Apply petroleum jelly or equivalent into bore of first installed down.
and second planet pinion (1).
Align first and second planet pinions (4) with timing
Install spacer (2) into center of planet pinion. marks (2) corresponding to timing marks on B2 ring
gear.
Place bearing rollers (3) in planet pinion bore, mak-
ing sure 24 bearing rollers are used on each side of Install B2 sun pinion (3) with two notched areas on
spacer. the top of pinion in the up position.

Slide planet pinion assembly on pinion shaft. Install Bi sun pinion (2, Fig. 29) with relieved side up
and Bl ring gear (1) with protruding side of ring gear
Coat planet pinion bearing rollers with oil. installed up.
I
Install another thrust washer (4) onto shaft. Position front cover (4, Fig. 24) over planet pinion
shafts. Install front retainer (2) and install cap screws
(5). Tighten cap screws to 35 lb-ft (47 Nm) (5 kg-m).

Install cap screws (6) and tighten to 8 lb-ft (11 Nm)


(1 kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-18 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

l-B1 Ring Gear 2--81 Sun Pinion

Fig. 294nsfalling B7 Gears

Turn assembly over and install third planet pinions,


thrust washers and shafts (Fig. 30). Be sure steel balls
are installed to prevent shafts from turning in carrier.
The third planet sun pinion is installed with the thrust
washer facing the carrier (Fig. 30).

Install fourth planet pinions with shafts and balls, l-Third Planet Pinions 3-Thrust Washer
and fourth planet sun pinion. 2-Third Planet Sun 4-Thrust Washer
Pinion L&-Pinion Shaft
Coat planet pinion bearing rollers with oil after pin-
Fig. 30-Installing Third Planet Sun Pinion
ions are installed.

Install rear cover and retainer and tighten cap


screws (5, Fig. 31) to 30 lb-ft (41 Nm) (4 kg-m) torque.

Tighten cap screws (4) to 8 lb-ft (11 Nm) (1 kgm).

Install thrust washer (1) and B4 sun pinion.

l-Thrust Washer 4-Cap Screw (3 used)


P-Rear Cover 5--Cap Screw (3 used)
3-64 Sun Pinion E---Rear Retainer

Fig. 31-/nsfalling Thrusf Washer

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (J&78) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-l 9

l-Brake Piston 3-Guide Screws l-Guide Screw 3-Brake Disk (5 used)


2-Piston Return Plate 4--81 Brake Housing a--Dowel Pin 4-Plate (4 used)

Fig. 32-Assembling Bl Brake F@ 34-Installing Bl Plates and Disks

Place the Bl brake housing (4, Fig. 32) on a work Alternately install three brake disks (3, Fig. 34) and
bench with the piston (1) installed. install piston return two plates (4) starting with a disk.
plate (2) and guide screws (3).
Install dowel pins (2) in the untapped holes. Install
the eight piston return springs.

Fig. 33-Carrier Assembly Installed l-B2 Piston Housing 4-Separator Plate


2-Piston Return Plate (2 used)
Place planetary carrier assembly in Bl brake hous- 3-Backing Plate 5-Brake Disk (3 used)

ing.
Fig. 35-Installing 82 Brake Assembly

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-20 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (Jul- 78)

fig. 36-83 Ring Gear Installed l-Bushing 3-Piston Return Plate


2-B3 Piston Housing

Install backing plate (3, Fig. 35) between Bl and 82


Fig. 37-83 Piston Housing Installed
housing making sure the oil passages are aligned
correctly. Bl cannot be pressurized if plate is installed
Install 83 brake piston housing (2, Fig. 37) on B2
incorrectly.
housing.

After backing plate is installed, alternately install


Install the C3 clutch housing (3, Fig. 38) aligning
three brake disks (5) and two separator plates (4) on
splines with sun pinion in planet carrier.
B2 ring gear. Install 8 small springs over guide pins and
dowels.
Install brake disk, a separator plate and another
brake disk to C3 clutch housing. Insert 8 springs over
NOTE: Take precaution when placing brake hous-
dowels and guide screws.
ings onto assembly to avoid brake piston slipping out of
housing far enough to dislodge seals on brake piston.

Position the brake piston return plate against piston


and hold plate against piston while installing brake
housings on assembly (see Fig. 35).

Install the B3 ring gear (Fig. 36).

Alternately install five brake disks and four separator


plates on B3 ring gear. Install 8 large springs over
guide pins and dowels.

l-Piston Return Plate 3-C3 Clutch Housing


2--84 Brake Housing 4-Brake Disk (2 used)
S-Separator Plate

Fig. 38-C3 Clutch installed

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (J&78) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-21

Fig. 40-Testing Planetary Pack

Test the assembled planetary pack with com-


pressed air (Fig. 40). Use 50 to 80 psi (3 to 6 bar) (4 to
6 kg/cm2) air pressure at each of the piston housing
inlet passages. As air pressure is applied to each
l-C3 Clutch Housing 4--83 Brake Housing passage, the corresponding brake should be activated.
2-Gap Screw (5 used) S-B2 Brake Housing Air leakage indicates defective seals.
3--84 Brake Housing G--B1 Brake Housing

Fig. 39-Planetary Pack

Install 84 brake housing on B3 housing and install


the five planetary cap screws (2, Fig. 39). Tighten cap
screws to 35 lb-ft (7 Nm) (5 kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-22 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

Tow Disconnect and Reduction Gear Shaft

l-Cap Screw (2 used) a-Bearing Cone 16-Bearing Cup with Ring


2-Cap Screw O-Bushing ( -005298) 16-90’ Adjustable Elbow (2 used)
3-Roller Bearing Oil Seal (005299- ) 17-O-Ring (2 used)
4-Steel Ball lo-Reduction Gear Shaft ( -005298) la-C3 Clutch Oil Line
S-Sealing Ring Reduction Gear Shatt with 19-Reduction Gear Shaft
6-Shim (as required) Spring Pin (005299- ) Bearing Retainer
7-Bearing Cup 1 l-Sealing Ring (2 used) 20-Baffle
l2-Disconnect Shifter Collar
la-Reduction Gear
14-Bearing Cone

Fig. 41-Reduction G&r Shaft

See page 0350-4 for information on cleaning and I.D. of new bushing is 0.7525 to 0.7535 in. (19.114
inspecting gears and bearings. to 19.139 mm).

Inspect sealing rings (5 and 11, Fig. 41) for wear, Replace parts as necessary.
scoring and damage.

Inspect splines on collar (12), gear (13) and shaft


(10) for wear and damage.

Inspect bushing in the rear of reduction shaft for


scoring and wear ( -005298).

To install spring pin, press flush into reduction


shaft rear bearing lube hole (005299- ).

To install oil seal, press into transmission reduction


gear shaft 2 k 0.5 in. below end of shaft with sealing
lips facing inward (005299- ).

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-23

T66803N

l-Latch 7-Retainer 13--Shifter Yoke Shoe (2 used)


P-Spring Pin &O-Ring 14-Disconnect Shifter stop
3-Spring Pin g-Right-Hand Shifter Yoke Shaft 1 !&Spring
4-Cap Screw (2 used) 1 O-Shifter Yoke 16-Disconnect Shifter Lever
f&Lock Washer (2 used) ll-Aluminum Washer lit-washer
&Washer (2 used) 12-Left-Hand Shifter Yoke Shaft M-Spring

Fig. 42-Tow Disconnect

Inspect shifter yoke shoes (13, Fig. 42) for wear and
damage.

inspect splines on shaft (9) and yoke (10) for wear


and damage.

Inspect O-rings (8) for cuts or other damage.

Make sure spring (18) will retain latch (1) in stop


(14).

Replace all parts as necessary.

L,%+o in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-24 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

Planetary Pack Install sealing ring (5, Fig. 41) on bearing retainer
(19) and hook ends of sealing ring together. Apply
If the reduction gear shaft, reduction gear shaft
grease to sealing ring to keep it centered in ring groove
bearings or transmission case have been replaced, the
during bearing retainer installation.
reduction gear shaft bearing adjustment should be
made before the planetary pack is installed. See page
If the reduction gear shaft bearings, reduction gear
0350-25.
shaft or transmission case were replaced, the reduc-
tion shaft bearing adjustment must be made. See page
Install new O-ring seals in the brake control oil
0350-25.
passages in the bottom of the transmission case. Be
careful not to move these O-rings out of position when
If these parts were not replaced, the original shim
installing the planetary pack.
pack can be used.

Install planetary pack and tighten planetary pack-


Install shims (6), bearing retainer (19), baffle (20),
to-transmission case cap screws to 55 -c 6 lb-ft (73 I 8
cap screws (1 and 2), and oil line (18).
Nm) (8 2 0.8 kg-m).

Tighten cap screws (1 and 2) to 55 lb-ft (73 Nm) (8


Install support housing (18, Fig. 1) and secure with
kg-m).
snap ring.

Install washer (11, Fig. 42) on shaft (12). Install shaft


Reduction Gear Shaft
(12) into transmission case and shifter yoke (10).
and Tow Disconnect
Install bearing cup (15, Fig. 41) into transmission Install O-ring (8) on shaft (9). With shifter yoke (10)
case. in the engaged position, install shaft (9) so that hole in
the shaft is indexed approximately 10 degrees down
Install sealing rings (11, Fig. 41) on reduction gear from horizontal towards the front of the grader.
shaft (10).
Install retainer (7), disconnect shifter stop (14) and
Install shifter yoke shoes (13, Fig. 42) into shifter lever (16) with latch (1).
yoke (10).
Pull latch (1) out and rotate lever (16) rearward until
Assemble shifter yoke (10) and disconnect shifter lever stops.
collar and lower into transmission case.
Loosen cap screws (2, Fig. 43) on stop and align
Slide reduction gear shaft (10, Fig. 41) into trans- adjustment mark (4) on stop with the front edge of lever
mission case far enough to retain collar (12). (3).

Lower bearing cone (14) and reduction gear into Tighten cap screws (2).
case. Slide reduction gear shaft into position.
Move lever to the engaged position on stop and
Install bearing cone (8) and bearing cup (7). install spring (15, Fig. 42).

Install steel ball (4) and spring pin (3, Fig. 42) if
removed.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM&1 I88 (J&78) Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch 0350-25

Transmission Clutch Pack


Install high and low-range drive shafts.

Place a new gasket on the oil pump manifold and


install clutch pack into clutch housing.

Install cap screws and tighten to 3.5 lb-ft (47 Nm) (5


kg-m).

Refer to Group 0400 and install engine.

Refer to Group 0841 and install transfer drive hous-


ing.

l--Shifter Yoke Shaft 3-Disconnect Lever


2-Cap Screw 4-Adjusting Mark

Fig. 43-Tow Disconnect Lever Stop Adjustment

Reduction Gear Shaft Bearing


Preload Adjustment
Install enough shims (6, Fig. 41) to get end play on
the reduction shaft (10).

Install bearing retainer (19) without the sealing ring


(5) and torque cap screws.

Place a steel ball on the end of the shaft to prevent


inaccurate readings due to run-out. Use a sticky sub-
stance to hold the ball in place.

Place a dial indicator on the steel ball.

Push on the shaft while rotating it back and forth until


the needle stops and take a reading.

Pull on the shaft while rotating it back and forth until


the needle stops and take a reading.

Remove shims that are 0.000 to 0.002 in. (0.00 to


0.05 mm) greater than the end play reading.

Use this shim pack for final assembly.

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0350-26 Gears, Shafts, Bearings and Power Shift Clutch TM- 1188 (J&78)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Hydraulic System 0360-l

Group 0360
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP
GENERAL INFORMATION REPAIR
NOTE: Individual components of the JD670-A
(09363- ) and the JD672-A transmission oil
pump are not offered for service except the cap
screws, packing, oil seal and bushing. If any part is
worn or damaged, a new pump assembly must be
installed.

T61636N
l-Bushing 6-Ball Bearing
2-Bushing 7-Thrust Washer
l-Transmission Oil Pump
IClutch Manifold &Snap Ring
4-Clutch Drive Shaft g-Pump Housing
Fig. I-Power Shift Transmission
6-Snap Ring lO-Cap Screw (6 used)

The transmission oil pump is located in the rear of Fig. Z-Clutch Manifold
the transmission clutch housing. It supplies oil to
operate the clutches and brakes in the transmission Remove snap ring (8, Fig. 2) and remove transmis-
and to lubricate the transmission. It also provides oil to sion drive shaft.
supply the main hydraulic pump.
Inspect ball bearing (6) for wear, damage or rough-
REMOVAL ness of rotation. Replace if necessary.
Refer to Group 0841 to remove the transfer drive
Remove cap screws (10) and separate clutch man-
housing.
ifold (3) from pump body (9).
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic front wheel
drive oillines, take care so that contamination does not
enter system. Install caps or plugs on all fittings.

Refer to Group 0350 to remove the transmission oil


pump and clutch packs and to disassemble the clutch
packs.

l-Bushing 6-Pump Housing


2-Oil Pump Internal Gear 7-Gap Screw
3-Oil Pump External Gear 6-Clutch Manifold
4-Bushing g-Steel Ball
!&Gasket
Fig. 3-Pump Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD67Q-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-2 Hydraulic Sys tern TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

Be careful not to lose steel balls (9, Fig. 3).

Inspect bushings (1 and 4) for wear and scoring.

I.D. of new bushing (1) is 1.568 to 1.569 in. (39.83 to


39.85 mm). Press bushing flush with edge of bushing
bore.

I.D. of new bushing (4) is 1.567 to 1.5705 in. (39.81 to


39.89 mm). Press bushing flush with edge of bushing
bore nearest oil pump.

Remove cap screw (7) and separate pump housing


(6) from pump body.
,_

l-Oil Seal

Fig. 5-Oil Pump Body

Apply T43511 LOCTITE Clean and Cure Primer or


equivalent to oil seal bore of oil pump body.
TEn944NY
Apply T43514 LOCTITE Plastic Gasket or equivalent
I-Pump Body 3-Internal Gear
P-Bushing 4-External Gear to oil seal bore of oil pump body.

Install oil seal (1) 1.06 in. (26.9 mm) below top surface
Fig. #-Pump Body
of oil seal bore with the sealing lips down.
Remove and inspect pump gears (3 and 4, Fig. 4) for
chipped or grooved teeth. Width of new gears is 1 .1226
to 1.1232 in. (28.514 to 28.529 mm) for early pumps.
Width of new gears is 1.3247 to 1.3253 in. (33.647 to
33.663 mm) for later units.

Inspect bushing (2) for wear and scoring. 0.D.. of new


bushing is 2.4485 to 2.4495 in. (62.192 to 62.218 mm).
T6945N
Inspect pump body for scoring and wear. Depth of
gear bore in a new pump body is 1 .1247 to 1 .I 257 in. l-Chamfered Edge
(28.567 to 28.593 mm) for early units. Depth of gear
Fig. 6-Oil Pump lntemal Gear
bore in a new pump is 1.3273 to 1.3283 in. (33.713 to
33.739 mm) for later units. Lubricate all parts with a light film of oil during assem-
bly.
Inspect oil seal (1, Fig. 5) for wear and damage.
Install oil pump internal gear (3, Fig. 4) with the cham-
fered edge (1, Fig. 6) to the bottom of the gear bore in
Replace parts as necessary.
the pump body (1, Fig. 4).

IMPORTANT: Thoroughly coat all sides and faces


of gears (3 and 4) with clean hydraulic oil prior to
assembly. Never assemble a fixed clearance pump
dry. Premature pump scoring or seizure could result.

LOCTITE is a trademark of the Loctite Corp. ,

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Hydraulic System 0360-3

TRANSMISSION CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY
GENERAL INFORMATION

The transmission control valve assembly consists of


the transmission control valve housing, accumulators,
and the shift valve housing, all of which are located on
the left-hand side of the transmission case (Fig. 8).

REMOVAL

i-Bushing 4-Pump Body


2-Pump Housing !5-External Gear
3-Packing B-Internal Gear
7-Oil Seal

Fig. 7-Pump Gears Installed

Install external gear (5, Fig. 7) and packing (3).

Install pump housing (2) on pump body (4) and


install cap screw (7, Fig. 3). Tighten cap screw (7) to 20
lb-ft (27 N.m) (3 kg-m).

Install a new gasket (5) between the pump housing


(6) and clutch manifold (8).

Install steel balls (9) into the check ball seats in the
clutch manifold.

Assemble manifold (8) to pump housing (6) and


install cap screws (10, Fig. 2). Tighten cap screws (10)
to 20 lb-ft (27 N-m) (3 kg-m).
l-Forward-Reverse 6-Reverse Cam Switch
Modulator (JD672-A)
Install clutch drive shaft (4, Fig. 2) and secure with
2-C3 Pressure Switch Reverse Warning Switch
snap ring (8). (JD672-A Only) (JD670-A)
3-B3 Pressure Switch ‘I-Forward Cam Switch
Install sealing rings in the three ring grooves farthest (JD672-A Only) (JD672-A Only)
from the oil pump. 4-Reverse Warning Switch t&Direction Selector Arm
(JD672-A Only) g--Speed Selector Arm
5-Start Safety Switch 10-l to 4 Cam Switch
INSTALLATION (JD672-A only)
1 l-Transmission Control
Refer to Group 0350 to assemble clutch packs and
Valve
install in clutch housing.
Fig. &Transmission Control Valve

Tag all wires and terminals to aid in assembly.

Disconnect wires from switches (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and


10, Fig. 8) and cables from speed and direction selec-
tor arms (8 and 9).

Disconnect modulator oil lines from control valve


(11).

Remove cap screws and valve.

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-4 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

REPAIR

l-Spring Pin lO-Link (2 used)


2-Spring Pin 11-Spring Pin (2 used)
3-Control Valve Cover 12-Control Valve
4-Gasket 13--Reverse Valve
5-Shim (as required) 14-Control Valve Housing
6-Control Valve Arm lli-Spring
l-Speed Selector Arm 6-Shift Valve Housing 7-Reverse Valve Arm 16-Steel Ball

PI 2-Direction
3-Reverse
Selector Arm
Warning or
7-Cover
8-Gasket
8-Washer (2 used)
g--Cotter Pin (2 used)
17-Detent
18-Spring
Reverse Cam Switch O-Cap Screw
4-Control Valve Cover (6 used) Fig. lo-Control Valve Spools
5-Gap Screw (5 used)

I Fig. g-Transmission Control Valve Removed

I Remove cap screws (9, Fig. 9) and separate shift


valve housing (7) from control valve.

I released
NOTE: Detent springs (15 and 18, Fig.
when gasket plate is removed.
10) will be

Transmission Control Valve


I Remove cover (3, Fig. 10) and valves (12 and 13).

Drive out spring pins (11) to remove valves (12 and l-Shaft (2 used) g--Reverse Valve Arm
2-Spring (2 used) lo--Oil Seal (2 used)
13).
3-Washer (2 used) 11-Gasket
4-Felt Washer (2 used) 12-Control Valve Cover
I If cover (12, Fig. 11) or oil seals (10) must be 5-Spring Pin (2 used) 13-Link (2 used)
replaced, drive out spring pins (5 and 6) and remove B-Spring Pin (2 used) 14-Control Valve Arm
shafts (1). 7-Cotter Pin (2 used) 15-Shim (as required)
8-Washer (2 used)

Fig. 1 l-Cover Assembly

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Hydraulic Sys tern 0360-s

Inspect valves for scoring, wear and damage. O.D. Inspect pistons (7, Fig. 12) and piston bores for
of new valves (12 and 13, Fig. 10) is 0.7480 to 0.7490 wear, scoring and damage.
in. (19.000 to 19.025 mm).
O.D. of new pistons is 1.8090 to 1.8096 in. (45.949
I.D. of valve bores in a new housing is 0.7495 to to 45.964 mm).
0.7505 in. (19.037 to 19.063 mm).
Piston bore diameter in new housing (1) is 1.8115
to 1.8125 in. (46.012 to 46.038 mm).

Replace parts as necessary.

Use new O-rings, seals and gaskets in assembly.


Apply a light coat of oil to all internal parts to aid in
assembly.

Install a new gasket (10). Install cover (11) and


tighten cap screws to 35 lb-ft (47 N.m) (5 kg-m).

Coat lips of seals (10, Fig. 11) with Lubriplate or an


equivalent and install in cover (12) with lips facing
bottom of seal bore.

Install control arms (9 and 14) in cover with bearing


against machine boss in cover.

Use shims (15) to fill the gap between arm (14) and
cover (12).

When installing spring pins in arms (9 and 14)


make sure slot on inner spring pin (5) aligns with slot
on outer spring pin (6).

T6700AA Attach control valves (12 and 13, Fig. 10) to links
(10) in cover (3). With new gasket (4) in position on
l-Control Valve Housing 11 -Cover cover, assemble cover with valves on the housing.
2-Shim (AR) ( -010576) 12-Lock Washer (12 used)
O-Ring (2 used) (010577- ) 13-Cap Screw (4 used)
14-Washer
See Group 1674 and 1675 to adjust switches (2,3,
3-O-Ring (9 used)
4-Plug (9 used) 15-Spring (3 used) 4, 5, 6, 7 and 10, Fig. 8) if required.
5-Switch Is-Detent (3 used)
6-Orifice 17-O-Ring (2 used)
7-Piston (2 used) 18-Plug (2 used)
6-Spring (2 used) 19-Plug (004856- )
g--Spring (2 used) 20-O-Ring (004856- )
1 O-Gasket

Fig. 12-Accumulator Assemblies

Remove cover (11, Fig. 12) to remove accumulators.

Check springs (8 and 9) for damage and proper


strength. Free length of outer springs (8) is 4.09 in.
(104 mm). Test length is 2.91 in. (74 mm) at 205 & 20
Ibs. force (912 k 89 N).

Free length of inner spring (9) is 3.78 in. (96 mm).


Test length is 2.91 in. (74 mm) at 111 + 11 Ibs. force
(494 f 49 N).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-6 Hydraulic Sys tern TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

Shift Valve Housing Install dump valve (6, Fig. 13) with the drilled end 1
facing outward.

Install spring (5) and special screw (4). Stake special


screw in two places

Coat all parts with the same type of oil used in the
transmission before assembly.

Replace all O-rings and gaskets.

l-Gasket 8-O-Ring (4 used) Refer to Fig. 13 during assembly. I


P-Plate B-Shift Valve (4 used)
3-Gasket lO-Spring (4 used)
4-Special Screw 11-Washer (4 used)
Install shift valves (9) into the housing (7) with the
5-Spring 12--Retaining Ring (4 used) drilled end of shift valves facing outward.
g--Dump Valve 13-Gasket
7-Shift Valve Housing 14-Cover Install springs (lo), washers (1 l), and retainers (12).

Fig. 13-Shift Valves


Install steel ball (16, Fig. lo), detent (17) and springs 1
(15 and 18) into the detent bores in the control valve
Remove special screw (4, Fig. 13) to remove dump
housing.
valve (6).

Install gaskets (1 and 3, Fig. 13) and plate (2) onto 1


Remove retainers (12) to remove shift valves (9).
the control valve housing. Take special care to see that
they are positioned correctly when assembling shift
inspect valve spools (6 and 9, Fig. 13) for wear and
valve to control valve housing.
scoring.
Install shift valve housing (7) gasket (13) and cover
O.D. of new dump valve (6) is 0.6227 to 0.6233 in.
(14). Tighten cap screws to 20 lb-ft (27 N-m) (3 kg-m).
(15.817 to 15.832 mm).

INSTALLATION
O.D. of new shift valve spool is 0.4977 to 0.4983 in.
(12.642 to 12.657 mm). Position transmission control valve to transmission
case. Install cap screws and tighten to 45 lb-ft (61 N.m)
Inspect valve bores in housing (7) for scoring and (6 kg-m).
wear. I.D. of dump valve bore in new housing (7) is
0.6245 to 0.6255 in. (15.862 to 15.888 mm). I.D. of shift Connect oil lines, wires and control cables using Fig.
valve bore in new housing is 0.4995 to 0.5005 in. 8 as a guide. I
(12.687 to 12.713 mm).

Inspect springs for damage and proper strength.

Free length of shift valve spring (10) is 1.39 in. (35.3


mm). Test length is 0.81 in. (20.6 mm) at 6.8 to 8.4 Ibs.
force (30 to 37 N).

Free length of dump valve spring (5) is 1.12 inch


(28.4 mm). Test length is 0.84 inch (21.3 mm) at 32 to
38 Ibs. force (142 to 169 N).

Replace parts as necessary.

bitho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Hydraulic Sys tern 0360-7

TRANSMISSION OIL REMOVAL


PRESSURE REGULATING Disconnect hydraulic lines (1 and 2, Fig. 14) at the )
VALVE valve.

GENERAL INFORMATION Remove the fitting from the valve that hydraulic line
(2) was connected to so cap screw (5) can be re-
moved.

Disconnect wire from oil temperature sending unit


(4).

Remove cap screws (5) and remove valve.

REPAIR
Refer to Fig. 15, during disassembly and assembly 1
of the pressure regulating valve.

During disassembly tag valves and springs so they


can be reinstalled in the bore from which they were
removed.

Note the number of adjusting shims (15) under valve


spring (10) when removing valve from housing.

Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace parts


as necessary.
l-Hydraulic Line 4-Oil Temperature
(to transmission oil Sending Unit
cooler) 6-Cap Screw (7 used) Check valve and housing for excessive scoring.
Z-Hydraulic Line B-Lock Washer (7 used)
(lube relief) 7-Washer (7 used) Measure O.D. of valve. New valves have an O.D. of
3-Valve Housing 0.6645 to 0.6655 inch (16.878 to 16.904 mm).
Fig. 14-Transmission Oil Pressure Regulating
Valve Location (JD672-A Shown) Measure I.D. of valve bores in housing (3). New
housing valve bores measure 0.6675 to 0.6685 inch
The transmission oil pressure regulating valve is (16.955 to 16.98g mm).
located on the right side of the clutch housing.
Test springs and compare the results with the fol-
The pressure regulating valve housing contains the lowing specifications.
transmission oil filter relief valve, the lube relief valve,
the oil pressure regulating valve and the oil cooler relief Cooler relief valve spring (9)
valve. (free length) . _. . . . . . . . .4.55 in. (115.6 mm)
(test length). . . . . . . . . . . 3.53 in. (89.7 mm)
at 35.7 to 43.7 Ibs. force
(159. to 194 N)

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-8 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

Pressure regulating valve spring (10, Fig. 15) I


(free length) . . . _. . .5.05 in. (128.3 mm)
(test length). . . . . . . . .4.44 in. (112.8 mm)
at 55 to 67 tbs. force
(245 to 298 N)

Lube relief valve spring (11)


(free length) . . ... . . .2.83 in. (71.9 mm)
(test length). .. .... . .2.13 in. (52.1 mm)
at 12 to 14 Ibs. force
(53 to 62 N)

Filter relief valve spring (12)


(free length) . . . . . . . . . .3.71 in. (94.2 mm)
(test length). . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.61 in. (66.3 mm)
at 24.3 to 29.7 Ibs. force
(108 to 132 N)

Use new O-rings in assembly. Oil all internal parts


prior to assembly.

When installing valves in housing, use the same


number of shims (15, Fig. 15) under valve spring (10) 1
as were removed.

INSTALLATION
Gaskets should be replaced whenever the regulat-
ing valve is removed. To accomplish this, it will be
necessary to remove the transmission clutch valve.

If removed, install clutch valve.

Locate pressure regulating valve assembly on


transmission clutch housing and tighten cap screws to
l-Plug 10-Spring (blue)
2-O-Ring ll-Spring (yellow)
45 lb-ft (61 N.m) (6 kg-m).
Z&Pressure Regulating 12-Spring
Valve Housing 13-Plug (2 used) Connect hydraulic and electrical lines to housing.
4-Filter Relief Valve 14-O-Ring (3 used)
6-O-Ring (4 used) 16-Shim (as required)
ADJUSTMENT
B-Lube Relief Valve 1&Plug
7-Pressure Regulating 17-Washer (2 used) Test setting of pressure regulating valve. If pressure
Valve 18-Plug
setting is low, add shims (15). Remove shims if pres-
8-Cooler Relief Valve 19-Plug
g--Spring 29-Orifice (3 used)
sure setting is high.

Fig. 15-Oil Pressure Regulating Valve Assembly


I

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Hydraulic System 0360-9

TRANSMISSION CLUTCH
VALVE
GENERAL INFORMATION REMOVAL
Disconnect spring (1, Fig. 16) cable (7) and oil 1
pressure tube (8) from the clutch valve.

Disconnect wires from the clutch pressure switch


(9).

Remove cap screws (31, Fig. 17) and remove clutch 1


valve from clutch housing.

REPAIR
Use Fig. 17 for identification of parts and for refer- 1
ence during disassembly and assembly.

Remove special pin (19) holding clutch valve control


shaft (18) to clutch control shaft link (20).

Remove special plug (26) from housing and pull


clutch valve assembly from the housing.

l--Spring 6-Clamp Disassemble valve.


2-Yoke 7-Cable
3-Valve Operating 8-Transmission Oil
Rod Pressure Tube
Remove control shaft (18) and remove oil seal (13).
4-Clutch Valve 9-Clutch Pressure Switch
Control Lever (JD672-A Only) Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace parts
!&-Cable Clamp 1 O-Lever Extension as necessary.
Bracket 1 l-Clutch Valve

Fig. 16-Clutch Valve Location


Check clutch valve and housing bore for excessive
(JD672-A Shown) scoring.

This clutch valve controls the supply of pressure oil Check valve springs.
to the Cl and C2 clutches. When the pedal is de-
pressed, oil pressure is cut off from the clutch ele- Spring (27) free length is 2 ? 0.03 in. (51 -c 8 mm)
ments. The clutch pedal can also be used for emer- and test length is 1.41 in. (35.7 mm) at 13 ? 1 Ibs. force
gency stops. (58 t 4 N).

Spring (21) free length is 1.3 ? 0.03 in. (33 t 8 mm)


and test length is 1.09 in. (27.8 mm) at 17 ? 2 Ibs. force
(76 +- 9 N).

Spring (22) free length is 0.5 r 0.03 in. (13 + 8 mm)


and test length is 0.34 in. (8.7 mm) at 4 5 0.4 Ibs. force
(18 t 2 N).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-l0 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

T61075F

l-Spring 11 -Lever Pivot Shatt 21-Spring 32-Clutch Valve Control


2-Cotter Pin (2 used) 12-Dowel Pin (2 used) 22-Spring Lever
3-Pin 13-Oil Seal 23-Spring Pin 33-Washer
4-Yoke M-Clutch Valve Housing 24-Clutch Valve 34-Snap Ring
S-Jam Nut 1 %-Gasket 25-O-Ring 35-Plug
B-Spring Pin 16-Plate 26-Plug 36-Cap Screw
7-Valve Operating Arm 1 ‘I-Gasket 27-Spring 37-Lever Extension
I-Valve Operating Rod 18-Clutch Control Shatl 28-Shim (as required) 38-Nut
g-O-Ring (3 used) 19-Pin (2 used) 29-Clutch Valve Shaft 39-O-Ring (507334- )
lo--Plug (3 used) PO-Link 30-Lock Washer (7 used) 40-Plug (607334- )
31-Cap Screw (7 used) 41-Dowel Pin (2 used)

Fig. 17-Clutch Valve Assembly

Check clutch valve and housing bore for excessive install seal (13, Fig. 17) flush with housing (14) with
scoring. lips of seal toward bottom of seal bore.

Compare O.D. of clutch valve (24, Fig. 17) with new Locate control shaft (18) in housing.
part dimension of 0.6861 to 0.6865 inch (17.427 to
17.437 mm). Assemble clutch valve and shaft assembly and
install in housing. Connect valve shaft to control
Replace O-rings, and seals in assembly. Lightly oil shaft link with pin (19).
all internal parts proper to assembly.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Hvdraulic Svstem 0360-l 1

INSTALLATION FORWARD-REVERSE
I Gaskets (15 and 17, Fig. 17) should be replaced MODULATOR
whenever the clutch valve is removed. To accomplish
this, it will be necessary to remove the transmission oil GENERAL INFORMATION
pressure regulating valve assembly (see page 0360-
7).

Locate clutch valve housing on transmission clutch


housing and install attaching hardware.

If removed, install pressure regulating valve (see


page 0360-8).

Connect linkage at the valve.

ADJUSTMENT
1 Disconnect the return spring (1, Fig. 17) and the
yokes from the clutch valve control lever (32) and lever
extension (37).

Rotate both the clutch valve control lever (32) and


the valve operating arm (7) counterclockwise until they
hit the stops.

With the operating arm (7) and the control lever (32)
against the stops, adjust the yoke on the operating arm l-Forward-Reverse 7-Forward Cam Switch
so that the hole in the yoke (4) aligns with the hole in Modulator (JD672-A Only)
the control lever (32). Then turn yoke l/2 turn coun- 2-C3 Pressure Switch 8-Direction Selector
terclockwise to lengthen the rod. Attach the yoke (4) to (JD672-A Only) Arm
3-N Pressure Switch g--Speed Selector Arm
the upper hole in the control lever (32).
(JD672-A Only) 10-l to 4 Cam Switch
4-Reverse Warning (JD672-A Only)
1 Adjust yoke on control cable (7, Fig. 16) so when Switch (JD672-A Only) il-Transmission Control
control lever (4) is rotated counterclockwise against the S-Start Safety Switch Valve
stop, the bottom side of the clutch pedal clears the floor 6--Reverse Cam Switch
(JD672-A)
plate.
Reverse Warning Switch
(JD670-A)

Fig. Id-Forward-Reverse Modulator Location

The forward-reverse modulator (1, Fig. 18) is a


cylinder with a floating piston. One end of the modula-
tor is plumbed into the C3 circuit and the other end is
plumbed into the B3 circuit. When the transmission is
shifted from forward to reverse or reverse to forward,
the modulator piston will have to move to the other end
of the cylinder before pressure oil can engage either
C3 or 83. This increases the time to change directions
resulting in a smoother shift.

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-12 Hydraulic Sys tern TM- 1188 (Jun-83)

T62146N

l-Retaining Ring (2 used) 5-Cylinder a--Piston


2-Cap (2 used) g--Backup Ring (2 used) g--Backup Ring
3-Backup Ring (2 used) 7-O-Ring (2 used) lo--Spacer (as needed)
4-O-Ring (2 used)
Fig. Y9-Forward-Reverse Modulator Assembly

REMOVAL INSTALLATION
Disconnect hydraulic lines from modulator (1, Fig. 18) Position modulator to transmission and install attach-
and remove attaching hardware. ing hardware. Be sure to install end of modulator with
spacer in it toward rear of machine.
REPAIR
Connect hydraulic lines.
Remove snap-rings (1, Fig. 19) and disassemble mo-
dulator.

O-rings and backup rings should be replaced when


the modulator is disassembled.

Inspect all parts for damage. Replace as necessary.

Apply oil to all parts to aid in assembly.

Refer to Fig. 19 to assemble modulator.

NOTE: Spacers (10) are not to be used as original


equipment but can be used to decrease the shift time for
forward and reverse direction changes if the customer
prefers a faster shift time. The spacers are available in
0.5 in. (13 mm) and 0.75 in. (19 mm) thicknesses. The
maximum thickness of spacers that can be installed is
2.0 in. (51 mm).

Spacer (10) (if used) must be installed in the 83 end


(rear) of the cylinder.

The piston (8) must be installed with the larger cavity


toward the C3 (forward) end of the modulator.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-so) Hvdraulic &stem 0360-l 3

TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER ASSEMBLY


GENERAL INFORMATION REPAIR

T61647N

l-Special Cap Screw 6-Spring


2-O-Ring (2 used) g--Washer
J-Transmission Oil Filter 7--Retainer
Cover G-Retaining Ring
4-Packing g--Oil Filter Element

Fig. 2 I- Transmission Oil Filter Assem b/y


1
l-Transmission Filter 2-Transmission Filter
Restriction Switch Check packings, O-rings, and back-up rings for
wear or failure. Replace parts as necessary.
I Fig. M-Transmission Filter Location

Change filter element (9, Fig. 21) at regular time 1


The transmission filter, located on the right side of intervals or whenever clogged.
1 clutch housing (Fig. 20), is of the full-flow type and
contains a replaceable element. Place O-ring (2, Fig. 21) on special cap screw (1). 1

REMOVAL Insert special cap screw through transmission oil


Loosen and remove special cap screw (1, Fig. 21). filter cap.

Remove filter assembly. Put packing (4), spring (5) washer (6), retainer (7),
retaining ring (8), and filter element (9) on as shown in
Fig. 21. I

INSTALLATION
Install filter assembly on unit using special cap
screw (1, Fig. 21) to align parts. I

Tighten cap screw (1) to 45 lb-ft (61 Nm) (6 kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-l 4 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

TRANSMISSION FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

T41284N

l-90” Elbow (2 used) 5-Spring g--Spring Guide


2-Plug 6-Shim lO-To Outlet of Transmission
3-O-Ring 7-Special Plug Filter
4-Valve &-Spring 11-Body
12-To Inlet Transmission Filter

I Fig. 22-Transmission Filter Restriction Switch

GENERAL INFORMATION REPAIR


The transmission filter restriction switch is used to Inspect valve (9, Fig. 23) for burrs or excessive I
monitor the condition of the transmission oil filter. wear. Replace as necessary.
When the pressure difference between 10 and 12, Fig.
1 22 increases to 61 psi (421 kPa) (4 bar), valve (4) Check spring (1) for test length of 1.58 in. (40.1 mm)
moves down completing an electrical circuit, causing at 21 + 2.1 Ibs. force (93 c 9 N). Free length is 2.32 in.
indicator light on instrument panel to glow. This will tell (59 mm).
the operator that the filter is plugged.
Check spring (4) for test length of .50 in. (12.7 mm)
REMOVAL at 20 _’ 2 Ibs. force (89 -c 9 N). Free length is 0.89 in.
(22.5 mm).
Refer to Figs. 20 and 23 for removal.
I
Add or deduct shims (3) for electrical contact at 61
psi (421 kPa) (4 bar). I

INSTALLATION
Refer to Figs. 20 and 23 to install transmission filter 1
restriction switch.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Hydraulic System 0360-l 5

16

l-Spring g--Special Plug 11 -Body


2-Spring Guide 7-Nut 12-Plug
3-Shim (4 used) B-U-Bolt 13-Bracket
4-Spring g-Valve ll-Lock Washer (2 used)
6-O-Ring (2 used) 10-90” Elbow (2 used) 16-Nut (2 used)
16-Washer (2 used)

Fig. 23-Transmission Filter Restriction Switch

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0360-l 6 Hydraulic System TM- 1188 (Mar-80)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul- 79) Clutch Disconnect and Controls 0370-I

Group 0370
CLUTCH DISCONNECT AND CONTROLS
CLUTCH LINKAGE
GENERAL INFORMATION

25
T64300F
24

l--Spring 8-Washer (as required) 14-Disconnect Clutch 26-Pipe Seal


2-Disconnect Bracket %-Pivot Handle al--Band (2 used)
3-Special Nut (2 used) 1 “Washer E-Rod 22-Cap Screw (2 used)
4-Cap Screw (2 used) il-Cotter Pin (2 used) 16-Hand Grip 23-Cable Clamp
FL-Spacer (2 used) 12-Nut (4 used) 17-Spring Pin 24-Pin
6-Cable X%-Disconnect Handle 18-Cotter Pin 2!3-Adjustable Yoke
7-Cap Screw (4 used) Catch %-Pin

Fig. 1-Clutch Disconnect Linkage

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JDUO-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0370-2 Clutch Disconnect and Controls TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

The transmission disconnect clutch allows the en-


gine to be disengaged from the transmission for cold
weather engine starting.

As the clutch control lever is pulled upward, the


clutch cable actuates the control linkage rotating the
clutch fork shaft. This forces the release bearing for-
ward against the pressure plate release levers. The
clutch release levers retract the clutch pressure plate,
releasing the driven disk from the pressure plate and
driving surface of the flywheel, thus disconnecting the
engine from the transmission.

IMPORTANT: instruct the operator to engage


the transmission disconnect clutch slowly, imme-
diately after the engine is started. Operation of the
engine while the transmission oil pump is discon-
nected will result in damage to the main hydraulic
pump.

REMOVAL
Disassemble clutch control linkage using Figs. 1 and
2 as a guide.

Remove cotter pin (18, Fig. 1) and pin (19) to 5-Disconnect Cable
l-clutch Fork Shaft
disconnect cable (6) from handle (14). 2-Spring GYoke
3-Disconnect Bracket 7-Pin
Remove cotter pin (11) to remove handle (14). 4-Cable Clamp O-Transfer Drive
Housing

Remove pin (7, Fig. 1) to disconnect yoke (6) from


fig. 2-Disconnect Clutch Controls
clutch fork shaft (1).
INSTALLATION
Remove clamp (4) and loosen bulkhead nuts on
cable to remove cable. Coat all pivoted joints of clutch linkage with AT30408
High Temperature Grease or an equivalent.
REPAIR
Install disconnect handle pivot (9, Fig. 1) to left rear
Inspect cable for wear, binding or broken strands. inside surface of cab wall.

Inspect pivot points for wear. Install disconnect handle catch (13) to left front
inside surface of cab wall.
Replace parts as necessary.
Position and secure clutch cable (6) with pins (19
and 24) and cotter pins (11 and 18).

Tighten bulkhead nuts and install clamp (4, Fig. 2).

Install pipe seal (20, Fig. 1) by wrapping around


cable next to bulkhead fitting on outside of cab. Secure
pipe seal with ties (21) while seal is in compressed
wrapped state.

Operate rear steer to make sure that cable does not


pull tight when frames are articulated.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (J&78) Clutch Disconnect and Controls 0370-3

ADJUSTMENT REPAIR
Install enough washers (8, Fig. 1) behind catch (13) Inspect clutch fork shaft, clutch fork, and release
to assure handle (14) will be retained properly on bearing carrier for wear and damage.
catch.
Inspect clutch release bearing (6) for wear.
Position catch (13) so that 1.45 inches (36.8 mm) of
cable travel is provided when the handle is moved from Replace parts as necessary.
its fully released position to being retained on the catch
(13). INSTALLATION
Coat all pivoted joints of clutch assembly with John
With the clutch control handle (14) in the released
Deere Never-See2 Lubricant or an equivalent.
position, adjust yoke (6, Fig. 2) to align with bottom
hole in clutch shaft lever (1) with the lever (1) in its
Install clutch fork (4, Fig. 3) with cored holes to rear.
extreme rearward position.

Install clutch release bearing (6) with the largest


CLUTCH SHAFT AND outside diameter toward clutch and flush with clutch
side of hole.
CARRIER ASSEMBLY
Operate the clutch fork shaft (1) by hand several
REMOVAL times after assembly to be sure the bearing carrier (7)
Refer to Group 0841 and remove transfer drive moves freely on the carrier sleeve.
housing.
Refer to Group 0841 and install transfer drive hous-
Remove bearing carrier (7, Fig. 3) from carrier ing.
sleeve and clutch fork (4).

Remove cotter pin (3) and pin (2) from clutch fork
and remove clutch fork shaft (1) and clutch fork (4)
from transfer housing.

T59529F

l-Clutch Fork Shaft 4-CPlutch Fork GRelease Bearing


2-Pin EL-Dowel Pin (2 used) 7-Release Bearing Carrier
3-Cotter Pin

Fig. 3-Clutch Shaft and Carrier Assembly

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0370-4 Clutch Disconnect and Controls TM- 1188 (J&78)

CLUTCH ELEMENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
The engine disconnect clutch allows the engine to
be disconnected from the transmission for cold
weather starting.

The engine disconnect clutch is a simple dry-disk


assembly mounted on the engine flywheel. The clutch
disk is held in engagement by six clutch springs.

When the disconnect clutch is engaged, engine


power is transmitted from the engine crankshaft to the
transmission via the transfer drive.

IMPORTANT: instruct the operator to engage


the engine disconnect clutch slowly, immediately
after the engine has started. Operation of the en-
gine while the transmission oil pump is discon-
nected will result in damage to the main hydraulic
pump. l--Clutch Disk 4-Pressure Plate
2-Cap Screws (6 used) Assembly
REMOVAL 3-Flywheel

Refer to Group 0841 and remove transfer drive Fig. 4-Disconnect Clutch Elements
housing.

Remove six cap screws (2, Fig. 4) securing clutch


pressure plate assembly (4) to engine flywheel.

Note location of spacers (11, Fig. 5) when removing


pressure plate assembly from flywheel. The spacers
are located between the pressure plate and the fly-
wheel.

Remove clutch disk (1, Fig. 4) from flywheel hous-


ing.

Remove pilot bearing (15, Fig. 6) if required.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (U-78) Clutch Disconnect and Controls 0370-5

REPAIR

l-Pressure Plate j-Pivot Pin (3 used) g-Adjusting Screw Washer


a-Bracket 6-Return Clip (3 used) (3 used)
3-Release Lever 7-Adjusting Screw (3 used) lo--Spring Cup (6 used)
4-Pressure Spring (6 used) E-Adjusting Screw Lock Nut 11-Spacer (6 used)
(3 used)

Fig. dsectional View of Clutch Pressure P/ate Assembly

Refer to Figs 5 and 6 for identification of parts, Assemble release levers (3) and bracket (2) with
new pivot pins (5). Peen over ends of pins (5) to secure
The clutch pressure plate assembly is disassembled assembly.
by placing the pressure plate assembly on a flywheel in
a hydraulic press and applying a load to the release Make certain slots in bracket (2) align with the
levers. Remove return clips (6). Loosen lock nuts (8) pressure plate drive lugs.
and back out the three adjusting screws (7).
Place assembly on a hydraulic press and apply
Gradually release load on press. Clutch may now be pressure on the levers (3) directly above the pressure
disassembled. springs (4) while forcing the springs into position in
bracket (2).
Release levers (3) may be removed from bracket (2)
by grinding off peened ends of pivot pins (5). Install adjusting screws (7) with lock nuts (8) and
return clips (6). Release assembly from press.
Inspect all parts for. wear, rust and other damage.
Replace parts as needed.

Before assembling pressure plate assembly, apply


lubriplate to sides of driving bosses on pressure plate
(1, Fig. 5)

Litho in U.S.A.
.,.

3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders


0370-6 Clutch Disconnect and Controls TM- Il.88 (J&78)

INSTALLATION

T61649N

l-Cap Screw (6 used) 6-Pivot Pin (3 used) g-Cap Screw (6 used) 13-Pressure Plate
2-Return Clip (3 used) GRelease Lever (3 used) lo--Lock Washer (6 used) M-Clutch Disk
3-Lock Nut (3 used) ‘I-Spring (6 used) 11 -Bracket 16-Pllot Bearing’
4-Washer (3 used) &Spring Cup (6 used) 12-Spacer (6 used) :

F&. 6-Pressure Plate Assembly

Pack bearing (15, Fig. 6) and fill cavity in crankshaft Adjust height of clutch release levers (3, Fig. 5) to
with John Deere High Temperature Grease or an 2.228 t 0.030 in. (56.59 c 0.76 mm) using modified
equivalent. JD264 clutch gauge (See Specificationsand Special
Tools).
Install bearing (15) with shielded side toward clutch
surface of flywheel. Drive the bearing on the outer race After release levers are adjusted and lock nuts se-
only to prevent bearing damage. cured, install the return clips. Exercise the levers sev-
eral times and recheck adjustment.
Use an old transmission drive shaft or a clutch
aligning tool (JDE 52) when installing clutch disk and Variation between levers, in a plane perpendicular to
clutch pressure plate assembly. centerline not to exceed 0.015 in. (0.38 mm).

Install clutch disk (14) with hub side facing flywheel. Refer to Group 0841 and install transfer drive hous-
ing. :
Align clutch disk assembly with clutch shaft bearing
when assembling clutch assembly to flywheel.

Insert spacers between flywheel and pressure plate


bracket (11).

Tighten pressure plate-to-flywheel cap screws (9) to


35 -c 4 lb-ft (47 -c 5 Nm) (5 or 1 kg-m).

Litho in U.S.A.
Transmission 3
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
Specifications and Special Tools 0399-l
TM- 1188 (Jul-78)

Group 0399
SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
HOUSINGS AND COVERS
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1 - Internal clutch housing-to-


transmission case cap screws . . 170 lb-ft
(230 Nm)
(24 kg-m)
2- Press dowel pins to bottom of bore.
3- Clutch housing-to-transmission
adQ case cap screws . . . 300 lb-ft
(407 Nm)

‘b 1
(41 kg-m)

2
b

Fig. l-Transmission Clutch Housing

1 - Clutch housing-to-transmission
case dowel pins to extend. . . . . . . . . I .06 inch
(26.9 mm)

Fig. PTransmission Case

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-2 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Jul- 78)

GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND POWER SHIFT CLUTCH


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

Q1I
1 - Press bushing, with side notches opposite
driver, below rear surface of
I c1 C2 clutch drum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.06 in.
2 - I.D. of new bushing. . . . . . . 2.5055 to 2.5065 in.
/x// /4

TE165ON

Fig. 3-C2 Clutch Drum and Bushing

1 - Press dowel pins in clutch separator


plate to protrude from
either side . . . . . ... . _. . . . .0.22 in.
(5.6 mm)

T37918

Fig. 4-Clutch Separator Plate

1 - Press bushing flush with end of bushing bore


2 - I.D. of bushing . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0025 to 1.0045 in.

llS0961N

Fig. 5-Clutch Drive Shaft

Litho in U. S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (J&78) Specifications and Special Tools 0399-3

GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND POWER SHIFT CLUTCH


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Pump housing-to-pump body cap screw


torque . . . .. . 20 lb-ft (27 Nm) (3 kg-m)
2 - Manifold-to-pump housing cap screw
torque . . . . . . . . . 20 lb-ft (27 Nm) (3 kg-m)
3 - Clutch assembly-to-housing cap screw
torque . . . . . . . . 35 lb-ft (47 Nm) (5 kg-m)

Fig. 6-Pump Torque Values

1 - C2 clutch drum-to-Cl clutch


drum cap screws . . . . ... . . 20 lb-ft
1

Yw@ (27 Nm)


(3 kg-m)

T36672N

Fig. 742 and C2 Attaching BoMs

- Return spring free length. . . . . . . . 2.70 inches

(1223 t 122 N) (125 r 12 kg) force applied.

T38676N
i-0-i
2

Fig. 8-U, CZ and C3 Piston Return Spring

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-4 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 {Dee-87)

GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND POWER SHIFT CLUTCH


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Bushing from end of high-range


drive shaft . . a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.400 in.
(0.0157 mm)
2 - I.D. of new bushing . . . . . . . . 1.327 to 1.329 in.
(33.71 to 33.76 mm)

T50297N

Fig. 9-Hi-Range Drive Shaft with Bushing

1 - Planet brake piston housi,ng bolts . .

2 - C3 clutch housing
cap screws . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . .

t-/g. IO-Planetary Pack Assembly

bitho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul- 78) Specifications and Special Tools 0399-5

GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND POWER SHIFT CLUTCH


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1- Press bushing, with notched end toward


bottom of bore, below surface
of cover . . . . . . . . . . . . .O.OO to 0.02 in.
(0.0 to 0.5 mm)
2 - I.D. of bushing . . . 2.366 to 2.368 in.
(60.10 to 60.15 mm)

T38678N

Fig. 11-Plane1 Pinion Carrier Front Cover

1 - Rear retainer-to-planet pinion


carrier cap screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(;y;;;

(4 kg-m)
2 - Front retainer-to-planet pinion
carrier cap screws . . . . . . . . . . . . .(3; 1;;

(5 kg-m)
3 - Pinion shaft retainer to planet pinion
carrier cover cap screws ..... .. .(;!I y;
TS3689??
(1 km)
Fig. 1BPlanef Pinion Carrier

1 - Return spring test length . . . . . . 0.625 inch


(15.88 mm) with a 23.5 to 28.5 lb.
(105 to 127 N) (11 to 13 kg) force applied.
2 - Return spring free length.. . ..... 0.83 inch
(21 .l mm)

T38675N

Fig. 13-81, 8.2 and 84 Piston Return Spring

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-6 Soecifications and Soecial Tools TM- 1188 (Jul- 78)

GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND POWER SHIFT CLUTCH


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Return spring test length . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 in.


(28.5 mm) with a 23.4 to 28.6 lb. (104 to 127 N)
(11 to 13 kg) force applied.
2- Return spring free length. _. _. . . . . . . 1.54 in.
(39.1 mm)

T38675N

Fig. 14-83 Pision Return Spring

1 - Planetary pack-to-transmission
case cap screws . . . . _. . . . .55 2 6 lb-ft
(75 t 8 Nm)

w 2
2 - I.D. of new bushing.

Align notches
housing.
in bushing
(7.6 k 0.8 kg-m)
. . . . . . . .3.7562 inches
(95.407 mm)
with notches in 83 brake

-Q

Fig. 15-83 Brake Piston Housing

1 - Inside diameter of new


bushing . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 1.9425 to 1.9445 in.
(49.340 to 49.390 mm)
2- Cup protrudes from bottom
of piston bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.03 in.
(0.8 mm)
3- Inside diameter of new
bushing . . . . . . . . .~. . . . . 2.128 to 2.130 in.
(54.051 to 54.102 mm)
Install bushing with long chamfer facing out.
Fig. 16-C3 Piston Housing 4- Dowel pin protrudes from bottom
piston bore . . . . . . _. . . . . . . . . . .0.39 in.
(9.9 mm)
5- Press bushing below surface
of C3 piston housing. . . . . . _ . . . . . 0.19 in.
(4.8 mm)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul-79) Specifications and Special Tools 0399-7

GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND POWER SHIFT CLUTCH


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Press bushing below end of


shaft .... T ..,,............. 0.06 to 0.10 in.
(1.5 to 2.5 mm)
I. D. of new reduction
shaft bushing . . . . . . . . . 0.752 to 0.754 in.
(19.10 to 19.15 mm)

Fig. 17-Reduction Gear Shaft Bushing

Reduction gear shaft bearing


preioad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.000 to 0.002 in.
(0.00 to 0.05 mm)
2 Bearing retainer-to-transmission case
cap screws .. . ..... ... . 55 lb-ft
(73 Nm)
(8 kg-m)

T61652N

Fig. l&Reduction Gear Shaft

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-8 Specifications and Special Tools TM- I 188 (Jul-79)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1 - I.D. of new bushing. .. . . 1.568 to 1.569 in.


(39.83 to 39.85 mm)

I
T61653N

Fig. 19-Clutch Oil Manifold

1 - Press bushing flush with this surface.


2 - I.D. of new bushing.. . 1.5675 to 1.5705 in.
(39.81 to 39.89 mm)

,l’50304N

Fig. 20-Transmission Oil Pump Housing

1 - Width of gears
(early units). . . . . . . . . . 1.1226 to 1.232 in.
(28.514 to 28.530 mm)
(later or replaced units) 1.3247 to 1.3253 in.
(33.647 to 33.663 mm)

T27813

Fig. Zl-Transmission Oil Pump Gears

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- I 188 iJul-79) Specifications and Special Tools 0399 -9

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - 0. D. of bushing in
new pump body.. .. 2.4485 to 2.4495 in.
(62.192 to 62.217 mm)
2 - Depth of gear bore
in pump body
(early units). . . . 1.1247 to 1.1257 in.
(28.567 to 28.593 mm)
(later or replaced units) . 1.3273 to 1.3283 in.
(33.713 to 33.739 mm)

T616548
fig. 22-Pump Body

1 - Pump housing-to-pump body cap screw


torque ... .. . .. . . . . . 20 lb-ft
(27 Nm)
(3 kg-m)
2 - Manifold-to-pump housing cap screw
torque.. . . . . . 20 lb-ft
(27 Nm)
(3 kg-m)
T27815
3 - Clutch assembly-to-housing cap screw
torque .. .. . . . . . . 35 lb-ft
Fig, 23-Charge Pump Torque Values (47 Nm)
(5 kg-m)

1 - Detent springs
Free length . . 1.16 in. (30 mm)
Test length . . .. . 0.83 in. (21 mm)
when compressed with 6 to 7 Ibs.. (27 to 31 N)
(2.7 to 3.2 kg)
2 - Accumulator outer springs
Free length ..... . . . 4.09 in. (104 mm)
Test length . . ... 2.91 in. (74 mm)
B when compressed with 205 + 20 Ibs. (912 2
T609671v 5-s
89 N) (93 + 9 kg)
Fig. 24-Transmission Control Valve Springs 3 - Accumulator inner springs
Free length . . . _. . . 3.78 in. (96 mm)
Test length . . _. . . . . 2.91 in. (74 mm)
when compressed with 111 + 11 Ibs. (494 ?
49 N) (50 t 5 kg)
4 - 0. D. of new accumulator
piston .. .. 1.8090 to 1.8096 in.
(45.949 to 45.964 mm)
5 - Accumulator cover cap screws . 35 lb-ft
(47 Nm)
(5 kg-m)
6 - Transmission control valve to
transmission case cap screws . 45 lb-ft
(61 Nm)
(6 kg-m)
Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-10 Specifications and Special Tools TM- I 188 (Jul- 79)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - O.D. of lands on control


valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7480 to 0.7490 in.
(19.000 to 19.025 mm)

CT503068

Fig. 25Transmission Control Valve Lands

1 - I.D. of valve bores in


housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7495 to 0.7505 in.
(19.037 to 19.063 mm)

IT27868

Fig. Z&Control Valve Housing Bores

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul-79) Specifications and Special Tools 0399-11

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued
1 - I.D. of shift valve housing
bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4995 to 0.5005 in.
(12.687 to 12.713 mm)
2 - I.D. of dump valve housing
bore . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6245 to 0.6255 in.
(15.862 to 15.888 mm)

Fig. 27-Shift Valve Housing Bores

1 - Dump valve spring free length .. 1.12 inch


(28.4 mm)
Dump valve spring test length .
0.84 inch
(21.3 mm)
when compressed with 32 to 38 tbs.
(142 to 169 N) (14.5 to 17.2 kg)

2 - O.D. of dump valve.. . . 0.6227 to 0.6233 in.


(15.82 to 15.83 mm)

3 - O.D. of lands of shift


valves.. . _. . . . . . . . 0.4977 to 0.4983 in.
(12.64 to 12.66 mm)

4 - Shift valve springs free length . . 1.39 in.


(35.3 mm)
Shift valve springs test length. .. 0.81 in.
(20.6 mm)

T60368N
iz c3 when compressed with 6.8 to 8.4 Ibs.
(30 to 37 N) (3 to 4 kg)

Fig. 2CTransmission Shift Valve 5 - Shift valve cover cap screws ... . 20 lb-ft
(27 Nm)
(3 kg-m)

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-12 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Jul- 79)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued
1 _ Free length . .. ..... 1.3 t 0.03 in.
(33 f: 8 mm)
Test length . . . . _. . . . .1.09 (27.8 mm)
when compressed with 17 t 2 Ibs (76 ? 9 N)
(8 + 1 kg)
Free length . . . . . . . . . . .0.5 -e 0.03 in.
(13 + 8 mm)
Test length . . . . . . . . . . .0.34 in. (8.7 mm)
when compressed with 4 2 0.4 Ibs. (18 2 2 N)
(2 & 0.: kg)
Free length . . . . . . . .-. . . . . 2 _t 0.03 in.
(51 2 8 mm)
Test length . . . . . . . . . . .1.41 in. (35.7 mm)
when compressed with 13 f 1 lb. (58 2 5 N)
(6 + 1 kg)

l’37928

Fig. 29-Check Valve Springs

1 - O.D. of clutch valve . . . . 0.6861 to 0.6865 in.


(17.427 to 17.437 mm)

4‘ \

1
I
tw

T27863~

Fig. 30-Transmission Clutch Valve

1 - I.D. of valve bores.. .. 0.6675 to 0.6685 in.


(16.95 to 19.98 mm)

2- Pressure regulating valve housing


cap screws . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 lb-ft
(61 Nm)
(6 kg-m)

T60969N

Fig. 31-Transmission Oil Pressure Regulating


Valve Housing

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul- 78) Specifications and Special Tools 0399-l 3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Oil filter bypass spring


(free length) . . . .-. . , .-. . 3.71 in. (95 mm)
(test length). . . . ....... 2.61 in. (66 mm)
when compressed with 24 to 30 Ibs. (107 to 134
N) (11 to 14 kg)

Lube oil relief valve spring


(free length) . . . . . . . . . . 2.83 in. (72 mm)
(test length). . . . . . . 2.13 in. (54 mm)
when compressed with 12 to 14 Ibs. (5.3 to 62 N)
(5 to 7 kg)

Clutch oil pressure valve spring


(free length) . . . . . . . . . 5.05 in. (129 mm)
(test length). . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 in. (113 mm)
when compressed with 55 to 67 Ibs. (245 to 299
N) (25 to 31 kg)

Cooler relief valve spring


(free length) . . . . . . . . . . 4.55 in. (116 mm)
(test length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.53 in. (90 mm)
when compressed with 36 to 44 Ibs. (160 to 196
N) (16 to 21 kg)

5 - O.D. of valves .. . .. 0.6645 to 0.6655 in.


(16.878 to 16.904 mm)

Fig. 32-Transmission Oil Pressure Regulating


Valve Springs and Valves

1 - Special cap screw.. ... .. ._ . . . 45 lb-ft


(61 Nm)
(6 W-4

Fig. 33-Transmission Oil Filter

Lifho in U.S.A.
3 : Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-14 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (J&78)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

1 - Upper spring free length . . . . . . . . . . . .2.32 in.


(59 mm)

test length . . . . . . . . . . . . .I .58 in.


(40.1 mm)
Q

with a 21 + 2.1 lb. (93 & 9 N)


iit
(10 I 1 kg) load applied
0
1 - Lower ‘;pring free length ....... . . . .0.89 in.
(22.5 mm)

w 0, \
test length . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.50 in.
with a 20 1 2 lb (89 -c 9 N)
r (9 & 0.9 kg) force applied

Fig. 34-Filter Restriction Switch

--Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Specifications and Special Tools 0399-15

CLUTCH DISCONNECT AND CONTROLS


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

1. Pressure plate-to-flywheel
cap screws.. ... . . . . .35 t 4 lb-ft
(47 2 5 Nm)
(5 t 0.5 kg-m)

T38742~

Fig. 35-Clutch Pressure Plate

1. Adjust height of clutch release levers


from machined surface of flywheel
to . . . ... .. . . . 2.226 2 0.030 in.
(59.59 k 0.76 mm)

NOTE: Variation between levers, in a plane perpen-


dicular to centerline, not to exceed 0.015 in. (0.38 mm).

T40774N

Fig. 36-Clutch Pressure plate

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-16 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Jul- 78)

GEARS, SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND POWER SHIFT CLUTCH


SPECIAL TOOLS
Essential Tools
Tool Tool Number USe

JDT-24 Used to remove and/or install


clutch piston return spring snap
ring.

T37931

Fig. 37-Spring Compressor

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SPECIAL TOOLS
Convenience Tools
TOOI Tool Number USe

JDT-13 To protect oil seal when assem-


bling transmission oil pump

Fig. 38-Oil Seal Protector

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Transmission 3
TM- I 188 (J&78) Specifications and Special Tools 0399-17

CLUTCH DISCONNECT AND CONTROLS


SPECIAL TOOLS

Essential Tools

Tool Tool No. Use

JDE-52 Used to properly line up clutch


disk.

f/g. 39-Universal Clutch Aligning Sef

JD-264 Used to properly adjust clutch

1, JSTR
k,,I
fingers.

1 - Gauge dimension. .. . . 2.228 i 0.030 in.


(56.59 2 0.76 mm)
2- Notch width.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.480 to 0.520 in.
(12.19 to 13.21 mm)

-I- f40775N

Fig. 40-Modified Clutch Finger Adjusting Gauge

Litho in U.S.A.
3 Transmission JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0399-18 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (J&78)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Engine Removal and lnstalla tion 0400-l

Section 4
ENGINE
CONTENTS OF THIS SECTION

Page Page
GROUP 0400 - REMOVAL AND GROUP 0499 - SPECIFICATIONS AND
INSTALLATION SPECIAL TOOLS
6414 - John Deere Engine Repair ...... 0400-3 Specifications and Torque Values ......... 0499-l
Engine Engine Break-In .............................. 0499-I
Remove ........................ 0400-3 Oil System .................................... 0499-2
Install .......................... 0400-5 Fuel Injection System ........................ 0499-2
Oil Pan Fuel Injection System ........................ 0499-3
Remove and Install ................ 0400-6 Turbocharger.. ............................... 0499-6
Injection Pump Water Pump .................................. 0499-6
Remove ........................ 0400-6 Starting Motor and Fastenings ............. 0499-7
Install and Time .................. 0400-8 Special Tools ................................. 0499-9
Fuel System Fuel Injection System ........................ 0499-9
Bleed .......................... 0400-9 Starting System ............................. 0499-l 0
Fuel Injection Nozzles Starting Motor Fastenings .................. 0499-l 1
Remove ....................... 0400-l 0
Install ......................... 0400-I 1
Turbocharger
Remove ....................... 0400-l 1
Install ......................... 0400-l 1
Water Pump
Remove ....................... 0400-l 2
Install ......................... 0400-12

GROUP 0422 - STARTING MOTOR AND


FASTENINGS
General Information ................. 0422-l
Removal ......................... 0422-2
Testing and Diagnosis ............... 0422-3
Repair ........................... 0422-4
Installation ....................... 0422-10

Litho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0400-2 Engine Removal and Installation TM-1 188 (Dee-87)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Engine Removal and Installation 0400-3

Group 0400
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
6414 - JOHN DEERE ENGINE REPAIR- Remove pre-cleaner (1, Fig. 1).
USE CTM-4
Remove muffler (2, Fig. 1).
For complete repair information the component
technical manual (CTM) is also required. Remove left and right (3, Fig. 1) side shields.

Use the component manual in conjunction with Using a hoist, lift off hood (4, Fig.1) as an assembly.
this machine manual.
Drain engine oil.

REMOVE ENGINE
NOTE: The engine, radiator and hydraulic pump
can be removed as an assembly.
1 -Grille Screen 2-Grille Housing

Fig. P-Grille Housing

Remove front grille screen (1, Fig. 2).

Remove grille housing (2, Fig. 2).

Remove rear screen (5, Fig. 1).

Close fuel line at tank.

Disconnect battery negative (-) cable.

Disconnect fuel line at tank.

1-Pre-Cleaner 4-Hood
P-Muifler 5-Rear Screen
3-Right Side Shield

Fig. l-Hood Removal

Lifho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0400-4 Enaine Removal and Installation TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

Disconnect speed control (Fig. 4).

Disconnect rear lights and horn wiring.

Disconnect and cap all hydraulic lines at pump.

Remove hydrostatic oil filter and lay to the side


(JD672-A only).

Remove air conditioning compressor and lay to


the side; do not disconnect refrigerant lines.

Attach lifting eyes to engine.

Position hoist over engine.

l-Wiring Harness 3-Fuel Return Line Attach JD244 Lifting Eyes or JDG19 Lifting Brackets
P-Engine Crankcase Vent 4-Starting Aid Wires to engine.
5-Right Heater Hose
Attach JDG-1 Lifting Device (1, Fig. 6) or D-
Fig. 3-Right Side of Engine 01043AA Load Positioning Sling to lifting eyes or
brackets.
Disconnect both right and left heater hoses.
Connect hoist to engine.
Disconnect wiring harness.

Remove engine crankcase vent (2, Fig. 3).

Disconnect fuel return line (3) at tank.

Disconnect oil drain line from transmission


housing.

Disconnect starting aid wires (4).

Fig. 4-Speed Control

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Engine Removal and Installation 0400-5

Separate engine front supports (Fig. 5). INSTALL ENGINE

Position engine, radiator and hydraulic pump over


frame.

Lower into position.

Align flywheel housing of engine with dowels in


transfer housing.

Install engine-to-transfer housing hardware.

Install front support (Fig. 5) hardware.

Connect hydraulic plumbing.

Connect heater hoses.


Fig. 5-Engine Front Support
Connect all electrical wiring.
Remove bolts from transfer housing.
Fill crankcase with proper oil.
Separate engine from transfer housing.
Replace radiator coolant if removed.
Lift engine, radiator and hydraulic pump slowly
from the frame. Check to be sure all lines and wiring Reconnect fuel lines.
have been disconnected. (Fig. 6).
Open fuel shut off.

Check all bolts for tightness and proper torque.

Remove JDG-1 lifting bracket*.

Replace crankcase vent.

Connect starting aid.

Replace engine oil drain line.

Reinstall grille housing and screen.

Reinstall hood and side shields.

l-JDG-1 Lilting Device* Install rear screen.

Fig. &Lifting Engine Replace pre-cleaner and muffler.

Connect battery cable.

Replace hydrostatic oil filter (JD672A only).

Replace air conditioning compressor (Refer to


group 1830).

*Replaced by D-01 043AA Load Positioning Sling.

Litho in U.S.A.
4 JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine
0400-6 TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Fuel Injection System

REMOVE AND INSTALL OIL PAN Use the following method to remove the injection
pump:
Remove engine from unit to remove and install oil
pan. Remove timing hold cover (6, Fig. 1) and install
timing window (19918) on injection pump.
REMOVE INJECTION PUMP
Using a flywheel turning tool, rotate the engine
until timing mark on governor weight retainer is in
line with timing mark on cam ring (Fig. 2).

Install timing pin through flywheel housing into the


timing bore of flywheel to lock engine on TDC.

l--Fuel Return 4-Fuel Inlet


P-Throttle Cable I-Cam Advance
3-Injection Lines Mechanism
B-Timing Hole Cover

Fig. l-Fuel injection Pump

l-Governor Weight P-Cam Ring


NOTE: The fuel injection pump pressurizes fuel Retainer
and sends it through high pressure lines to the
injection nozzles. Fig. P-Injection Pump Timing Marks

Clean the injection pump, lines, and area around Disconnect the speed control cable at injection
the pump with cleaning solvent or a steam cleaner.
pump.

IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour cold water


on an injection pump while the pump is running or
while it is warm. To do so can cause seizure of
pump parts.

Litho in U.S.A.
Engine JQ670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders 4
Fuel Injection System TM-l 188 (Dee-87) 0400-7

A CAUTION: Escaping diesel fuel under pres- Use the following specifications to calibrate the
sure can have sufficient force to penetrate injection pump.
the skin causing serious personal injury. Before dis-
connecting lines, be sure to relieve all pressure. IMPORTANT: In order to obtain proper test results,
do the following:
Fuel escaping from a very small hole can be
almost invisible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood, Use 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) O.D. by 0.093 in. (2.36 mm)
rather than hands to check for escaping fuel. I.D. by 20 in. (508 mm) long test lines.

If injured by escaping fuel, see a doctor at once. Use 12SD12 Rober Bosch Calibrating Nozzles,
Serious infection or reaction can develop if proper 2500 psi (172 bar) (176 kg/cm*) opening pressure.
medical treatment is not administered immediately. Use JDF-2 Test Oil, or a test oil equivalent to SAE
J967A with a 34 to 36 SUS rating with oil at 100°F
To relieve pressure in the fuel system, slightly (38%).
crack high pressure injection line connections at
nozzles. Test oil should be 110” to 115OF (43’ to 46°C).

Disconnect injection pump inlet and pump-to- Operate pump clockwise (viewed from drive end)
nozzle fuel lines (3 and 4, Fig. 1). at 500 rpm wide open throttle (WOT) for 10 minutes
prior to test.
IMPORTANT: When removing injection lines to
nozzles, be sure not to turn outlet fittings in pump. NOTE: Pump operates at l/2 engine rpm. All rpm
Turning of these fittings may cause internal injection given are test stand rpm unless otherwise noted.
pump damage.

Disconnect fuel return line (1, Fig. 1).

Clean area around timing gear cover and remove


cover. Remove the injection pump drive shaft nut
and washer. Remove gear being careful not to lose
Woodruff key.

Remove mounting nuts.

Remove pump, Be sure to cap all injection pump


and fuel line openings to prevent entry of con-
taminants.
T51322N
Repair
Fig.3-DeliverySequence
For injection pump repair information, refer to TM-
1109 “Fuel Injection Equipment-RoosaMaster”
NOTE: 1 to 3 psi (0.07 to 0.27 bar) (0.07 to 0.27
(Industrial).
kg/cm2) supply pressure required at pump inlet.

Litho in U.S.A.
4 JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine
0400-8 TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Fuel Injection System

Transfer pump vacuum (200 rpm) INSTALL AND TIME INJECTION PUMP
(minimum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 in. Hg.
(60.9 kPa) Check engine timing to make sure that No. 1
(609.5 mbar) piston is at TDC. If the engine was rotated after the
injection pump was removed, crank the engine until
Transfer pump pressure (1150 rpm) . . . 82 to 92 psi No. 1 piston is starting the compression stroke. Install
(565 to 634 kPa) (5.7 to 6.3) timing pin in the flywheel housing.

Automatic speed advance The compression stroke can be determined by


w removing the rocker arm cover and turning the engine
300to500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1° until both valves are closed on No. 1 cylinder, and
700t0800..............................5° increased turning effort is noted. Continue turning
by925...........................6OItl/2O the engine until timing pin engages the timing hole in
flywheel.
Minimum cranking speed
delivery (75 rpm) Remove injection pump timing hole cover (6, Fig.
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 cm3/1000 strokes 1) and install timing window. Rotate pump drive shaft
Transfer pump pressure and align the timing mark on governor weight retainer
(minimum) . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 psi hub with the timing mark on the cam ring (Fig. 2).
(83 kPa) (1 bar)
Check pump mounting flange packing for damage
Fuel delivery (750 rpm) or wear. Replace if necessary.
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 89 to 93 cm311000 strokes
Maximum variation Install injection pump on the engine being sure
between cylinders ~ . . . . . . . 7 cm311000 strokes Woodruff key enters the gear. Tighten the mounting
bolt nuts to 20 lb-ft (27 N.m) (2.8 kg-m).
Fuel delivery (1150 rpm)
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 84 to 88 cm3/1000 strokes Recheck pump timing mark alignment. If correct,
Maximum variation install the washer and nut onto pump shaft and
between cyclinders . . . . . . ~ 4 cm3/1000 strokes tighten to 140 to 150 lb-ft (190 to 203 N-m) (19 to 21
kg-m).
High idle (WOT) (1275 rpm)
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 12 cm311 000 strokes Remove the timing pin from cylinder block. Rotate
Maximum variation the engine l-l /2 revolutions in direction of rotation,
between cylinders . . . . . . . . .4cm3/1000 strokes then install timing pin in cylinder block. Continue to
turn engine until timing pin engages the timing hole
Governor cut-off (13 rpm) in flywheel. Recheck the alignment of injection pump
Volume . . . S. . . . . . . . .5 cm3 maxIlO strokes timing marks. If marks are not in line, loosen the
pump mounting bolts and bring marks into alignment
Low idle (400 rpm) by turning pump. Retighten mounting bolts to 20 lb-ft
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 12 cm3/1000 strokes (27 N.m) (2.8 kg-m).
Maximum variation
between cylinders . . . . . . . . 4 cm311000 strokes IMPORTANT: The normal backlash of gears is
enough to throw the pump timing off by several
Check shut-off at (200 rpm) degrees, resulting in poor engine performance. There-
Volume . . . . . . . . . ~ . . .2 cm3 max/ 1000 strokes fore, it is very important that the timing of the pump
be rechecked after it has been installed.

Litho in U.S.A.
Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders 4
Fuel Injection System TM-l 188 (Dee-87) 0400-g

Bleed the fuel system.

After bleeding the fuel system, the automatic cam


advance should be checked for proper adjustment.

BLEED FUEL SYSTEM


After removing any components of the fuel system,
air should be removed by bleeding. Bleeding is also
necessary whenever the fuel tank has been emptied.

Fig. 4-Injection Pump-To-Nozzle Line Connections

Remove caps from injection pump and fuel line


openings.

Connect the injection pump-to-nozzle lines. Re-


ferring to Fig. 4, connect No. 1 outlet first and
continue around the pump head in a counterclock- Fig. 5-Filter Bleed Plug

wise direction attaching lines in order of engine


firing (1-5-3-6-2-4). Loosen the filter bleed plug (Fig. 5). Pump the
primer lever on the fuel pump until most of the air
IMPORTANT: When removing and tightening bubbles in the filter are gone and fuel flows from the
injection pump to nozzle lines, be sure not to turn bleed plug. Tighten the bleed plug and leave the
injection pump fittings. Turning of these fittings may primer lever in the down position.
cause internal injection pump damage.
NOTE: If the primer does not pump fuel and no
Tighten injection pump-to-nozzle line connections resistance is felt at the upper portion of the lever
to 20 lb-ft (17.6 N.m) (1.8 kg-m). stroke, turn the engine with the starter to change the
fuel pump cam position.
Connect the speed control rod, fuel inlet line and
return line to the injection pump.

Remove timing pin from engine, and plug opening.

Remove timing window and install injection pump


timing hole cover, and engine timing gear cover. Use
new gaskets when necessary.

Litho in U.S.A.
4 JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine
0400-l 0 TM-l 188 (Dee-87) Fuel lniection Svstem

REMOVE FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES Disconnect nozzle from fuel line and at nozzle
inlet connector (7, Fig. 6) using two wrenches. Discon-
NOTE: The injection nozzles (one for each cylinder) nect leak-off line (2) by pulliing boot off leak-off
spray high pressure fuel into the combustion connector (1).
chambers.
Remove nozzle hold down cap screw and washer
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or (4) clamp (6), and spacer (5).
turn battery disconnect switch to off before working
on nozzles close to the alternator to prevent acci- Remove injection nozzle. If nozzle cannot be easily
dental short circuits through tools. removed from cylinder head, use a JDE-38 nozzle
puller (Fig. 7).

l-Leak-Ott Connection 4-Cap Screw and Washer


l-JDE-36 Nozzle Puller l-Injection Nozzle
l--Leak-On Line B-Spacer
3-Injection Nozzle B-Hold Down Clamp
7-Nozzle Inlet Connector Fig. 7-Using Tool to Remove Nozzles

Fig. b-Removing injection Nozzle IMPORTANT: Do not use a screwdriver or similar


tool to pry injection nozzles from cylinder head.

A CAUTION: Escaping diesel fuel under pres- Doing so may cause distortion and permanent
sure can have sufficient force to penetrate damage to the nozzles.
the skin, causing serious personal injury. Before
disconnecting lines, be sure to relieve all pressure.
Before applying pressure to the system, be sure all
connections are tight and that lines and hoses are
not damaged. Fluid escaping from a very small hole
can be almost invisible. Use a piece of cardboard or
wood, rather than hands, to search for suspected
leaks. If injured by escaping fluid see a doctor at
once. Serious infection or reaction can develop if
proper medical treatment is not received immediately.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM-1 188 (Dee-87) Fuel injection System 0400-l 1

INSTALL FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES INSTALL TURBOCHARGER


Clean nozzle bore in engine cylinder head using Just prior to mounting the turbocharger, prime the
JDE-39 Nozzle Bore Cleaning Tool. turbocharger lubrication system. Fill the center
housing with engine oil through the oil drain hole.
Insert nozzle using a twisting motion. Turn the rotating assembly by hand to lubricate the
Install nozzle hold-down spacer, clamp, washer, bearings and thrust washer.
and cap screw. Hand tighten cap screw.
Install turbocharger on engine, and install new
Connect fuel line to nozzle inlet and hand tighten. rubber O-rings on coupler (turbocharger-to-intake
manifold). Use a new mounting gasket.
Install leak-off line.

Tighten nozzle hold-down cap screw to 20 lb-ft Check alignment of compressor housing to intake
(27 N.m) (2.8 kg-m), and tighten inlet connector to 35 manifold. If necessary, rotate compressor housing
lb-f-t (47 N.m) (4.8 kg-m). so manifold coupling is radially centered in com-
pressor housing and intake manifold.
Bleed the fuel system.
Tighten the mounting stud nuts, then tighten the
REMOVE TURBOCHARGER back plate-to-compressor housing cap screws. Bend
NOTE: The turbocharger is located on the top of the ears of lock plate against head of cap screws.
the engine near the exhaust manifold, The turbo-
charger operates by means of exhaust gases to draw When installing turbocharger exhaust adapter and
in clean air from the air cleaner and deliver it under exhaust elbow be certain that the installation does
pressure through the intake manifold to the combus- not apply a force on the turbine housing. The exhaust
tion chambers. adapter must have l/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum end
play and rotate freely.
Remove engine side shields, precleaner, exhaust
stack, and hood. IMPORTANT: Compressor to intake manifold hose
clamps must be properly positioned and tightened.
Remove exhaust adapter. Plug or cover air opening
in turbocharger.
Inspect the air cleaner-to-turbocharger hoses to
Disconnect air intake pipe and plug or cover see that they are in good condition. If they are not,
opening. Disconnect oil inlet and outlet lines. Plug or replace with new ones. Install air intake pipe, and
cover openings. tighten hose clamps to 70 5 5 lb-in (7.9 -1- 0.6 N.m)
(0.81 5 0.06 kg-m).
Remove attaching hex nuts from basic turbocharger
and remove turbocharger. IMPORTANT: Since the greatest amount of suction
occurs between the air cleaner and turbocharger, it
is essential that the hose connections are tight to
prevent entry of dirt into the engine.

Connect the lubricating oil inlet manifold and return


pipe to the turbocharger, using new gaskets.

When starting engine with a new or repaired turbo-


charger, place speed control lever in the shut-off
position and crank the engine with the starter until
the engine oil pressure indicator light goes out. Start
and run engine at low idle while checking oil inlet
and air passage connections for leaks.

l-Exhaust Adapter 4-Cap Screws


2-Exhaust Stack S-Oil Line
t-Air Intake Hose

Fig. 1 -Turbocharger Removal

Litho in U.S.A.
4 JDUO-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine
0400-12 TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Water Pump

REMOVE WATER PUMP


NOTE: The centrifugal-type water pump is attached
directly to the cylinder block and is driven by the fan
belt. A bellows-type seal assembly is pressed into
the pump housing between the pre-lubricated ball
bearing and the impeller. If the seal becomes worn
or damaged, water will escape through the drain
hole in the bottom of the pump housing.

Remove radiator.

Remove fan belts.

Remove cap screws and remove water pump.

INSTALL WATER PUMP


Using a new gasket, install pump rear cover on
pump assembly. Tighten attaching cap screws to 35
lb-ft (47 N.m) (4.8 kg-m).

Install radiator.

Fill radiator with soft clean water and proper


additive.

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- I 188 (J&78) Starting Motor and Fastenings 0422-I

Group 0422
STARTING MOTOR AND FASTENINGS
GENERAL INFORMATION

l’27645N
l-Plunger 7-Bushing 13-Oil Seal 18-Pinion Stop
P-Shunt Field Terminal a-Thrust Washer 14-Bushing 26-Bushing
3-Solenoid Assembly g-Commutator 1!5-Felt 21-Snap Ring
4-Field Connector l6-Field Windings 16-Brake Washer 22-Drive End Housing
!%End Frame Cover 11-Armature 17-Wear Pads 23-Shift Lever
B-Brush 12-Pole Shoe 16-Overrunning Clutch

F@. l-Solenoid View of Starting Motor

The John Deere Starting Motor is located on the The armature is supported on three bushings, one
right side of the engine flywheel housing. each in the drive housing, center bearing housing, and
commutator end frame. The core of the armature con-
The starting motor consists of a drive housing, sists of laminations of thin sheet iron. The outer rims of
overrunning clutch and pinion, drive lever, center laminations are slotted to receive the armature coils.
bearing housing, solenoid switch, armature, yoke and The armature coils are arranged and connected in
field windings, brushes, and commutator end frame. such a way that current flows through all of them at the
same time, thus each coil provides a turning force.

Litho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0422-2 Starting Motor and Fastenings TM- 1788 (J&78)

The field windings are wound on steel pole cores The overrunning clutch is a freewheeling device like
which are affixed to the yoke. They are connected in that of a bicycle permitting it to coast when the pedals
series with armature coils through brushes and com- are not operated. In like manner, the overrunning
mutator segments. clutch transmits power from the armature to the fly-
wheel through the pinion, and it also allows the pinion
The shunt winding is incorporated in the field wind- to overrun and turn faster than the armature after the
ings and is connected in parallel with the armature. engine has started.

The solenoid switch incorporates two windings-a IMPORTANT: Never run the starting motor more
pull-in winding and a hold-in winding. These are than twenty seconds at a time or overheating will
wrapped around a hollow core. A cylindrical iron result. Allow motor to cool at least two minutes
plunger is placed part of the way in the hollow core. A before running it again.
contact plate is attached to the plunger, and two
counter contacts are so placed that the plunger move- For additional information on starting motors,
ment forces the plate against the contacts. This closes pas refer to “Starting Circuits” in FOS Manual -
the circuit between the battery and the starting motor. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.
0 0
At the same time, the plunger movement pushes out
the overrunning clutch and pinion unit which is linked to
the plunger by means of the drive lever, and the pinion
meshes with the flywheel ring gear.

REMOVAL

Disconnect battery ground strap from battery.

Open right engine side shield.

Disconnect wires from starting motor.

Remove three cap screws attaching starting motor


to flywheel housing.

Remove starting motor.

NOTE: The JDE-80 Starter Wrench might be nec-


essary to remove the rear attaching cap screw.

l-Battery Terminal a--Mounting Screw (3 used)

&I. a-Removing Starting Motor

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Starting Motor and Fastenings 0422-3

TESTING AND DIAGNOSIS

Solenoid Tests (Starting Motor Removed) Solenoid Return Test

To prevent damage, solenoid must be on starting


motor when testing the windings. Remove terminal
cover and field coil connector. Disconnect shunt field
winding lead from terminal on field frame. Replace
solenoid if it fails one of the following tests.

Solenoid Pull-in Test

l-24-Volt Source 2-Switch

Fig. 4Return Test

Make connections shown in Fig. 4. Close the switch


and pull the drive out until the pinion contacts the ’
0
pinion stop. When released, the drive should return
without hesitation.
l-24-Volt Source Ma&on Pile Resistor
2-Voltmeter 4-Heavy Jumper Wire No Load Test

Fig. 3-Pull-h Test

Make connections shown (Fig. 3). With 24 volts


applied, the solenoid should push the pinion out to the
pinion stop when the jumper wire is connected. Re-
move jumper wire. The drive should remain out at
pinion stop. Current through jumper wire will be ap-
proximately 70 amps, so use a heavy jumper wire and
remove it. soon after pinion is at stop.

l-24-Volt Source 4-Voltmeter


2-Carbon Pile Resistor CSwitch
3-Ammeter GTachometer

Fig. ~-NO Load Test

Make connections shown in Fig. 5. The starting


motor current draw should be 70 amps maximum at 24
volts. The armature speed should be to 4400 rpm and
higher.

Litho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0422-4 Starting Mo for and Fastenings TM- 1188 (J&78)

No Load Test Diagnosis ,Low Speed, High Current Draw

Excessive friction.
Fails to Operate, Low Current Draw
Shorted armature.
Open series field circuit. Grounded armature or fields.
Open armature coils.
Defective brush contact with commutator. High Speed, Low Current Draw
Open shunt field circuit.
Fails to Operate, High Current Draw

Grounded terminal or fields. High Speed, High Current Draw


Seized bearings.
Shorted series field coils.

Low Speed, Low Current Draw

High internal resistance.


Defective brush contact with commutator.

REPAIR

Disassembly

l-Pips Coupling P-Pinion Stop


1-Cover 4-Shunt Winding Lead 3-Pinion
P-Solenoid Assembly 6-Drive End Housing
3-Field Coil Connector g-Center Searing Hous,ing Fig. T-Removing Pinion Stop

Fig. g-starting Motor Disassembly


Remove drive end housing (2, Fig. 8). Drive pinion
stop (2, Fig. 7) toward pinion (3) and remove snap ring
NOTE: Starting motor has metric bolts and nuts
(19, Fig. 8) and pinion stop (18). Remove armature
except for those on the solenoid switch cover (70, Fig.
(12) from center bearing housing (8). Remove over-
8). running clutch assembly (4) brake washer (17), and
shift lever wear pads.
Disconnect shunt winding lead (4, Fig. 6). Remove
terminal cover, field coil connector (3), and solenoid
Remove shift lever pivot (5, Fig. 8) and shift lever
assembly (2).
(7).
Remove end frame cover (1, Fig. 6), gasket (31, Fig.
8) brushes (33), commutator end frame assembly (35)
and the brush ground strap (29). Remove field frame
(36).

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 7 188 (Jul-78) Starting Motor and Fastenings 0422-5

!l’31424N

l-Drive End Bushing 11-Shunt Winding Lead 21-Field Winding 31-Gasket


2-Drive End Housing 12-Armature 22-Pole Shoe (4 used) 32-Commutator End
3-Packing 13-Bakelite Washer at--Square Washer Frame Bushing
4-Overrunning Clutch 14-Oil Seal 24-Insulating Bushing 33-Brush (4 used)
S-Shift Lever Pivot l!+Center Bearing Bushing 25-Square Insulator 34-Brush Spring (4 used)
6-O-Ring 16Oil Felt 26Special Bolt 36-Commutator End Frame
7-Shift Lever 17-Brake Washer 27-Field Coil Connector 36Field Frame
8-Center Bearing Housing 18-Pinion Stop PI-Terminal Cover
O-Solenoid Winding 1 B-Snap Ring 29-Brush Ground Strap
l&Solenoid Switch Cover 26-Shunt Winding Ground 36-End Frame Cover
Screw

Fig. S-Starting Motor

Cleaning Do not immerse the drive end housing, overrunning


clutch, center bearing housing, or commutator end
When cleaning component parts, do not immerse
frame in cleaning solvent. All of these parts have been
the solenoid, field windings or armature in cleaning
prelubricated and solvent will wash this lubricant away.
solvent. Immersing any of these in solvent may dam-
These components should be cleaned in the same
age their insulation. These may be cleaned by wiping
method just mentioned, using a cloth slightly moist-
the parts with a cloth that has been slightly moistened
ened with cleaning solvent and then wiped dry with a
with cleaning solvent and then wiped dry with a clean
clean dry cloth.
dry cloth.

Litho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0422-6 Starting Motor and Fastenings TM- 1188 (J&78)

All other parts which are not made of rubber or Armature


mentioned above can be dipped in clean solvent to
remove all oil and dirt. Maximum commutator runout is 0.016 inch (0.41
mm). If necessary, turn commutator and undercut in-
Bushings sulation to l/32-inch (0.79 mm). Undercut should
never be less than 0.008 inch (0.20 mm). Commutator
Install a new oil seal (14, Fig. 6) and a new oil felt O.D. must be 1.77 inches (44.9 mm) or more. Clean
(16) saturated with engine oil when replacing center copper dust from between the segments.
bushing.
Check armature for opens, shorts and grounds.
When replacing bushings, press the new bushings Burned edge of commutator bar indicates an open
in from the chamfered end. Make a bushing driver as circuit.
shown in Group 0499 or use the following handle and
disks from the D-01044AA Basic Set. Align hole in Short Circuit Test
commutator and lubrication wick.
Place the armature in a growler and hold a hacksaw
blade above each slot while slowly rotating the arma-
Commutator and Drive End Bushing Tools
ture. If a coil is shorted, the blade will be attracted to
Bushing Bushing
and repelled from the slot very rapidly resulting in a
Component Removal Installation growling sound.

27487 27487 A short circuit most often occurs because of copper


2749 1 dust or filings between two commutator segments. A
27492 short of this nature can be corrected by removal of
Disk 27494 27495 such material.
Disk (pilot) 27493 27493
Ground Circuit Test
Center Bushing Tools

Component Bushing Oil Seal

Handle 27487 27487


Disk 27505 27512
Disk (pilot) 27501 27501

Commutator and Drive End Bushing


Specifications*

I.D. of bushing . 0.6693, to 0.6704 in.


(17.00 to 17.03 mm)
Oil clearance.. . . . 0.0036 IO 0.0070 in.
(0.09 to 0.18 mm) F@ B-Armature Ground Test
Maximum clearance . .. .0.016 in. (0.41 mm)
Bushing depth.. . .. . 0.008 to 0.022 in.
(0.20 to 0.56 mm)

*Reaming may be necessary after installation.

Center Bushing Specifications

I.D. of bushing .. .. . . 1.182 to 1.184 in.


(30.02 to 30.07 mm)
Maximum clearance . . .. 0.0236 in. (0.60 mm)
Bushing depth.. .. . . . 0.017 to 0.032 in.
(0.43 to 0.81 mm)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Jul- 78) Starting Motor and Fasfenings 0422-7

With the ohmmeter set to read on its highest scale, Overrunning Clufch and Pinion
place one test lead on the commutator and the other
Do not immerse the overrunning clutch and pinion in
lead on the armature core or shaft (Fig. 9). If the test
a cleaning solvent. The unit has been pre-lubricated
meter indicator swings towards zero, the armature is
and solvent will wash lubricant away. It may be cleaned
grounded. Replace armature.
with a cloth moistened with a cleaning solvent and
wiped dry.
Open Circuit Test

Rotate the pinion. Pinion gear should rotate


smoothly (but not necessarily easily) in one direction,
and should not rotate in the opposite direction.

If the pinion gear does not rotate smoothly, or if it is


worn, chipped, or burred, it should be replaced.

Field Windings and Shunt Windings

Ground Circuit Test

Fig. 7GOpen Circuit Test

With the ohmmeter set to read on its lowest scale,


place one test lead on the commutator segment and
the other test lead on an adjacent segment (Fig. 10).
Repeat this operation for all segments by moving one
lead at a time. If the test meter indicator does not swing
to zero and remains stationary, the armature coil be-
tween these two segments is open. Replace armature.

Burned commutator segments are usually an indi-


cation of an open circuited coil.

Fig. 12-Ground Tesl

Remove the screw and hang the eyelet terminal in


the air. Using an ohmmeter set to read on its highest
scale, place one test lead on the copper terminal bolt
and the other lead on a clean spot of the field frame
Fig. 11 -Checking Armature Runout
(Fig. 12). If the ohmmeter dial indicator swings toward
zero, a grounded circuit is indicated. Replace the field
windings.
Place armature in V-blocks and check for a bent
shaft as shown in Fig. -11. Replace armature if shaft
runout exceeds specification. Runout should not ex-
ceed 0.006 inch (0.15 mm).

Litho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0422-8 Starting Motor and Fastenings TM- 1188 (J&78)

Open Circuit Test To check the field windings for an open circuit set
the ohmmeter to read on its lowest scale and place one
test lead on the copper terminal bolt and the other lead
on the bare field end (Fig. 14). If the ohmmeter dial
indicator does not swing to zero, the field windings are
open-circuited. Replace the field windings.

Before removing pole shoes, scribe a mark on the


pole shoe and the field frame to be sure they will be
assembled in their original position. Tighten pole shoe
screws with 30 lb-ft (41 Nm) (4 kg/m).

Brushes
Replace brushes if they are oil soaked or if they are
worn shorter than 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). Check brush
insulated holders for grounds.
Fig. 13-Shunt Winding Open Circuit Test

To check the shunt windings, set the ohmmeter to


read on its lowest scale. Place one test lead on the
terminal bolt and the other lead on the eyelet terminal
(Fig. 13). If the ohmmeter does not swing to zero, it is
open circuited and the field winding assembly will have
to be replaced.

Fig. 15-Brush Holder Insulation Test

With the ohmmeter set to its highest reading scale,


connect one test lead onto the commutator end frame
and the other lead to the brush holder Fig. 15. If the dial
indicator swings toward zero, the positive brush holder
is grounded and should be replaced.

Fig. 14-Field Winding Open Circuit Test

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Jul-78) Starting Motor and Fastenings 0422-g

IMPORTANT: Solenoid contacts and plunger


will be damaged if current is applied to solenoid
when it is removed from starting motor.

Remove nuts from solenoid “S” terminal and pull-in


terminal. Then remove switch cover (3, Fig. 17).

When installing switch cover (3), place “S” terminal


gaskets on winding terminal align main contact verti-
cally, and place packing (2) on switch cover.

Assembly
To assemble the starting motor, reverse the disas-
sembly procedures. Use new seals and packings.

Lubricate the shift lever, overrunning clutch, thrust


washers, bushings, and armature bearing surfaces
with John Deere Multi-Purpose Lubricant or equiva-
lent.

If the shift lever was removed, tighten the shift lever ’


Fig. 16-Measuring Brush Spring Tension 0
pivot screw with 30 lb-ft (41 Nm) (4 kg-m). Bend
washered edge of screw down to prevent loosening.
Measure the brush spring tension with a spring
scale. The brush spring tension should be a mimimum
Tighten center bearing housing to field frame bolts
of 40 ounces (11 N) (1 kg), as the spring just leaves the
with 6 lb-ft (8 Nm) (0.8 kg-m). Tighten drive end and
brush holder. When taking the reading, the scale
commutator end frame bolts with IO lb-ft (14 Nm) (1
should be on a line parallel with the edge of the brush
kg-m).
holder.

Solenoid

l-Brush 3-Brush Spring


2-Brush Leads
l-Solenoid Windings 7-Plunger Return Spring
a--Packing 9-Contact Plate Spring Fig. Id-Brush Insfaallation
3-Switch Cover 9-Insulator Bushing
4-Cover Screws lO-Contact Plate
When installing the brushes, twist brush leads 180
5-Plunger Cover 11-Casteliated Nut
GPlunger degrees (Fig. 18). Press the leads of the insulated
brush down against the brush.
Fig. f7-Solenoid

Litho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0422-10 Starting Motor and fastenings TM- 1188 (J&78)

Connect a 24”volt source, rheostat, ammeter, con-


trol switch, voltmeter, and tachometer to starting motor
as shown in Fig. 20.

Starting motor should rotate smoothly at a constant


speed of at least 4400 rpm at 24 volts with a maximum
current draw of 70 amperes.

INSTALLATION

l-Pinion Slop 3-Washer (Remove After


2--Retaining Ring Using)

Fig. IQ-Installing Pinion Sfop

Slide pinion stop onto shaft, with open side toward


end of shaft. Install retaining ring in groove. Force
pinion stop over ring, using a washer and two pairs of
pliers as shown in Fig. 19. Remove washer.

Give the assembled motor a no-load test. Solenoid


action during the test should be satisfactory.
i-Positive Battery 3-Starting Motor
No Load Test (After Assembly) Cable 4-Solenoid
2-Solenoid to Starting 5-Solenoid to Starting
Circuit Relay Circuit Relay

Fig. PI-Solenoid Wire Connections

Install starting motor and secure to flywheel housing


with cap screws.

Connect wires to starting motor.

Connect battery ground strap.

T34507N

l-24 Volt Source trVoltmeter


2-Rheostat GStarting Motor
3-Ammeter 7-Tachometer
4-Control Switch

Fig. 3%No Load Test (After Assembly)

Litho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Mar-80) Specifications and Special Tools 0499-l

Group 0499
SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE BREAK-IN
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

NOTE: Whenever possible, use a dynamometer to provide a more accurate break-in, assuring proper initial
seating of new piston rings.

Remarks

CHECK OIL

PRESSURE,

1900 TO 2200 RPM COOLANT

(3/4 THROTTLE) TEMPERATURE,

AND LEAKAGE

FIELD ONLY

*Loads can be simulated in the field by controlled operation.


**After this run, loosen cylinder head bolts 45 degrees: then retighten bolts one at a time, in sequence (Group
0409), to 95 lb-ft (129 N-m) (13 kg-m). Loosen rocker arm support cap screws; then retighten to 35 lb-ft (47 N-m)
(5 kg-m). Check and reset valve clearance (Group 0402). Loosen exhaust manifold cap screws and nuts; then
retighten to 35 Ib-ft (47 N-m) (5 kg-m).
+After break-in, drain crankcase oil, and remove oil filter. Install new filter and fill crankcase to proper level with
proper oil. Remove turbocharger oil inlet screen.

Litho in U.S.A.
4 JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine
0499-2 TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Specifications and Special Tools

OILING SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

Fig. 28-Oil Pan Cap Screw Torque

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES

Fuel Injection Pump Model number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DM4627MB2878


Part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR72306
Roller-to-roller distance . . . . . .1.9640 f 0.0015 in.
( f 0.038 mm)
Governor linkage gap . . . . . . . . . 0.125 to 0.165 in.
(3.18 to 4.19 mm)

IMPORTANT: In order to obtain proper test results,


do the following:

Use 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) O.D. by 0.093 in. (2.36 mm)
I.D. by 20 in. (508 mm) long test lines.

Use 12SD12 Robert Bosch Calibrating Nozzles,


2500 psi (172 bar) (176 kg/cm2) opening pressure.
Use JDF-2 Test Oil, or a test oil equivalent to SAE
J967A with a 34 to 36 SUS rating with oil at lOOoF
(38°C).

083A
v Test oil should be 110’ to 115°F (43’ to 46OC).

Fig. 334njection Line Connection


Operate pump clockwise (viewed from drive end)
at 500 rpm wide open throttle (WOT) for 10 minutes
prior to test.

Litho in U.S.A.
Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders 4
Specifications and Special Tools TM-l 188 (Dee-87) 0499-3

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

NOTE: Pump operates at l/2 engine rpm. All rpm


given are test stand rpm unless otherwise noted.

NOTE: 1 to 3 psi (0.07 to 0.27 bar) (0.07 to 0.27


kg/cm2) supply pressure required at pump inlet,

Transfer pump vacuum (200 rpm)


(minimum) . . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ . . . . . . . . . . 18 in. Hg.
(609.5 mbar)

Transfer pump pressure (7150 rpm) . . . 82 to 92 psi


(5.7 fo 6.3 bar) (5.8 to 6.5 kg/cm2)

Automatic speed advance


m
300to500..............................1”
700to800..............................5’
by925 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6”f1/2”

Minimum cranking speed


delivery (75 rpm)
Volume _ . , . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 cm3/1 000 strokes
Transfer pump pressure
(minimum) . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 psi
(1 bar) (1 kg/cm*)

Fuel delivery (750 rpm)


Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 89 to 93 cm311000 strokes
Maximum variation
between cylinders . . . . . . . . 7 cm3/1000 strokes

Fuel delivery (1150 rpm)


Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 84 to 88 cm3/1000 strokes
Maximum variation
between cylinders . . . . . . . . 4 cm3/1000 strokes

High idle (WOT) (1275 rpm)


Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 12 cm311 000 strokes
Maximum variation
between cylinders _ . . . . . . . 4 cm311 000 strokes

Governor cut-off (1300 rpm)


Volume . . . . . . . . . . . .5 cm3 maxi1 000 strokes

Low idle (400 rpm)


Volume . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 12 cm3/1 000 strokes
Maximum variation
between cylinders . . . . . . . 4 cm311000 strokes

Check shut-off at (200 rpm)


Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 cm3 max/lOOO strokes

Litho in U.S.A.
4 Engine JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders
0499.4 Specifications and Special Tools TM- 1188 (Dee-87)

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

Fig. 354njection Pump and Nozzles

1 - injection nozzle inlet torque . . . . . . . . . 35 Ib-ft 5 - Timing hole cover screw


(47 N.m) (5 kg-m) torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 20 lb-in
(1.7 to 2.6 N.m) (0.17 to 23 kg-m)
2 - Injection line connector screw
torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 lb-ft 6 - Fuel inlet screw torque . . . . . . . . . , . , 20 lb-ft
(17.6 N-m) (1.8 kg-m) (27 N.m) (3 kg-m)

3 - Drive hub nut torque . . . . . . . .140 to 150 lb-ft 7 - Injection nozzles hold-down cap screw
(190 to 203 N-m) (19 to 21 kg-m) torque . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 lb-ft
(27 N.m) (3 kg-m)
4 - Mounting bolt nut torque . . . . . . . . . . . 20 lb-ft
(27 N.m) (3 kg-m)

bitho in U.S.A.
JD670-A and JD672-A Motor Graders Engine 4
TM- 1188 (Dee-87) Specifications and Special Tools 0499-5

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM


SPECIFICATIONS AND TORQUE VALUES-Continued

Model number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20505

Part number . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . , . . . . .AR68364

Number of orifices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

Orifice size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.012 in.


(0.30 mm)

NOZZLE SETTINGS

Nozzle opening
pressure (new) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3150 to 3250 psi
(21 719 to 22 408 kPa) (217 to 224 bar)

Nozzle opening
pressure (used) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2950 to 3050 psi
(20 340 to 21 029 kPa)(203 to 210 bar)

Return oil leakage . . . . . . . . . .3 to 10 drops per 30


seconds at 1500 psi
(10 342 kPa) (103 bar)
from first drop
(service only)

Nozzle valve lift. . . . . . . . . . . . l/2 5 l/8 turn from


bottom (0.009 in [0.23 mm]
nominal)

1 - Pressure adjusting screw-


to-nozzle body lock nut